Michael Wynn's Occult Reference Library
ILLUMINATION

Return to Occult Library Index

A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO WITCHCRAFT AND MAGICK SPELLS

e one to match the occasion- either one that will have burned through by the end of an evening in a dusk ritual or one that will last for up to 12 hours for an all-night vigil candle, for example on one of the solstices. practitioners of strict ceremonial magick say that you should never use a candle that has been lit for another ritual or purpose and should not use these afterwards for household illumination. however, since candles are so expensive and since you will only be performing positive magick, there is no reason why ritual candles should not be adapted for everyday use. candles from harmony and healing spells may be used in quiet areas of the home, and candles for energy and success in work or study areas. on the other hand, candles for banishing magick should be left to burn dow

the air who can be seen fleetingly as butterflies, offering ideas, ideals and a reminder to enjoy happiness while you can. air's colour is yellow and its zodiacal signs are aquarius, gemini and libra. fire fire represents noon, summer and the quarter and direction of the south. fire is the realm of light, the sun and lightning, and so forms the focus of magick for fertility, power, joy, ambition, illumination, inspiration, achievement, all creative and artistic ventures, poetry, art, sculpture, writing, music, dance, religion and spirituality, psychic powers and mystical experiences, passion and sexuality. it can be invoked by those who work in the arts and those who seek or are required to be leaders and for those in all dangerous professions, especially involving fire, furnaces or metalw

aved daniel from the lions' den. as commander of the heavenly hosts, michael, with his flaming sword, drove satan and his fallen angels out of the celestial realms; as angel of judgement, he also carries a scale for weighing the souls of the dead. according to the koran, the cherubim were created from michael's tears. he offers power to overcome any obstacles and challenges, and brings wisdom and illumination as to the right path. michael stands in the south and his colour is gold. gabriel archangel of the moon, the messenger archangel and the heavenly awakener, gabriel appears many times in the bible. he visited the virgin mary and her cousin elizabeth, mother of john the baptist, to tell them that they were to bear sons who would lead mankind to salvation. it was gabriel who parted the w

s the interconnectedness of all life. the bottom left point of the pentagram symbolises the element earth and the fixed sign of taurus. it connects with the earth mother, ecology and the basis from which we explore spirit and also the material plane in which ideas are manifest. the bottom right point in the pentagram symbolises fire and the fixed sign of leo, flaming ever upwards, the impetus and illumination that transforms thought into action and enables us to see potential, not least our spiritual potential. these positions correspond with the zodiacal positions on an astrological wheel. on another level, the pentagram is seen as representing the human body with the four limbs outstretched and the head touching the clouds. drawing a pentagram pentagrams are remarkably easy to draw. they

ate: october/november (april/may in the southern hemisphere) ritual: making an end to what is not fruitful, drawing up realistic plans for the coming year dumannios, the coming of deep darkness native american name: first snows or frost on the grass moon full moon date: november/december (may/june in the southern hemisphere) ritual: bringing light into the darkness, seeking inner as well as outer illumination and inspiration riuros, the time of the long coldness native american name: when wolves huddle close moon full moon date: december/january (june/july in the southern hemisphere) ritual: material security, the home and family angantios, staying or home native american name: gnawing on bones moon full moon date: january/february (july/august in the southern hemisphere) ritual: acceptanc

ry entering angels on your web browser. images can be downloaded and form a focus for meditations, through which you can invoke each angel using your own higher self or consciousness. in this way, the protective angel draws on your own spiritual powers. archangels and their days of the week michael michael is the archangel who rules the sun. michael's day is sunday. michael, the initiator, brings illumination and inspiration in many spheres of life, through the efforts of our individual creative spirit. michael is the guardian of all who stand alone with their unique vision for bettering the world and are not prepared to compromise their ideals for humanity, purely for money or fame. this archangel can be invoked in ritual for all creative ventures, for original ideas and individuality, co

his will be different. you can start at any day or hour as long as you use the fragrances and candles or their substitutes of the ruling angel* take your seven angel candles and place them in holders* light a golden candle as the hour begins and then light your frankincense incense* take a small, clear crystal quartz for michael and pass it through the candle flame, saying: flame high, o power of illumination, enter might of michael's sword, inspiration, life-bringer* pass the crystal through the smoke of the incense, saying: enter through this fragrance the clear vision of michael, fire of the sun, light-bringer* hold the crystal high in the air and circle it deosil, over the child, if present. if they are absent or would be self-conscious, use a photograph or personal item belonging to t

ALEISTER CROWLEY EIGHT LECTURES ON YOGA

bitrarily appointed limits. it is subject to these conditions that we may proceed to examine the nature of our fundamental ideas; and this is necessary, because since we began to consider the nature of the results of meditation, our conceptions of the backgrounds of thought are decided in quite a different manner; not by intellectual analysis, which, as we have seen, carries no conviction, but by illumination, which does carry conviction. let us, therefore, proceed to examine the elements of our normal thinking. 5. i need hardly recapitulate the mathematical theorem which you all doubtless laid to heart when you were criticising einstein's theory of relatively. i only want to recall to your minds the simplest element of that theorem; the fact that in order to describe anything at all, you

ALEISTER CROWLEY ACROSS THE GULF

that she wondered, for that wand is the sign of a great and holy initiation: so rare that (as they say) no woman but one has ever attained unto it. then she blessed herself that she had been permitted to look upon it, and prayed me to keep silence for a little while, for she had somewhat in her mind to do. and i lifted up the wand upon her in the nine-and-forty-fold benediction, and she received illumination thereof, and rejoiced. then i fell at her feet- for she was the high priestess- and kissed them reverently, and withdrew. then three days afterwards, as i learnt, she sent for a priestess who was skilled in certain deadly crafts and asked of her a poison. and she gave it, saying "let the high priest of the god of the dead go down to the dead" then that wicked high priestess conveyed u

ALEISTER CROWLEY BOOK OF LIES

wn to prosperous hebrews and poor englishmen as the seat of the bankruptcy buildings. paragraphs 1-4 are in prose, the downward course, and the rest of the chapter in poetry, the upward. the first part shows the fall from nought in four steps; the second part, the return. the details of this hierarchy have already been indicated in various chapters. it is quite conventional mysticism. step 1, the illumination of ain as ain soph aour; step 2, the concentration of ain soph aour in kether; step 3, duality and the rest of it down to malkuth; step 4, the stooping of malkuth to the qliphoth, and the consequent ruin of the tree of life. part 2 show the impossibility of stopping on the path of adeptship. the final couplet represents the first step upon the path, which must be taken even although t

ALEISTER CROWLEY LIBER 777

that in the course of time a far more satisfactory volume may result. many columns will seem to the majority of people to consist of mere lists of senseless words. practice, and advance in the magical or mystical path, will enable little by little to interpret more and more. even as a flower unfolds beneath the ardent kisses of the sun, so will this table reveal its glories to the dazzling eye of illumination. symbolic and barren as it is, yet it shall stand for the athletic student as a perfect sacrament, so that reverently closing its pages he shall exclaim, may that of which we have partaken sustain us in the search for the quintessence, the stone of the wise, the summum bonus, true wisdom, and perfect happiness. so mote it be! v the tree of life col. xii. this arrangement is the basis

ALEISTER CROWLEY MAGICK IN THEORY AND PRACTICE

khemi" which means "that which pertains to egypt<egyptian matter. the assumption is that the mohammedan grammarians held traditionally that the art was derived from that wisdom of the egyptians which was the boast of moses, plato, and pythagoras, and the source of their illumination. modern research (by profane scholars) leaves it still doubtful as to whether alchemical treatises should be classified as mystical, magical, medical, or chemical. the most reasonable opinion is that all these objects formed the preoccupation of the alchemists in varying proportions. hermes is alike the god of wisdom, thaumaturgy, therapeutics, and physical science. all these may cons

in those varied works. he should be on his guard against partisanship with a favourite author. he should familiarize himself thoroughly with the method of mental equilibrium, endeavouring to contradict any statement soever, although it may be apparently axiomatic. the general object of this course, besides that already stated, is to assure sound education in occult matters, so that when spiritual illumination comes it may find a well-built temple. where the mind is strongly biased towards any special theory, the result of an illumination is often to inflame that portion of the mind which is thus overdeveloped, with the result that the aspirant, instead of becoming an adept, becomes a bigot and fanatic. 211 the a. a. does not offer examination in this course, but recommends these books as t

ver, bound by the original and fundamental oath of the order, to devote their energy to assisting the progress of their inferiors in the order. those who accept the rewards of their emancipation for themselves are no longer within the order. members of the order are each entitled to found orders dependent on themselves on the lines of the r. c. and g. d. orders, to cover types of emancipation and illumination not contemplated by the original (or main) system. all such orders must, however, be constituted in harmony with the a. a. as regards the essential principles. all members of the order are in possession of the word of the existing aeon, and govern themselves thereby. they are entitled to communicate directly with any and every member of the order, as they may deem fitting. every activ

purity. on the higher planes, the diversity of form, due to grossness, tends to disappear. thus, the astral vision of "isis" is utterly unlike that of "kali. the one is of motherhood and wisdom, ineffably candid, clear, and loving; the other of murder and madness, blood-intoxicated, lust-befogged, and cruel. the sole link is the woman-symbol. but whoso makes samadhi on kali obtains the self-same illumination as if it had been isis; for in both cases he attains identity with the quintessence of the woman-idea, untrammelled by the qualities with which the dwellers by the nile and the ganges respectively disguised it. thus, in low grades of initiation, dogmatic quarrels are inflamed by astral experience; as when saint john distinguishes between the whore babalon and the woman clothed with th

red. such an experience might indeed be the proof of perfection. if the adept is to be any wise conscious of his angel it must be that some part of his mind is prepared to realise the rapture, and to express it to itself in one way or another. this involves the perfection of that part, its freedom from prejudice and the limitations of rationality so-called. for instance: one could not receive the illumination as to the nature of life which the doctrine of evolution should shed, if one is passionately persuaded that humanity is essentially not animal, or convinced that causality is repugnant to reason. the adept must be ready for the utter destruction of his point of view on any subject, and even that of his innate conception of the forms and laws of thought<
ic of the emergence of thought from homogeneity. the clear and concise differentiation of ideas marks the adult mind> he usually loses his sense of proportion, of humour, of reality, and of sound judgment. his ego is often inflated to the bursting point, till he would be abjectly ridiculous if he were not so pitifully dangerous to himself and others. he also tends to take his new-found "truths of illumination" for the entire body of truth, and insists that they must be as valid an vital for all men as they happen to be for himself. 299 it is wise to keep silence about those things "unlawful to utter" which one may have heard "in the seventh heaven. this may not apply to the sixth. the adept must keep himself in hand, however tempted to make a new heaven and a new earth in the next few days

ALEISTER CROWLEY MAGICK WITHOUT TEARS

f philosophy. i've got far enough to be absolutely sure that there is a necessary rhythm; and it's killing me by millimetres, finding out why each pair succeeds the last. forgive these tears! but our magical alphabet is primarily not letters, but figures, not sounds magic without tears get any book for free on: www.abika.com 60 but mathematical ideas. sir humphrey davy16, coming out of his famous illumination (with some help from nitrous oxide he got in) exclaimed: the universe is composed solely of ideas. we, analyzing this a little, say: the universe is a mathematical expression. sir james jeans might have said this, only his banker advised him to cash in on god. the simplest form of this expression is 0= 2, elsewhere expounded at great length. this 2 might itself be expressed in an inde

ALEISTER CROWLEY MEDITATION

; and at other times the object itself will begin to play all sorts of tricks. suppose you have chosen a white cross. it will move its bar up and down, elongate the bar, turn the bar oblique, get its arms unequal, turn upside down, grow branches, get a crack around it or a figure upon it, change its shape altogether like an amoeba, change its size and distance as a whole, change the degree of its illumination, and at the same time change its colour. it will get splotchy and blotchy, grow patterns, rise, fall, twist and turn; clouds will pass over its face. there is no conceivable change of which it is incapable. not to mention its total disappearance, and replacement by something altogether different! any one to whom this experience does not occur need not imagine that he is meditating. it

mpure thought; it is a suitable subject for meditation. 88 an interlude every nursery rime contains profound magical secrets which are open to every one who has made a study of the correspondences of the holy qabalah. to puzzle out an imaginary meaning for this "nonsense" sets one thinking of the mysteries; one enters into deep contemplation of holy things and god himself leads the soul to a real illumination. hence also the necessity of incarnation; the soul must descend into all falsity in order to attain all-truth. for instance: old mother hubbard went to her cupboard to get her poor dog a bone; when she got there, the cupboard was bare, and so the poor dog had none. who is this ancient and venerable mother of whom it is spoken? verily she is none other than binah, as is evident in the

ALEISTER CROWLEY THE OLD AND NEW COMMENTARIES TO LIBER AL

queen of space, kissing her lovely brows, and the dew of her light bathing his whole body in a sweet-smelling perfume of sweat: o nuit, continuous one of heaven, let it be ever thus; that men speak not of thee as one but as none; and let them speak not of thee at all, since thou art continuous" the old comment 27- 31. here is a profound philosophical dogma, in a sense possibly and explanation and illumination of the propositions in "berashith. the dyad (or universe) is created with little pain in order to make the bliss of dissolution possible. thus the pain of life may be atoned for by the bliss of death. this delight is, however, only for the chosen servants of nu. outsiders may be looked on much as the cartesians looked on animals. yet, of course, this is only on the plane of illusion

al iii,16 "deem not too eagerly to catch the promises; fear not to undergo the curses. ye, even ye, know not this meaning all" the old comment 16. courage and modesty of thought are necessary to the study of this book. alas! we know so very little of the meaning. the new comment the god wisely refrains from clear expression, so that the event, as it occurs, may justify his word. this progressive illumination of that word has served to keep it alive as no single revelation could have done. every time that i have dulled to liber legis something has happened to rekindle it in my heart "know 'not' this meaning 'all; another cipher for la= al. al iii,17 "fear not at all; fear neither men nor fates, nor gods, nor anything. money fear not, nor laughter of the folk folly, nor any other power in h

ALEISTER CROWLEY THE QABALAH

ming bull. by shape the swastika, and so the lightning. as the lightning ligheneth out of the east even unto the west, so shall be the coming of the son of man. 45 sa, ruin, destruction, sudden death. scil, of the personality in samadhi. lpa, thick darkness. cf. st. john of the cross, who describes these phenomena in great detail \ua, the hindu aum or om.46 llwhm, mad the destruction of reason by illumination. hlwu, a holocaust. cf. sa. alp, the hidden wonder, a title of kether. 114. umd, a tear. the age of christian rosenkreutz. 43 i.e. the 13 paths above tiphareth. 78 is s (1 12) so to get this number you need to add up the numbers on the tarot trumps of those paths rather than the letters, which will give you 105 t.s. 44 crowley later decided this was an error and that the actual hebrew

ALEISTER CROWLEY THE SWORD OF SONG

ad only one more birth; and might well have put in the 311,040,000,000,000 myriads of ons which would elapse before lunch in rejoicing over his imminent annihilation. venerable sir! said mahabrahma, who had assumed the guise of a cowherd, i kiss your worshipful trilbies :1 i prostrate myself before your eminent respectability. sir, said the holy man, none other than our lord himself! thou seekest illumination! mahabrahma smirked and admitted it. from negative to positive, explained the thrice-honoured one, through potential existence eternally vibrates the divine absolute of the hidden unity of processional form masked in the eternal abyss of the unknowable, the synthetic hieroglyph of an illimitable, pastless, futureless present. to the uttermost bounds of space rushes the voice of ages u

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQ I 1

ny people were not capable of comprehending great interior truth. therefore, interior truths were wrapped in external and perceptible ceremonies, so that men, by the perception of the outer which is the symbol of the interior, might by degrees be enabled safely to approach the interior spiritual truths. 8 but the inner truth has always been confided to him who in his day had the most capacity for illumination, and he became the sole guardian of the original trust, as high priest of the sanctuary. when it became necessary that interior truths should be enfolded in exterior ceremony and symbol, on account of the real weakness of men who were not capable of hearing the light of light, then exterior worship began. it was, however, always the type or symbol of the interior, that is to say, the

oglyphic screens, the truth remaining inviolable in the sanctuary so that she might never be profaned. in this interior society man finds wisdom and with her all- not the wisdom of this world, which is but scientific knowledge, which revolves round the outside but never touches the centre (in which is contained all strength, but true wisdom, understanding and knowledge, reflections of the supreme illumination. 11 all disputes, all controversies, all the things belonging to the false cares of this world, fruitless discussions, useless germs of opinions which spread the seeds of disunion, all error, schisms, and systems are banished. neither calumny nor scandal is known. every man is honoured. love alone reigns. we must not, however, imagine that this society resembles any secret society, me

science is still young, step briskly forward and claim our rights, lest if we halt we too shall find the child of the morning once again strangled in the maw of a second night. now, even to such as are still mere students in the mysteries, it must have become apparent that there are moments in the lives of others, if not in their own, which bring with them an enormous sense of inner authority and illumination; moments which created epochs in our lives, and which, when they have gone, stand out as luminous peaks in the moonlight of the past. sad to say, they come but seldom, so seldom that often they are looked back upon as miraculous visitations of some vastly higher power beyond and outside of ourselves. but when they do come the greatest joys of earth wither before them like dried leaves

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQ I 5

ng of the son of man" an allusion to the descent of shiva upon shakti in samahdi. the roman a shows the same through the shape of the pentagram, which it imitates. asn, ruin, destruction, sudden death "scil, of the personality in samadhi. apl, thick darkness "cf" st john of the cross, who describes these phenomena in great detail. amo, the hindu aum or om. mhvll, mad- the destruction of reason by illumination. ovlh, a holocaust "cf" asn. pla, the hidden wonder, a title of kether. 114. dmo, a tear. the age of christian rosencreutz. 120. smk, samech, a prop. also mvsdi, basis, foundation. 120= 1 x 2 x 3 x 4 x 5, and is thus a synthesis of the power of the pentagram [also 1+ 2+ 15= 120] hence its importance in the 5= 6 ritual, q.v "supra" equinox, no. iii. i however disagree in part; it seems

ld babylon, the hanging lamps, the slow, enchanted moon, the gold-eyed stars, the pillars of the sea, and the call of her forgotten- oh, i lie under the stars, upon the dewy sward; and all around me is the silent city, the soft white city, softened by the dawn; and i hear the sistron, and i hear the songs sung to the hanging moon, and thou, istar, radiantly comest on the brains of men to the slow illumination of desire; the old enchanted palace of the will is thine, and god-like dreams of eld are thine, of the underworld of the stars, beneath the sea, beyond the cloudy palaces of the hills. ah! never hath the dawn been nearer thee! fallen to idle sleep, and borne within the temple of mind, the soul of night is bared under the starry canopy of the worlds, and the lamp is set upon her bier;

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQ I 5

ailments is a manifestation of weakness of character. the reviewer, staggered by revelations so overwhelming, can only fall upon his knees and burst into a flood of tears. but think of the chagrin of lord avebury! m. tupper. konx om pax the most remarkable treatise on the mystic path ever written contains an introduction and four essays; the first an account of the progress of the soul to perfect illumination, under the guise of a charming fairy tale; the second, an essay on truth, under the guise of a christmas pantomime; the third, an essay on magical ethics, under the guise of the story of a chinese philosopher; the fourth, a treatise on many magical subjects of the profoundest importance, under the guise of a symposium, interspersed with beautiful lyrics. no serious student can afford

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 1 2

. but not for me! i'm no pratyeka-buddha; a dhamma-buddha every inch of me![a pratyeka-buddha attains the supreme reward for himself alone; a dhamma-buddha renounces it and returns to hell (earth) to teach others the way. ed. i now take a few minutes "off" to make "considerations. i firmly believe that the minutest dose of the elixir would operate as a "detonator. i seem to be perfectly ready for illumination, if only because i am so perfectly dark. yet my power to create magical images is still with me. 11.40- hanged man posture. will invoke adonai once more 12.0. by pure thought. got into a very curious state indeed; part of me being quite perfectly asleep, and part quite perfectly awake. 2.10. have slept, and that soundly, though with many dreams. awaking with the utmost horror and loat

slept; i woke too, several times, and ought to have risen and done prana yama: but i did not. o worm! the sleepiest bird can easily catch "thee! i am not nicely awake, though it is to 64 my credit that i woke saying my mantra with vigour.'tis a bitter chill and damp the morn; yet must i rise and toil at my fair ritual. 7.55. settling down to copy. 10.12. have completed my two prescribed pages of illumination. will go and break my fast and do my business. 10.30. after writing letters went out and had coffee and two brioches. 11.50. at louvre looking up some odd points in the lore of khemi [egypt. ed. for my ritual. 12.20. i cannot understand it; but i feel faint for lack of food; i must get back to strict hatha-yoga feeding. 1.00. half-dozen oysters and an entrec te aux pommes. 2.05. back

ld happen i think we may change the subject. what a fool i am, by the way! i say that "he is god, and that there is no other god than he" 1800 times an hour; but i don't "think" it even once a day. 6.30. all my energy has suddenly come back. was it that hatha-yoga sandwich? i go on copying the ritual. 7.10. copying finished. i will go and dine, and learn it by heart, humbly and thoughtfully. the illumination of it can be finished, with a little luck, in two more days. i am disinclined to use the ritual until it is beautifully coloured. as zoroaster saith:"god is never so much turned away from man, and never so much sendeth him new paths, as when he maketh ascent to divine speculations or works, in a confused or disordered manner, and (as the oracle adds) with unhallowed lips, or unwashed

uche cass e danaide girl as never was as i ought to have been in the beginning! well, one thing i got (again! that is, that when all is said and done, i am that i am, and all these thoughts of mine, angels and devils both, are only fleeting moods of me. the one true self of me is adonai. simple! yet i cannot remain in that simplicity. i got this "revelation" through the egyptian plane, a partial illumination of the reason. it has cleared up the mind; but alas! the mind is still there. this is the strength and weakness both of the egyptian plane, 87 that it is so lucid and spiritual and yet so practical. when i say weakness, i mean that it appeals to my weakness; i am easily content with the smaller results, so that they seduce me from going on to the really big ones. i am quite happy as a

r do when i say it! in the hope that daylight may bring counsel. 7.40. woke fresh and comfortable. sleep filled with dreams and broken into short lengths. i ought to observe that this is a very striking result of forging this magic chain; for in my normal life i am one of the soundest sleepers imaginable. nine solid hours without turning once is my irreducible minimum. 9.10. having done an hour's illumination of the new ritual, will go and break my fast with coffee and a brioche, and thence proceed to michael brenner's studio. 12.15. i have spent the morning in modelling siddhasana a more difficult task than appeared. rather like the task! but i went on with the mantra, and made some reflections upon kamma. i will now have a yogin coffee and sandwich, and return to my illumination of the

john to meditate in comfort. for he is vowed solemnly "to interpret every phenomenon as a particular dealing of god with his soul. 12.50. during lunch he will go on correcting his proofs. 1.35. lunch over, and the proofs read through. 1.45. he will make a few decorations further in his ritual, and perhaps design the fontispiece and colophon. he is very weary, and may sleep. 2.25. he has done the illumination, as far as may be. he will now lie down as hanged man, and invoke adonai. 101 4.45. he was too tired to reach nearer than the neighbourhood of that tremendous threshold; wherefore he fell from meditation into sleep, and there his lord gave him sweet rest thereof. he will arise, and take a drink a citron press at the d me; for the day is yet exceeding hot, and he has had little. 4.53

ravished with its mysterious melody. it is the infinite interior movement of things, secured by the co-extension 135 of their sum with the all, that transcends the deadly opposites; change which implies decay, stability which spells monotony. i understand all the psalms of benediction; there is spontaneous praise, a fountain in my heart. the authors of the psalms must have known something of this illumination when they wrote them. 9.30. it seems, too, that this operation is transformed. i suppose it must read as a patchwork of most inharmonious colour, a thing without continuity or cohesion. to me, now, it appears from the very start a simple direct progress in one straight line. i can hardly remember that there were checks. of course my rational memory picking out details finds otherwise

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 2 2

ler and an anointed king, the vice-roy and representative of the higher will (because inspired thereby in his kingdom which is the man) then shall it happen that the higher will "i.e" the lower genius, shall descend into the royal habitation, so that the higher will and the lower will shall be as one, and the higher genius shall descend into the kether of the man, bringing with him the tremendous illumination of his angelic nature; and the man shall become what was said of enoch "and chanokh made himself to walk for ever close with the essence of the elohim, and he existed not apart, seeing that the elohim took possession of his being. this is also a great mystery which the adeptus minor must know: how the spiritual consciousness can act around and beyond the sphere of sensation "thought"

practised and advanced adept. this consisteth in forming first a sphere from his own sphere of sensations, casting his reflection therein, and then projecting this whole sphere to the desired place as in the previous method. but this is not easy to be done by any but the practised operator" in fact if this projection of the sphere to the desired place can be carried out successfully, the highest illumination may be obtained thereby, supposing the desired place to be god or kether. to a beginner this particular method of attainment will appear very vague and unbalanced, for his astral journeys will consist of a chain of alarms and surprises; and the reason for this is that in almost every case he sets out with no clear idea of the place he is struggling to journey to, or the route he has c

pirit vision and rising on the planes, are only to be judged by their success. it is impossible to lay down a single task for each individual; one may suit one, and another another; nevertheless it must be pointed out here that though these two methods, or rather two phases of one method, are in most cases fruitful in result, it is generally but a slight step forward, and very seldom does supreme illumination follow. however, as appetisers they are excellent, the student attaining to just that hunger for the beyond, that appetite for the unobtainable, which will carry him over many a gloomy mood, many a whispering of the impossibility of his task. yet that they can accomplish more than this is also certain: to a few they have unlocked the portal, to the many the postern; but in all cases i

et that they can accomplish more than this is also certain: to a few they have unlocked the portal, to the many the postern; but in all cases it is best that the student should place himself under the guidance of one who has actually travelled, and not trust to his own intuitions in an unknown land, for, if he do so, he will almost of a certainty be led astray, and obsession may take the place of illumination, and failure that of success. between the grades 4= 7 and 5= 6 seven months had to elapse, and during this time we find p. busily travelling the british isles searching for a suitable house wherein to perform the operation of abramelin the mage, which ever since the previous autumn had engaged his attention. in the month of may he had met d. d. c. f. 7= 4, official head of the order o

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 3 3

and many illustrations, calf, 1653. 42s. visitors to london who are interested should make a point of calling. only a few minutes from chancery lane. frank hollings, 7 great turnstile, holborn (near the inns of court hotel. konx om pax the most remarkable treatise on the mystic path ever written contains an introduction and four essays; the first an account of the progress of the soul to perfect illumination, under the guise of a charming fairy tale; the second, an essay on truth, under the guise of a christmas pantomime; the third, an essay on magical ethics, under the guise of the story of a chinese philosopher; the fourth, a treatise on many magical subjects of the profoundest importance, under the guise of a symposium, interspersed with beautiful lyrics. no serious student can afford

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 3

ego, describes the visions of dhyana. he further describes the defence of the soul against assailing thoughts, and shows that the duality of consciousness is a blasphemy against the unity of god; so that even the thought called god is a denial of god-as-he-is-in- himself. the pupil sees nothing but a blank midnight in this emptying of the soul. he is shown that this is the necessary condition of illumination. distinction is further made between these three dhyanas, and those early visions in which things appear as objective. with these three dhyanas, moreover, are four other of the four elements: and many more. above these is the veil of paroketh. its guardians. the rosy cross lies beyond this veil, and therewith the vision called vishvarupadarshana. moreover, there is the knowledge and c

nto a spirit uplifted by hashish; he would reply tranquilly "maybe i have dined ill; but i am a god" 106 chapter v moral but the morrow; the terrible morrow! all the organs relaxed, tired; the nerves unstretched, the teasing tendency to tears, the impossibility of applying yourself to a continuous task, teach you cruelly that you have been playing a forbidden game. hideous nature, stripped of its illumination of the previous evening, resembles the melancholy ruins of a festival. the will, the most precious of all faculties, is above all attacked. they say, and it is nearly true, that this substance does not cause any physical ill; or at least no grave one; but can one affirm that a man incapable of action and fit only for dreaming is really in good health, even when every part of him funct

ii. exaltation by wisdom. in the first we awake from the dream of illusion by a blinding light being flashed across our eyes; in the second, gradually, by the breaking of the dawn. 1 e. levi "doctrine and ritual of magic" p. 192. in the first the light of knowledge, though but comparable to the whole of knowledge as a candle-flame to the sun, may 141 be so sudden that blindness follows the first illumination.2 in the second, though the light be as the sun of knowledge itself; first its gentle warmth, and then its tender rays awake us, and lead us through the morning to the noontide of day. like children of joy we rise from our beds and dance through the dewy fields, and chase the awakening butterflies from the blushing flowers_ ecstasy is ours. the first is as a sudden bounding beyond dar

n of joy we rise from our beds and dance through the dewy fields, and chase the awakening butterflies from the blushing flowers_ ecstasy is ours. the first is as a sudden bounding beyond darkness into light, from the humdrum into the ecstatic; the second a steady march beyond the passionate west into the land of everlasting dawn. concerning the first we have little to say; for it is generally the illumination of the weak. the feeble often gain the little success they do gain in life, not through their attempts to struggle, but on account of their weakness_ the enemy not considering they are worth power and shot. but the strong gain their lives in fight and victory; the sword is their warrant to live, and by their swords "will" they attain; and when they once have attained, by their swords

in hb:heh hb:vau hb:shin hb:heh hb:yod. one idea must possess us, and all our energies must be focused upon it. a man who would be rich must worship wealth and understand poverty; a man who would be strong must worship strength and understand weakness; and so also a man who would be god must worship deity and understand devilry: that is, he 2 the greater our ignorance the more intense appears the illumination. 3 n.b- the shin is composed of three yodhs, and its value is 300. must become saturated with the reflections of kether in malkuth, until the earth be leavened and the two eyes become one. he must indeed build up his tower stone upon stone until the summit vanish amongst the stars, and he is lost in a land which lies beyond the flames of day and the shadows of night. to attain to this

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 4 2

sant and unpleasant) sensation of a and found it easy to get into the way of it as a mantra which does not interfere much with sense-impressions, 178 but remains as an undercurrent. after several days of this desultory mahasatipatthana, he turned his mind once again to the great work and decided upon a fortnight's strict magical retirement. though his retirement culminated in no definite state of illumination, it is most interesting from a scientific point of view, as it has been carefully kept and the "breaks" that occurred in the meditations have been most minutely classified. june. 22nd. 10.20 p.m. mahasatipatthana for half an hour (1) breathing gets deeper, rather sleepier (i am tired (2) notable throbbing in ajna and front of brain generally, especially with inspiring (3) tendency to

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 4 3

ntitled on the loose: planetary journeys and earthly sketches""a new popular edition "crown "8"vo. pp "164. may be obtained through the equinox "the photograph in this number of""the equinox" is by the" dover street studios, konx om pax the most remarkable treatise on the mystic path ever written contains an introduction and four essays; the first an account of the progress of the soul to perfect illumination, under the guise of a charming fairy tale; the second, an essay on truth, under the guise of a christmas pantomime; the third, an essay on magical ethics, under the guise of the story of a chinese philosopher; the fourth, a treatise on many magical subjects of the profoundest importance, under the guise of a symposium, interspersed with beautiful lyrics. no serious student can afford

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 4

ire; whilst the yoga consists in withdrawing the organs of sense from the objects of sense, and by concentrating them on the inner self, higher self, augoeides, atman, or adonai, shake itself free from the illusions of m y- the world of plurality, and secure union with this inner self or atman. 63 30 as the light of a lamp brought into a dark room is reflected by all surfaces around it, so is the illumination of the adept reflected even by his unilluminated followers. attainment by yoga. according to the shiva sanhita there are two doctrines found in the vedas: the doctrines of "karma k nda (sacrificial works, etc) and of "jana k ndra (science and knowledge "karma k ndra" is twofold- good and evil, and according to how we live "there are many enjoyments in heaven" and "in hell there are ma

and not like a slave."56 hatha yoga. union by courage. it matters not what attainment the aspirant seeks to gain, or what goal he has in view, the one thing above all others which is necessary is a healthy body, and a body which is under control. it is hopeless to attempt to obtain stability of mind in one whose body is ever leaping from land to water like a frog; with such, any sudden influx of illumination may bring with it not enlightenment but mania; there fore it is that all the great masters have set the task of courage before that of endeavour.57 he who "dares" to "will" will "will" to know, and knowing will keep silence;58 for even to such as have entered the supreme order, there is not way found whereby they may break the stillness and communicate to those who have not ceased to

wonders. three days after this entry on a certain wednesday evening we find a very extraordinary mental experiment recorded in p.'s diary. d. a. made to p. the following suggestion for a meditation practice. 1. imagine that i am standing before you in my climbing clothes. 2. when you have visualized the figure, forbid it to move its limbs, etc. 3. then allow the figure to change "as a whole" its illumination, position and appearance. 4. carefully observe and remember any phenomenon in connection therewith. all this p. attempted with the following result: the figure of d.a: leaning on an ice-axcw was clearly seen, but at first it was a shade difficult to fix. the figure at once went 35 to my left, and stayed there; then i observed a scarlet tiphereth above the head and the blue path of hb:

buddha, nevertheless, in his selflessness he stooped down to the level of the lowest of mankind, and abandoning as dross the stupendous powers he had acquired, helped his fellows to realize the right path by the most universal of all symbols- the woe of the world, the sorrow of mankind. like the ved ntist, he saw that the crux of the whole trouble was ignorance (avijj. dispel this ignorance, and illumination would take its place, that insight into the real nature of things, which, little by little, leads the aspirant out of the world of birth and death, the world of sams ra, into that inscrutable nibb na where things in themselves cease to exist and with them the thoughts which go to build them up. ignorance is the greatest of all fetters, and "he who sins inadvertently" as n gasena said

the attainment of right views is arrived at in three successive steps (1) the aspirant contemplates the ills of life (2) he meditates upon them (3) by strenuous will power he commences to strip the mind of the cause of sorrow, namely change. during this stage a series of humiliations must be undergone, and, not only must the nephesch be conquered, but also the lower states of the ruach, until the illumination of the second noble truth of the eightfold path shatter the step of right views which the aspirant is standing upon just as the fire of god consumed the elemental pyramid- the tower of the taro. having attained to mastery over right comprehension the aspirant begins to see things not as they are but in their right proportions. his views become balanced, he enters tiphareth, the solar

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 6 2

nvoke, i invoke["he tears down the veil [luna "plays accordingly<cancer. 333-333-333. taurus. 1. brother warden of the graal, our task is ended. cancer. let us depart, it is accomplished. 124 konx om pax the most remarkable treatise on the mystic path ever written contains an introduction and four essays; the first an account of the progress of the soul to perfect illumination, under the guise of a charming fairy tale; the second, an essay on truth, under the guise of a christmas pantomime; the third, an essay on magical ethics, under the guise of the story of a chinese philosopher; the fourth, a treatise on many magical subjects of the profoundest importance, under the guise of a symposium, interspersed with beautiful lyrics. no serious student can afford

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 6

itory. 137 "art" said he "and do not imagine that art or anything else is other than high magic- is a system of holy hieroglyph. the artist, the initiate, thus frames his mysteries. the rest of the world scoff, or seek to understand, or pretend to understand; some few obtain the truth. the technical ability of the artist is the lucidity of his language; it has nothing to do with the degree of his illumination. bougereau is better technically than manet; he explains more clearly what he sees. but what does he see? he is the priest of a false god. form has no importance except in this sense; we must not be revolted by the extravagance of new symbolic systems. gauguin and matisse may live to be understood. we acquiesce in the eccentricities of raphael" ida gave a little laugh of pleased scorn

ALICE A BAILEY01 THE CONSCIOUSNESS OF THE ATOM

happen" the true meditation is something that requires the most intense application of the mind, the utmost control of thought, and an attitude which is neither negative nor positive, but an equal balance between the two. in the eastern scriptures the man who is attempting meditation and achieving its results, is described as follows and from a consideration of these words may come much help and illumination to us "the maha yogi, the great ascetic, in whom is centred the highest perfection of austere penance and abstract meditation, by which the most unlimited powers are attained, marvels and miracles are worked, the highest spiritual knowledge is acquired, and union with the great spirit of the universe is eventually attained" here this union with the group life is held to be the product

earching for his place within the greater whole, finding it by means of definite self-initiated endeavour, and then unifying himself with that group. this is all that is really meant by the teaching given about the path in the protestant, catholic, and buddhist churches. they all teach the treading of this path, calling it by different names, such as the way, the noble eightfold path, the path of illumination, or the path of holiness. yet it is the one path, that which shineth ever more and more unto the perfect day. we can look, too, for the development of the power to think abstractly, and for the awakening of the intuition. as the great races have succeeded one another upon the planet, there has ever been an ordered, directed unfoldment of the powers of the soul, and a definitely planne

ALICE A BAILEY02 INITIATION HUMAN AND SOLAR

ed where not to look. if by our search, on the other hand, corroboration comes little by little, and the light shines ever more clearly, let us persist until that day dawns when the light which shineth in darkness will have illuminated the heart and brain, and the seeker will awaken to the realisation that the whole trend of evolution has been to bring him this expansion of consciousness and this illumination, and that the attainment of the initiatory process, and the entrance into the fifth kingdom is no wild chimera or phantasm, but an established fact in the consciousness. this each man must ascertain for himself. those who know may state a fact to be thus and so, but the dictum of another person and the enunciation of a theory do not aid beyond giving to the seeker confirmatory indicat

lords, or lives of the lower self, have been earlier subjugated and brought under control, then the effect of the force and energy contacted is to stimulate the response of the physical brain consciousness and the head centres to egoic contact. then the otherwise destructive force becomes a factor for good and a helpful stimulation, and can be used by those who know how, to lead men on to further illumination- 46- initiation, human and solar copyright 1998 lucis trust all these steps have to work out on all the three lower planes, and in the three bodies, and this they do according to the particular ray and sub-ray. in this fashion is the work of the disciple carried forward, and his testing and training carried out. thus is he brought through right direction of energy and wise manipulatio

sses into dissolution. it is the coming in of the a sound which affects the severance or liberation of the initiate from the three worlds. 6. there are certain words also committed to each of the planetary logoi, and they are the basis of planetary manifestation. as is well known, the sound of the brahma aspect, or the third aspect of our particular planetary logos, is fa, and herein lies much of illumination as to his point in evolution, for it is immediately apparent that the a sound is reaching even the dense physical. 7. within our own hierarchy there are numbers of words built up upon the great word of our planetary logos, and these are committed to the departmental heads, who in turn pass them on in permutated order to the graded initiates. it will be wise here for the student to dif

ALICE A BAILEY04 A TREATISE ON COSMIC FIRE

manifestation, the first plane of our solar system, the plane adi. the matter of that highest plane is called often the "sea of fire" and it is- 44- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust the root of the akasha, the term applied to the substance of the second plane of manifestation. let us trace the analogy a little more in detail, for in its just apprehension will be found much of illumination and much that will serve to elucidate problems both macrocosmic and microcosmic. we will begin with man and his etheric body. the etheric body has been described as a network, permeated with fire, or as a web, animated with golden light. it is spoken of in the bible as the "golden bowl" it is a composition of that matter of the physical plane which we call etheric, and its shape is br

nce, the emphasis laid in the proem of the secret doctrine on the three fundamentals,97(86) a. the boundless immutable principle and b. the periodicity of the universe. c. the identity of all souls with the oversoul. when scientists recognise these two facts then their explanations will take a different line and the truth, as it is, will begin to illuminate their reason. few men are yet ready for illumination, which is simply the light of the intuition breaking through the barriers that the rational faculty has erected. the duality of the solar system will eventually be recognised as dependent upon the following factors: a. existence itself. b. time and space. c. the quality of desire or necessity. d. the acquisitive faculty inherent in life itself. this faculty, by the means of motion, ga

eans whereby evolution becomes possible, comprehension is achieved, and activity is generated and utilised. let us now consider how this question can be expressed in terms of fire: objectively subjectively 1. the sea of fire..1. our god is a consuming fire..e. nergising will 2. the akasha..2. the light of god..f.orm aspect. 3. the aether..3. the heat of matter..activity aspect. 4. the air..4. the illumination of the intuition- 156- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust 5. fire..5. the fire of mind. 6. the astral light..6. the heat of the emotions. 7. physical plane electricity..7. kundalini and prana. spiritually. this is hid in a threefold mystery: 1. the mystery of electricity. 2. the mystery of the seven constellations. 3. the mystery of the one above the logos. 4. the he

bodies are made up of the units of the human and deva evolutions in the same manner (only on a higher turn of the spiral) as the bodies of human beings are made up of living organisms, the various animated cells, or the lesser lives. this is a basic fact in occultism, and the relationship between the cells in the human vehicles, and the cells in the bodies of a heavenly man, will be productive of illumination if carefully studied. just as a human being has an originating source, the monad, and a semi-permanent vehicle, the causal body, but manifests through his lower principles (of which the dense physical is not one) so a heavenly man has an originating source, his monad, a semi-permanent body on the monadic levels of the solar system, but manifests through three lower sheaths, our atmic

c, are beginning to be felt, and its energy is also beginning to have a definite effect on the egoic bodies of men; the fourth ether of the physical systemic plane is likewise assuming its rightful place in the minds of men, and the electrical force of that subplane is already being adapted and utilised by man in the assistance of the mechanical arts, for methods of transportation, for widespread illumination, and in healing. these four adaptations of electricity- 187- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust 1. for mechanical uses, 2. for transportation, 3. for illumination, 4. in healing, are but the working out on the physical plane of paralleling utilisation of buddhic electrical force. it might here be asked why colour primarily is spoken of as the buddhic manifestation of

pacity is reached, or that which we call perfection. we should note and distinguish the words light, heat and radiance, which are the distinctive features of all individualised entities from gods to men. man is beginning to arrive partially at the secret of this phenomenon through his ability to produce through scientific knowledge, that which is called electric light and which is used by man for illumination, heat and healing. as more anent this matter is discovered by physical plane students, the whole question of existence and of creative activity will become clearer. as regards the origin of the fire of mind something more may be learned through studying the various methods of individualisation. in connection with man these methods are three in number as far as we can tell, though the

he sense developed. in the second round and the second root-race touch was evolved. in the third round and corresponding root-race sight was added to the other two, and the self which hears, and the not-self which is touched, or apprehended as tangible, are related and connected by sight, the correspondence to the intelligence that links. thus is brought about the blending of the three fires, and illumination is present. but through all this evolutionary development the one who hears, touches, and sees, persists and interprets according to the stage of the development of the manasic principle within him. this basic interpreter is the entity who is independent of an existence which ever necessitates a form. his is the life that causes matter to vibrate and he is therefore "fire by friction;

ALICE A BAILEY05 THE LIGHT OF THE SOUL

obstacles and their removal considered. c. a summation of the raja yoga system. topic: the versatile psychic nature. book ii. the steps to union. a. the five hindrances and their removal. b. the eight means defined. topic: the means of attainment. book iii. union achieved and its results. a. meditation, and its stages. b. twenty-three results of meditation. topic: the powers of the soul. book iv. illumination- 5- the light of the soul copyright 1998 lucis trust a. consciousness and form. b. union or at-one-ment. topic: isolated unity. bibliography of the translations of and commentaries upon the yoga sutras of patanjali used in the preparation of the present work. the yoga-sutra of patanjali..m. j. dvivedi. the yoga-darsana..ganganatha jha. the yoga sutras of patanjali..charles johnston. t

eed or with an object; this sutra suggests the next stage, meditation without seed or without that which the physical brain would recognise as an object. it might be of value here if the six stages of meditation dealt with by patanjali are mentioned as they give a clue to the entire process of unfoldment dealt with in this book: 1. aspiration, 2. concentration, 3. meditation, 4. contemplation, 5. illumination, 6. inspiration. it is of value here to note that the student begins by aspiring to that which lies beyond his ken and ends by being inspired by that which he has sought to know. concentration (or intense focussing) results in meditation and meditation flowers forth as contemplation. 19. the samadhi just described passes not beyond the bounds of the phenomenal world; it passes not bey

en obstacles earlier considered. obstacle remedy- 45- the light of the soul copyright 1998 lucis trust 1. bodily disability. wholesome, sane living (1.33) 2. mental inertia. control of the life force (1.34) 3. wrong questioning. one pointed thought (1.35) 4. carelessness. meditation (1.36) 5. laziness .s elf discipline (1.37) 6. lack of dispassion .c orrect analyis (1.38) 7. erroneous perception. illumination (1.39) these corrections of wrong conditions are of profound importance in the early stages of yoga and hence their emphasis in book i. but a theoretical understanding of the obstacles and their cure is of small avail as long as the intense application of the will is omitted. only the constant, steady, enduring effort of the will, functioning through the mind, will suffice to bring th

s an understanding of the nature of that which is perceived and likewise of the perceiver. 24. the cause of this association is ignorance or avidya. this has to be overcome. 25. when ignorance is brought to an end through non- association with the things perceived, this is the great liberation. 26. the state of bondage is overcome through perfectly maintained discrimination. 27. the knowledge (or illumination) achieved is seven-fold and is attained progressively. 28. when the means to yoga have been steadily practised, and when impurity has been overcome, enlightenment takes place, leading up to full illumination. 29. the eight means of yoga are, the commandments or yama, the rules or nijama, posture or asana, right control of life-force or pranayama, abstraction or pratyahara, attention o

hereby he ventured forth into- 97- the light of the soul copyright 1998 lucis trust unknown realms, so the chela withdraweth himself from all the forms in the three realms of being which have hitherto enticed" the above merits close consideration and can be linked to the thought embodied in the occult phrase "before a man can tread the path, he must become that path himself" 27. the knowledge (or illumination) achieved is sevenfold, and is attained progressively. the hindu teaching holds that the states of mind-consciousness are seven in number. the sixth sense and its use bring about seven modes of thought, or to put it more technically there are seven major modifications of the thinking principle. these are: 1. desire for knowledge. it is this which drives forth the prodigal son, the sou

rlds. the tendency of these seven states of mind, produced through the experience of the man upon the wheel of life is to bring him to the point where he feels that physical plane living, sentiency and mental processes have nothing to give and utterly fail to satisfy him. he reaches the stage which paul refers to when he says "i count all things but loss that i may win christ" the seven stages of illumination have been described by a hindu teacher as follows: 1. the stage wherein the chela realizes that he has run the whole gamut of life experience in the three worlds and can say "i have known all that was to be known. nothing further remains to know" his place on the ladder is revealed to him. he knows what he has to do. this relates to the first modification of the thinking principle, de

d the law. thus he becomes a master and a wielder of the law. this stage has relation to the fourth modification. 5. the stage wherein complete control of the mind is achieved and the peer can say "my mind is at rest" then and only then, when complete rest is known can the true contemplation and samadhi of the highest kind be known. sorrow, the fifth modification, is dispelled by the glory of the illumination received. the pairs of opposites are no longer at war. 6. the stage wherein the chela realises that matter or form have no longer any power over him. he can then say "the gunas or qualities of matter in the three worlds no longer attract me; they call forth no response from me" fear therefore is eliminated for there is nothing in the disciple which can attract to him evil, death or pa

ALICE A BAILEY07 FROM INTELLECT TO INTUITION

ducation is the ethical revelation of the universe" then perhaps dr. moran is also right when he points out that "one of the underlying causes, perhaps the greatest, of our materialistic age is the lack of the spiritual element in our formal education" some of us feel also that there exists an even wider goal than an ethical revelation; and that it is possible that humanity is the custodian of an illumination and a glory which will only be realized in its fulness when the masses achieve some of the magnificence which has characterized the world figures of the past. is it not in line with evolutionary development that the real goal of education is to lead humanity out of the fourth or human kingdom into that spiritual realm where the pioneers whom we call mystics, and the standard-setting f

the mystic is frequently unable to cope with his environment, and where the emphasis is laid entirely upon the subjective side of life, the physical welfare of the individual and the race is neglected and overlooked. the masses are left to struggle in the mire of ignorance, disease and dirt, and, hence, we have the deplorable conditions found throughout the orient, alongside the highest spiritual illumination of the favored few. in the west the emphasis is entirely reversed. the subjective is ignored and regarded as hypothetical, and the premises upon which our culture is based are as follows: first, there is an entity, called the human being, who possesses a mind, a set of emotions and a response apparatus through which he is brought into contact with his environment. second, according to

ted human beings, will produce that bridging body of men, who will unify the achievements of the two hemispheres and link the subjective and objective realms. they will act as the pioneers of the new age, when men will be practical men of affairs with their feet firmly planted on earth and yet, at the same time, be mystics and seers, living also in the world of spirit and carrying inspiration and illumination with them into the life of every day. for the bringing about of these conditions and the production of that great group of practical mystics who will eventually save the world, two things are needed: trained minds with wide general knowledge as a foundation (and this our western system can give, plus a spiritual awareness of the indwelling divinity, the soul, to be achieved through th

ave the world, two things are needed: trained minds with wide general knowledge as a foundation (and this our western system can give, plus a spiritual awareness of the indwelling divinity, the soul, to be achieved through the eastern system of scientific meditation. our greatest need in the west lies in our failure to recognize the soul and the faculty of the intuition which in its turn leads to illumination. the late professor luzzatti, prime minister of italy, in the preface to his most valuable and scholarly book "god and- 20- from intellect to intuition copyright 1998 lucis trust freedom" says "it is everywhere noticed that the growth of the empire of man over himself does not keep step with the growth of the empire of man over nature."14(25) it is essential that the western world sho

s "is that all" and the answer is "yes" if meditation is rightly followed, and if perseverance is the keynote of the life, then increasingly soul contact is established. the results of that contact work out in self-discipline, in purification, and in the life of aspiration and of service. meditation in the eastern sense is, as we shall see, a strictly mental process, leading to soul knowledge and illumination. it is a fact in nature that "as a man thinketh so is he" chapter four the objectives in meditation "union is achieved through the subjugation of the psychic nature, and the restraint of the mind-stuff. when this has been accomplished, the yogi knows himself as he is in reality" patanjali assuming the correctness of the theories outlined in the preceding chapters, it might be of value

nature and the feeling part of man which seeks after that which is needed, and the range of needs is wide and real. it is the heart approach. four degrees of prayer might be recognized: 1. prayer for material benefits, and for help. 2. prayer for virtues and for graces of character. 3. prayer for others, intercessory prayer- 28- from intellect to intuition copyright 1998 lucis trust 4. prayer for illumination and for divine realization. it will be seen from a study of these four types of prayer that all have their roots in the desire nature, and that the fourth brings the aspirant to the point where prayer can end and meditation begin. seneca must have realized this when he said "no prayer is needed, except to ask for a good state of mind, for health (wholeness) of soul" meditation carries

wisdom now suddenly become certain beyond the possibility of a doubt. the sense of certainty and revelation- 29- from intellect to intuition copyright 1998 lucis trust comes earlier than any definite belief. the definite beliefs at which mystics arrive are the result of reflection upon the inarticulate experience gained in the moment of insight "the first and most direct outcome of the moment of illumination is belief in the possibility of a way of knowledge which may be called revelation or insight or intuition, as contrasted with sense, reason and analysis, which are regarded as blind guides leading to the morass of illusion. closely connected with this belief is the conception of a reality behind the world of appearance and utterly different from it. this reality is regarded with an ad

ALICE A BAILEY08 A TREATISE ON WHITE MAGIC

standing of the "web of life" or of the body of vitality which underlies every form and links every part of a form with every other part is recognised and known to be a fact in nature, the problem will remain unsolved. the definition of the soul may be regarded as somewhat more feasible than that of spirit owing to the fact that there are many people who have experienced at sometime or another an illumination, an unfoldment, an uplifting, and a beatitude which has convinced them that there is a state of consciousness so far removed from that normally experienced as to bring them into a new state of being and a new level of awareness. it is something felt and experienced, and involves that psychic expansion which the mystic has registered down the ages, and which st. paul referred to when h

the unreal to the real. he has tasted the joys of life in the world of illusion and has learnt their powerlessness to satisfy and hold him. now he is in a state of transition between the new and the old states of being. he is vibrating between the condition of soul awareness and form awareness. he is "seeing double. his spiritual perception grows slowly and surely as the brain becomes capable of illumination from the soul, via the mind. as the intuition develops, the radius of awareness grows and new fields of knowledge unfold. the first field of knowledge receiving illumination might be described as comprising the totality of forms to be found in the three worlds of human endeavour, etheric, astral and mental. the would-be disciple, through this process, becomes aware of his lower nature

mediate share of work he must assume is realized and gradually worked out on the physical plane. thus the activity of the lower nature decreases, and the man little by little enters into- 37- a treatise on white magic copyright 1998 lucis trust conscious contact with his master and his group. but this follows upon the "lighting of the lamp" the aligning of the lower and higher and the downflow of illumination to the brain. it is essential that these points should be grasped and studied by all aspirants so that they may take the needed steps and develop the desired awareness. until this is done, the master, no matter how willing he may be, is powerless, and can take no steps to admit a man to his group and thus take him into his auric influence, making him an outpost of his consciousness. e

pon each other tends to eventual synthesis. the concrete mind, in itself, offers opportunity for a treatise of great length, but here it will suffice to point out a few of the ways in which it hinders those races who so paramountly represent it. a. by its intense activity and stimulated action it hinders the downflow of inspiration from on high. it acts as a dark curtain that shuts out the higher illumination. only through steadiness and a stable restfulness can that illumination percolate, via the higher bodies, to the physical brain and so be available for practical service. b. the wisdom of the triad exists for the use of the personality, but is barred by the disquisitions of the lower mind. when the fire of mind burns too fiercely, it forms a current which counteracts the higher downfl

at point of light which flickered into being at the time of his individualization in past ages. this finds its reflection in the light in the head. thus a rapport is set up, which permits not only of vibratory synchronization but of a radiation and display of magnetic force, permitting of its recognition in the three worlds of a man's immediate environment. so it is with the human kingdom. as its illumination increases, as its light waxes more potent, its effect upon the sub-human kingdoms is analogous to that of the individual soul, its reflection, upon man in physical incarnation. i say analogous as a causative force, though not a correspondence in effects. note this difference. humanity is macrocosmic in relation to the sub-human states of consciousness, and this h. p. b. has well point

ng of light. humanity is the planetary light bearer, transmitting the light of knowledge, of wisdom, and of understanding, and this in the esoteric sense. these three aspects of light carry three aspects of soul energy to the soul in all forms, through the medium of the anima mundi, the world soul. physically speaking, this can be realized if we can appreciate the difference between our planetary illumination today and that of five hundred years ago our brilliantly lit cities, our rural districts, shining through the night with their lighted streets and homes; our airways, outlined with their search-lights and fields of blazing globes; our oceans, dotted with their lighted ships, and increasingly our lighted airships will be seen, darting through the skies. these are but the result of man'

on today and that of five hundred years ago our brilliantly lit cities, our rural districts, shining through the night with their lighted streets and homes; our airways, outlined with their search-lights and fields of blazing globes; our oceans, dotted with their lighted ships, and increasingly our lighted airships will be seen, darting through the skies. these are but the result of man's growing illumination. his knowledge aspect of light has brought this into being. who shall say what will eventuate when the wisdom aspect predominates? when these are welded by understanding, the soul will control in the three worlds and in all kingdoms of nature. 3. the transmission of energy. the clue to the significance of this can be grasped as a concept, though as yet it will fail of comprehension, i

ALICE A BAILEY09 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME I ESOTERIC PSYCHOLOGY I

ective outline under the objective form. but the effort to understand carries its own reward, and the attempt to grasp and comprehend the soul-cosmic, universal, planetary and individual leads inevitably to an unfoldment of the mental apparatus (with a subsequent development of the, as yet, quiescent brain cells) which must eventually produce a co-ordination of the thinking faculty, and resultant illumination. the nature of our septenary universe must be considered, and the relation of the threefold human being to the divine trinity must be noted. a general idea of the entire symbolic picture is of value. each student, as he takes up the study of the rays, must steadily bear in mind that he himself-as a human unit-finds his place on one or other of these rays. the problem thus produced is

airs of opposites, spirit and matter. i speak not here of the pairs of opposites of the astral or emotional plane, which are illusory reflections of the true pairs of opposites, but of the basic duality of manifestation. i seek to deal with that material which is of practical value and which can be grasped by the illumined intelligence of the average man. it is necessary for all students who seek illumination and a right apprehension of truth to drop the emphasis so often laid upon certain aspects and presentations of truth being spiritual and others being mental. it is in the realm of so-called mind that the great principle of separateness is found. it is also in the realm of mind that the great at-one-ment is made. the words of the initiate paul have here a fitting place, wherein he says

the soul appear. let life emerge within a destined time. quality..the power to evolve- 49- a treatise on the seven rays- volume i: esoteric psychology i copyright 1998 lucis trust 3. let mind control. let the clear shining of the sun of life reveal the mind of god, and set the shining one upon his way. then lead him to the central point where all is lost within the light supernal. quality..mental illumination. 4. god and his form are one. reveal this fact, oh sovereign lord of form. god and his form are one. negate the dual concept. lend colour to the form. the life is one; the harmony complete. prove thus the two are one. quality. the power to produce synthesis on the physical plane. 5. produce the garment of the lord; set forth the robe of many colours. then separate that robe from that

45. by that time an event will have happened in the world and a particular new teaching will have been given which will put the entire subject of telepathic phenomena in a new light. 4. the scientific training of clairvoyants and the intelligent development of clairvoyant powers by the intelligentsia of the world leaves as yet much to be desired, but it will come as the result of mind control and illumination. men will learn to subject the mechanism of the body to a downflow of spiritual energy and stimulation, and thus will bring the powers of the psychic nature into activity, and the old method of sitting for development in order to awaken the centres will be seen as dangerous and unnecessary. in the field of modern psychology we can look for a gradual recognition of the fact of the self

rgies and the qualities which colour and condition the form. when these two knowledges are brought intelligently together, we shall evolve a truer and more accurate psychology and a new science of human culture. then the work of unifying man man, the psychic entity, and man, the conditioning soul will go rapidly forward. 3. a knowledge of the rays and their tendencies and energies will bring much illumination to the workers in the field of the various sciences. all the sciences find themselves on some one or other of the rays, and a science is literally the light thrown by a ray into a particular field of divine manifestation. the four kingdoms in nature are embodiments of four great lives who are found, each on one of the four minor rays. the being who is the life of the fourth or human k

ork is being carried forward in three fields of human thought and- 113- a treatise on the seven rays- volume i: esoteric psychology i copyright 1998 lucis trust activity, the net result is one directed effort towards the production of synthesis and a great preparatory drive towards a revelation of such wonder that i cannot yet detail it. recognition of its truth is dependent upon inner growth and illumination, and this growth is being speeded up, leading to an easier recognition of that which is on the way. remember, revelation seldom comes along the expected lines. there will be a pouring in of light upon mankind which will alter his conditions of living, change his outlook upon world affairs, and inaugurate a new age which will be distinguished by an aptitude for group synthesis and coop

e words: electricity, light and life, express divinity, and their synthesis is god. when we know the three as one in our own experience, then we know god. the lowest aspect we are now using, and of it we are increasingly aware. the second aspect of light is on the point of revelation, through the right understanding of electrical phenomena. there lies the clue to the new age, the age of light, of illumination and of revelation. the esotericists of the world will understand a little of that to which i refer, and in their hands lies the training of humanity so that men may use that true vision and learn to utilise the "single eye" i would have you note, however, that the majority of true esotericists are found outside, and not within, the bulk of the schools which call themselves esoteric. t

ALICE A BAILEY10 FROM BETHLEHEM TO CALVARY

s a cosmic principle, and a divine potency. this the buddha embodied. but love came to the world through christ, and he, through his work, transmuted emotion into love. as "god is love" the comprehension that christ revealed the love of god makes clear the magnitude of the task he undertook a task far beyond the powers of any teacher or messenger who had preceded him. the buddha, when he achieved illumination "let in" a flood of light upon life and upon our world problems, and this intelligent understanding of the causes of world distress he endeavoured to formulate into the four noble truths. these are, as most of us well know: 1. that existence in the phenomenal universe is inseparable from suffering and from sorrow. 2. that the cause of suffering is desire for existence in the world of

elect the good, the beautiful and the true. these three practices, leading to a changed attitude towards life and reality, will, when held sanely, bring in the rule of wisdom and prepare the disciple for the christ life. upon this racial teaching follows the work of the christ with humanity, resulting in an understanding of the value of the individual and his self-initiated efforts at release and illumination, with the final objective of group love and group good. we learn to perfect ourselves in consonance with christ's injunction "be ye therefore perfect,"11 in order to have somewhat to contribute to the group good, and in order to serve christ perfectly. thus that spiritual reality, spoken of by st. paul as "christ in you, the hope of glory,"12 is released in man and can manifest in ful

f the road" and then leave him to understand or not, as his earnestness and development permit, and to pass on through the portal as his equipment and destiny allow. the teachers of the race, and the christ, who is the "master of all the masters and the teacher alike of angels and of men" are not more interested in these organisations than they are in any movement in the world today which carries illumination and truth to men. the initiates of the world are to be found in every nation, in every church, and in every group where men of good will are to be found working, and where world service is rendered. the modern so-called esoteric groups are not the custodians of the teaching of initiation, nor is it their prerogative to prepare man for this unfoldment. the best of them can only prepare

their prerogative to prepare man for this unfoldment. the best of them can only prepare men for that stage in the evolutionary process which is called "discipleship" the reason why this is sadly the case, and why initiation seems so far away from the membership of most of the groups who claim an insight into the initiation processes, is that they have not laid the needed emphasis upon that mental illumination which perforce lights the way to the gate leading to the "secret place of the most high" they have laid the emphasis upon personality devotion to the masters of the wisdom, and to their own organisation leaders; they have stressed adherence to authoritative teaching and rules of life, and have not primarily emphasised adherence to the still small voice of the soul. the way to the plac

and to their own organisation leaders; they have stressed adherence to authoritative teaching and rules of life, and have not primarily emphasised adherence to the still small voice of the soul. the way to the place of initiation and to the centre where christ may be found is the way of the soul, the lonely way of self-unfoldment, of self-effacement and of self-discipline. it is the way of mental illumination and intuitive perception. initiation is the revelation of love, of the second great aspect of divinity, expressing itself in wisdom. this expression is found in its fullness in the life of christ. he revealed to us the nature of essential love, and then told us to love. he demonstrated to us what divinity is, and then told us to live divinely. in the new testament this unfolding life

f every disciple at this time, and, for those who have eyes to see, they can be seen actively bringing changes in the race. aspiration is a basic requirement, both in the individual and in the race. today humanity aspires to great heights, and this aspiration is responsible for the great national movements seen in so many countries. at the same time, individual disciples are striving anew towards illumination, incited thereto by their longing to meet world need. spiritual selfishness, which has been such a characteristic of aspirants in the past, has to be transcended and transmuted into love of man and a sharing in the "fellowship of christ's sufferings."25 self must be lost to sight in service. service is rapidly becoming the keynote of the time, and one of the incentives in racial endea

rust and an expression of divinity, and follows in the footsteps of the saviour, serving the race, sounding the needed note, and helping others to reach the point he has reached. the path of service and cooperation with the divine will become the purpose of his life. not all initiates can reach the altitude which christ reached. his was a unique and cosmic mission. but experience of each stage of illumination, as portrayed in the gospel story, is possible to the disciples of the world. therefore, in summing up these ideas concerning the new birth into the kingdom, which at this time faces so many, it must be borne in mind that "at the first great initiation the christ is born in the disciple. it is then that he realizes for the first time in himself the outpouring of the divine love, and e

ALICE A BAILEY11 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME II ESOTERIC PSYCHOLOGY II

he cultivation of a separative spirit. the hidden light. the realisation of selfish desire. longing for material well-being. selfishness, and subordination of all soul powers to this end, leading to building wisely, in relation to the plan. inclusiveness. a longing for wisdom and truth. sensitivity to the whole. renunciation of the great heresy of separativeness. the revelation of the light. true illumination. right speech through generated wisdom. ray three force manipulation through selfish desire. intelligent use of force with wrong motive. intense material and mental activity. the realisation of energy as an end in itself. longing for glory, beauty and for material objectives. submergence in illusion, glamour, and maya, leading to the manipulation of energy in order to reveal beauty an

l plane before being "precipitated into incarnation, as it is esoterically called. modernising the concept, we might say that the energies which animate the physical body and the intelligent life of the atom, the sensitive emotional states, and the intelligent mind have eventually to be blended with, and transmuted into, the energies which animate the soul. these are the spiritual mind, conveying illumination; the intuitive nature, conferring spiritual perception; and divine livingness. after the third initiation the "way" is carried forward with great rapidity, and the "bridge" is finished which links perfectly the higher spiritual triad and the lower material reflection. the three worlds of the soul and the three worlds of the personality become one world wherein the initiate works and f

hether it is the urge to self-reproduction and the satisfaction of that appetite which works out today in the complexity of the sex life of the race; whether it is the urge to be popular, loved and esteemed; whether it is the urge for intellectual enjoyment and the mental appropriation of truth, or the deep-seated desire for heaven and rest which characterises the christian, or the aspiration for illumination which is the demand of the mystic, or the longing for identification with reality which is the "wish" of the occultist. all this is desire in some form or another, and by these urges humanity is governed and controlled; i would say most definitely controlled, for this is only a simple statement of the case- 95- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright

of opposites. 11. discipleship and the repulsing or repudiation (over a long period of time, of the not-self. such, briefly and inadequately stated, is the story of man as he searches for happiness, for joy and for bliss, or (expressing it in terms of realisation) as he progresses from the life of the instincts to that of the intellect, and then from that intellectual apprehension to the stage of illumination and final identification with reality, when he is henceforth freed from the great illusion. two things determine the rapidity with which he can upon the path of discipleship bring the law of repulse into play. one is the quality of his motive. only the desire to serve is adequate to bring about the necessary reorientation and subjection to the new technique of living. the other is his

ire. 6. attention. third ray force. the law of expansive correct orientation response. 7. meditation .f ifth ray force. the law of the lower right use of the mind four "the soul is in deep meditation" 8. result. contemplation .c omplete spiritual detachment. a close study of these relationships will be found suggestive to the disciple and illuminating to the initiate. let us not, however, confuse illumination with a new or bright idea! it is something far different to that. the difference is that between the light of a star, and the light of a steadily waxing sun. one reveals the fact of night. the other reveals the world of daylight and of conscious being. d. the seven directions of the law of repulse it must be remembered that the law of repulse, which is the law of the destroying angels

n mind also that the greater contact need not necessarily include the lesser. telepathic communication between the different aspects of the human being is entirely possible at varying stages of unfoldment. 2. they will work at the establishment of communication between that plane which is the plane- 117- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust of illumination and pure reason (the buddhic plane) and the plane of illusion which is the astral plane. it should be remembered that our great task is to dispel the world illusion through the pouring in of illumination or of light. when enough groups have been started that have this for their objective, there will then be found upon the physical plane, those channels of communication which will act

the problem of reincarnation. that problem deals with the taking of an outer garment or form under the law of rebirth. therefore, when these groups are organised, it will be with that subject that the members will at first work. they will make a deeper and different study than has heretofore been undertaken on the law of rebirth. 8. some groups of energy communicators and transmitters will carry illumination between groups of thinkers. they are illuminators of group thoughts. they transmit energy from one thought centre to another. they transmit, above everything else, the energy of ideas. that is their major function. the world of ideas is a world of dynamic force centres. this should not be forgotten. these ideas have to be contacted and noted. their energy has to be assimilated and tra

ALICE A BAILEY12 DISCIPLESHIP IN THE NEW AGE VOLUME I

n the existence of christ and his disciples, the masters, may receive such an impetus that many more will attempt to tread the way and join the great number of aspirants in every country who are seeking to tread the path by becoming the path itself. october 1943 alice a. bailey the great invocations- 5- discipleship in the new age- volume i copyright 1998 lucis trust let the forces of light bring illumination to mankind. let the spirit of peace be spread abroad. may men of goodwill everywhere meet in a spirit of cooperation. may forgiveness on the part of all men be the keynote at this time. let power attend the efforts of the great ones. so let it be, and help us to do our part. 1935 let the lord of liberation issue forth. let him bring succour to the sons of men. let the rider from the s

nsciousness. it will also be because they have arrived at love of their fellowmen, just as they have loved themselves in the past. think on this with clarity, my brothers, and grasp, if you can, the full significance of this last sentence. their work will largely be to summarise and make effective the work of those two great sons of god, the buddha and the christ. as you know, one of them brought illumination to the world and embodied the principle of wisdom, and the other brought love to the world and embodied in himself a great cosmic principle the principle of love. how can the effectiveness of their work- 7- discipleship in the new age- volume i copyright 1998 lucis trust be brought about? the process will follow three lines: 1. individual effort, made by the individual disciple, using

"chitta (or mind-stuff as patanjali calls it in his famous book of rules) was neither so highly developed nor was it tinctured by so much thought or potentially so illumined. today, knowledge is widespread and many, many people are already thinking for themselves. the material for discipleship with which the masters have to deal and the type of person which has to be developed and led on towards illumination is of a higher quality and grade, if i may employ so inadequate a term. the experiment of changing methods and of implementing the new technique of group work has to be carried out, likewise, in the midst of the stress and strain of western civilisation. this imposes on all chosen to participate in this work an undue effort, but if continuance is found possible and success ensues, it

and eventually when your life and work and discipline warrant it contact with one of the masters. record this in an impartial way, preserving the scientific attitude and seeking ever a practical explanation before accepting a mystical one. a spirit of agnosticism (not of atheism) is of real value to the beginner and preserves him from the snares of the world illusion and of lower psychism. 2. any illumination which may come to you, throwing a flood of light upon a problem and revealing the way that you or the group should go. any intuition which corroborated by the reason carries one forward into knowledge and evokes the wisdom of the soul and its registration by the brain, via the mind. 3. any telepathic happenings between you and your fellow disciples. this telepathic interplay should be

elepathic communication between the different aspects of the human being is entirely possible at varying stages of unfoldment. 2. another group is that of the trained observers. their objective is to see clearly through all events, through space and time by means of the cultivation and use of the intuition. they work very largely on the astral plane at the dissipation of glamour, thus bringing in illumination to mankind. thus another type of energy is brought into play, producing another type of inter-relation and communication. this communication is between the plane which is the plane of illumination and pure reason (the buddhic plane) and the plane of illusion and glamour, which is the astral plane. the trained observers are asked to remember that their great task is to dispel the world

the fact of the soul and with the new psychology which will be based upon the seven ray types and the new esoteric astrology. their major task will be to relate, through approved techniques, the soul and the personality, leading to the revelation of divinity through the medium of- 32- discipleship in the new age- volume i copyright 1998 lucis trust humanity. they will act also as transmitters of illumination between groups of thinkers and as illuminators of group thought. they transmit energy from one thought centre to another and, above everything else, they transmit the energy of ideas. the world of ideas is a world of dynamic force centres. let this not be forgotten. these ideas have to be contacted and noted and their energy has to be assimilated and transmitted. 9. this ninth group w

at i am training you to utilise the full moon contact. 3. quick response to real need. you had not regarded this as one of the psychic powers, my brother, had you? i refer not here to a solar plexus reaction but to heart knowledge. ponder on this distinction. 4. right observation of reality upon the soul plane. this leads to right mental perception, to freedom from illusion and glamour and to the illumination of the brain. 5. correct manipulation of force, involving, therefore, an understanding of the types and qualities of force and their right creative weaving into service upon the outer plane. 6. a true comprehension of the time element, with its cyclic ebb and flow and the right seasons for action a most difficult psychic power to master, my brothers, but one which can be mastered thro

ALICE A BAILEY13 PROBLEMS OF HUMANITY

they are simple, saintly men, asking nothing for the separated self, representing god in truth and in life, and having no real part in the church wherein they work; the church suffers sadly through the contrast which they- 77- problems of humanity copyright 1998 lucis trust represent and seldom permits them to rise to place and power; their temporal power is nil but their spiritual example brings illumination and strength to their people. they are the hope of humanity for they are in touch with christ and are an integral part of the kingdom of god; they represent deity in a manner which the great ecclesiastics and the so-called princes of the church seldom do. ii. the opportunity of the churches something of great moment has happened in the world. the spirit of destruction has stampeded th

scale its latent beauty of wisdom; love today is only just beginning to engross human attention; its lowest aspect, goodwill, is only now being recognized as a divine energy and is still a theory and a hope. the buddha came embodying in himself the divine quality of wisdom; he was the manifestation of light, and the teacher of the way of enlightenment. he demonstrated in himself the processes of illumination and became "the illumined one. light, wisdom, reason, as divine yet human attributes, were focussed in the buddha. he challenged the people to tread the path of illumination of which wisdom, mental perception and the intuition are aspects. then came the next great teacher, the christ. he embodied in himself a still greater divine principle greater than the mind, that of love; yet at t

ALICE A BAILEY14 THE REAPPEARANCE OF THE CHRIST

e. the christ, that great human-divine messenger, because of his stupendous achievement along the line of understanding transmitted to humanity an aspect and a potency of the nature of god himself, the love principle of deity. light, aspiration, and the recognition of god transcendent had been the flickering expression of the human attitude to god, prior to the advent of the buddha, the avatar of illumination. then the buddha came and demonstrated in his own life the fact of god immanent as well as god transcendent, of god in the universe and of god within humanity. the selfhood of deity and the self in the heart of individual man became a factor in human consciousness. it was a relatively new truth to man. however, until christ came and lived a life of love and service and gave men the ne

ight of the world. this light will irradiate (in a fashion unknown before) not only the father's house, which is the source of all our planetary light but also the spiritual centre from which have come all those teachers and world saviours who have stood before men and said, as did hermes, the buddha and the christ "i am the light of the world" this light will now flood the world of men, bringing illumination to men's minds and light into the dark places of human living. it is light and above all else "life more abundantly" which christ will bring, and until he- 30- the reappearance of the christ copyright 1998 lucis trust brings it we know not what it signifies; we cannot realise the revelation which this will entail and the new possibilities which will open up before us. but through him

rld order (which is so largely disorder) can be so modified and changed that a new world order and a new race of men can gradually come into being. world glamour will be dissipated and world illusion be dispelled. within the world of glamour the world of the astral plane and of the emotions appeared, centuries ago, a point of light; the lord of light, the buddha, undertook to focus in himself the illumination which would eventually make possible the dissipation of glamour. within the world of illusion, the world of the mental plane, appeared the christ, the lord of love himself. he undertook to dispel illusion by drawing to himself (by the attractive potency of love) the hearts of all men, and stated this determination in the words "i, if i be lifted up, will draw all men unto me (john xii

e work of these avatars a thing hitherto quite unrealised. it might be added that when an appreciation of the meaning of the words "transfiguration of a human being" is gained, the realisation will come that when "the body is full of light (luke xi.36) then "in thy light shall we see light (ps. xxxvi.9) this means that when the personality has reached a point of purification, of dedication and of illumination, then the attractive power of the soul, whose nature is love and understanding, can function, and fusion of these two will take place. this is what the christ proved and demonstrated. when the work of the buddha (or of the embodied wisdom principle) is consummated in the- 72- the reappearance of the christ copyright 1998 lucis trust aspiring disciple and his integrated personality, th

ALICE A BAILEY15 THE DESTINY OF THE NATIONS

god presented diverse divine qualities and attributes, but in three of them a certain perfection of presentation was achieved which (as far as this present world period is concerned) can never be surpassed. these three are: hercules, the perfect disciple but not yet the perfected son of god; the buddha- 20- the destiny of the nations copyright 1998 lucis trust the perfect initiate, having reached illumination but not yet having developed to perfection all the attributes of divinity; the christ, the absolutely perfect expression of divinity for this cycle and, therefore, the teacher alike of angels and of men. that ahead of the race may lie a still higher perfection than that attained by any of these exponents of divinity is inexpressibly true, for we know not yet what divinity really means

heir amazing contribution to the knowledge and the thought of the world and their brilliant and colourful history. be it remembered also that the glory of the empire which was france is but the guarantee of a glory of divine revelation which lies ahead in the future; it will never be theirs until they cease living in the wonder of their past and go forth into the future to demonstrate the fact of illumination which is the goal of all mental effort. when the intellect of the french is turned towards the discovery and the elucidation of the things of the spirit, then they will carry revelation to the world. when their egoic ray dominates the third ray and when the separative action of the fifth ray is transmuted into the revealing function of this ray, then france will enter into a period of

y and will demonstrate it through wisdom and right government, based on true idealism and love. great britain represents that aspect of the mind which expresses itself in intelligent government, based on just and loving understanding. that is, of course, the ideal before her, but not as yet the exactly fulfilled achievement. the united states represents the intuitive faculty, expressing itself as illumination, plus the power to fuse and blend. brazil will at some distant date represent a linking interpreting civilisation, based on the unfoldment of the abstract consciousness which is a blend of the intellect and the intuition and which serves to reveal the wisdom aspect of love in its beauty. it is too dangerous in these days of difficulty and world turmoil to express myself more definitel

course as personalities; others again are coming under the influence of their soul ray, leading to another cycle of fluidity, before the definiteness of the initiate-entity becomes apparent; a few again are purely embryonic. thus the extreme difficulty of the science becomes increasingly apparent. there is, however, no need for discouragement, for this is a science, subject to moments of intense illumination when the intuition will suddenly reveal determining laws and when the capacity to think abstractly and synthetically will pour floods of light upon the most difficult and complex of problems. when the world again settles down to a cycle of peace and with opportunity for further conscious unfoldment, it will be found that that embryonic factor which we call the intuition will flower fo

of the french nation is nurtured in that great capital through the soul of the city, energised by virgo and, forget not, that virgo is the polar opposite of pisces and the infant christ in virgo comes to full flower in pisces. here lies the hope of france. you will remember perhaps that some years ago i indicated that from france will come a great psychological or soul revelation which will bring illumination to world thought. if the true piscean element can be drawn forth and the selfishness and the self-protective interests of the french nation can be offset, france then stands free some day to lead the world spiritually as she has effectively in past history from the more political and cultural aspects, but this can only happen when the personality ray is subordinated to the soul ray an

ld order, based on material issues and dominated by a material vision. there was nothing spiritual in the vision of the leaders of the powers which were called the axis powers, and the vision of the masses of people has not proved adequate to arrest, as yet, the materialising of this vision. but the spiritual intent of mankind is slowly growing and the great law of contrasts will eventually bring illumination. the lord of the world, the "ancient of days" is releasing new energies into humanity, transmuted in the present furnace of pain and fiery agony. this transmutation will bring about a new power of sacrifice, of inclusive surrender, a clearer vision of the whole and a cooperative spirit hitherto unknown and which will be the first expression of that great principle of sharing, so sorel

ALICE A BAILEY16 GLAMOUR A WORLD PROBLEM

of cells in the human brain are still dormant and, consequently, that the average human being uses only a small part of his equipment. the area of the brain which is found around the pineal gland is that connected with the intuition, and it is these cells which must be roused into activity before there can be any real intuitive perception which, when aroused, will manifest soul control, spiritual illumination, true psychological understanding of one's fellowmen, and a development of the true esoteric sense, which is the objective before you at this time. i would like to divide what i have to say into three parts, and i plead for a close study of my words: i. i seek to define for you the intuition- 2- glamour: a world problem copyright 1998 lucis trust ii. i shall deal with its mode of deve

ight itself, and when it is functioning, the world is seen as light and the light bodies of all forms become gradually apparent. this brings with it the ability to contact the light centre in all forms, and thus again an essential relationship is established and the sense of superiority and separateness recedes into the background. intuition, therefore, brings with its appearance three qualities: illumination. by illumination i do not mean the light in the head. that is incidental and phenomenal, and many truly intuitive people are entirely unaware of this light. the light to which i refer is that which irradiates the way. it is "the light of the intellect" which really means that which illumines the mind and which can reflect itself in that mental apparatus which is held "steady in the li

stand at the centre" the study of symbols tends to bring this about and when carried out with faithfulness and diligence, will produce three effects: 1. it trains in the power to penetrate behind the form and to arrive at the subjective reality. 2. it tends to bring about a close integration between soul-mind-brain, and when that is brought about, the inflow of the intuition and, consequently, of illumination and truth becomes more rapidly possible. 3. it will put a strain upon certain unawakened areas in the brain and arouse into activity the brain cells there found, and this is the first stage in the experience of the aspirant. with the majority of true aspirants, the centre between the eyebrows is awakened, whilst the centre at the top of the head is vibrating very gently, but is not in

: a world problem copyright 1998 lucis trust c. esoterically. this would cover the effect of the force or energy upon you and of the quality of the vibration it may arouse in you perhaps in some centre, perhaps in your astral body, or perhaps only in your mind. this study, rightly undertaken, would lead to the unfoldment of the intuition, with its consequent manifestation on the physical plane as illumination, understanding and love. in the first instance, the objective of the study of symbolism is to enable the student to sense its quality and to contact that vibrant something which lies behind that aggregate of line, colour and form of which the symbol is composed. to some types of people this study is relatively easy; to the majority it is not easy at all, thereby indicating a lack that

netary dweller on the threshold. the reaction at this time, through the stress of circumstances, is bringing about a more spiritual understanding and a reorganisation of human values, and this is part of the process whereby a vital part of the world glamour may be dissipated if only all men of goodwill within the world aura adhere to their appointed task. when the buddha was on earth and achieved illumination, he "let in" a flood of light upon the world problem through his enunciation of the four noble truths. his body of disciples and his nine hundred arhats formulated those four great truths into a structure of dogma and doctrine that by the power of collective thought has greatly helped in the attack upon the world illusion. today the christ is carrying forward the same great task and i

can, therefore, comprehend the nature of illusion you will help in a. the destruction of the dweller on the threshold, b. the devitalising of the general maya, c. the dissipation of glamour, d. the dispelling of illusion. this you have to do in your own lives and in the group relation. then your more general contribution will help in the wider human issues. the acuteness of the intellect, and the illumination of the mind, plus love and intention will accomplish much. to this service, i reiterate my call. during the next few months i would suggest that you do three things: 1. define in your own words and as the result of meditation, your understanding of the four expressions with which i have been dealing. i ask for a real analysis and not just four sentences of definition. before i enlarge

ated his four noble truths. the christ struck the second blow with his teaching of the nature of individual responsibility and of brotherhood. the next blow will be struck by the new group of world servers, acting under the direction of christ and his disciples, symbolically described as "christ and his 9000 initiates" 7. the four keynotes to the solution of the problem of glamour are: intuition. illumination. inspiration. the angel of the presence. the aspects of glamour see table i would call your attention to the fact that the whole problem concerns itself with the use or misuse of force or energy, and that much will clear up in your minds if you will realise three things: 1. that average man, in everyday life, and the aspirant upon the path of probation or purification, works with the

ALICE A BAILEY17 TELEPATHY AND THE ETHERIC VEHICLE

consciousness. the mind and the brain have, at the same time, to be brought into perfect rapport and alignment. it is my intention to elucidate further this science of communication, which started through the sense of touch and developed through sound, symbols, words and sentences, languages, writing, art, and on again to the stage of higher symbols, vibratory contact, telepathy, inspiration and illumination. i have, however, in the above, dealt with the general outline and we will take the specific details later. the work of the telepathic communicators is one of the most important in the coming new age, and it will be of value to gain some idea of its significance and techniques. i would, in summarising the above instruction, state that in connection with individuals: 1. telepathic comm

ld servers is to humanity. the new group of world servers is the linking bridge and the mode of communication between the hierarchy (the fifth kingdom) and humanity (the fourth kingdom) under the present divine plan; the domesticated animals fulfil, therefore, an analogous function between humanity (the fourth kingdom) and the animal kingdom (the third. these analogies are often fertile fields of illumination. as regards shamballa, the impression there received is not the result of invocation which in due course evokes extra-planetary response, as is the case between the hierarchy and shamballa, and the hierarchy and humanity, with certain changes during the process of stepping down or of descent. that which impresses shamballa and is received by the grand council of the lord of the world

ly sensitive to these spiritual inflowing impressions, and also increasingly sensitive to that which he evokes from his surrounding physical environment and from humanity. he becomes a power station en rapport with the hierarchy and he receives and distributes (in response to the evocative call of humanity and human need) the energy received. he also becomes a "receiver of light" and of spiritual illumination, and a distributor of light in the dark places of the world and into human hearts. he is, therefore, an invocative and evocative centre for use by the hierarchy in the three worlds of human evolution. xiv. higher aspects of relationship the word telepathy has been used primarily to cover the many phases of mental contact and the exchange of thought without the use of the spoken or wri

when appropriated and used, and how their substance, or rather the presence of certain energies in the etheric body of the personality, are essential before certain initiations can be taken. the theme is too complex to be enlarged upon here, but i would ask you to consider with care the various statements i have- 91- telepathy and the etheric vehicle copyright 1998 lucis trust made and then seek illumination within yourself. the rays are the seven emanations from the "seven spirits before the throne of god; their emanations come from the monadic level of awareness or from the second cosmic etheric plane. in a certain sense it could be said that these seven great and living energies are in their totality the etheric vehicle of the planetary logos. the evolutionary processes can equally wel

ALICE A BAILEY18 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME III ESOTERIC ASTROLOGY

the present great astrological world cycle of 25,000 years. it was also one of the dominant signs, influencing our planet at the time of individualisation when the human kingdom came into being. it is basically related to the first or highest creative hierarchy which is, in its turn, related to the third ray of active intelligence. it was the product of the first solar system. the development of illumination through an awakened intelligence is the first goal of humanity. 9. the fifth creative hierarchy (also numbered 8) is on the verge of liberation. it is peculiarly connected with the tenth creative hierarchy, with the constellation capricorn and with the human personality which veils and temporarily hides the christ principle behind both form and mind. eight is, under some numerical sys

and who react to the incoming energies through the medium of the lower centres will have a very different type of chart to that of the disciple and initiate. it will require a different mode of interpretation. i have referred to this before and would remind you of some of the points which i made. 1. disciples upon the path of discipleship are strongly influenced by mercury and saturn one bringing illumination and the other offering opportunity. 2. at the various initiations, the influence of the planets affects the candidate in a totally different manner than earlier. cyclically the energies from the constellations pour through the planetary- 44- a treatise on the seven rays- volume iii: esoteric astrology copyright 1998 lucis trust centres. a. at the first initiation, the disciple has to

through the medium of conflict enables him to achieve harmony. mercury illumines the mind and mediates between the soul and the personality, being the messenger of the gods. this mediatorship, in the first instance, produces an inevitable opposition between the pairs of opposites and a long drawn out conflict. this conflict finally works out into victory and the dispelling of illusion through the illumination of the lower mind. mercury and the sun are one, we are frequently told in the occult literature. the sun is the symbol of the son of god, who is the mediator between father-spirit and mother-matter. mercury, therefore, leads aries to virgo (again speaking symbolically) where the idea or word of god begins to take form, and consequently the latent life in aries comes to the "crisis of

ht of the personality dims and the light of the soul waxes. the fluidity of pisces and the undeveloped gemini gives place to the responsiveness of the personality to soul impression and consequent stabilising of the life on the physical plane. virgo the mind, under the influence of virgo, which has been analytical and critical, changes to that quality of mind which is best described by the words, illumination and revelation. the christ to whom the virgin must eventually give birth is recognised as present in the womb, though not yet born. life is recognised. the process of the revelation of the christ consciousness is carried intelligently forward and the selfish aspirations and experiments of the undeveloped man give place to the selflessness of the illumined and intuitive disciple. sagit

and other kingdoms in nature but with these we will not deal as we are confining our attention to humanity. aquarius, as you know, is one of the arms of the fixed cross. this cross is outstandingly the cross of discipleship and of the three major initiations in connection with which it might be pointed out that: 1. in taurus desire is transmuted into aspiration, darkness gives place to light and illumination, the eye of the bull is opened which is the spiritual third eye, or the "single eye" of the new testament "if thine eye be single" said the christ "thy whole body shall be full of light" this single eye takes the place of the two eyes of the personal self. the attention of the man becomes focussed upon spiritual attainment. he treads the path of discipleship. 2. in leo the self-centre

and to be illumined by the light of the soul. when the task of saturn and of mercury has been accomplished, then during the third decanate, venus, which is the union of heart and mind, will usher in the long hoped for era of love-wisdom, of brotherhood and of expressed brotherly relationships. opportunity- 89- a treatise on the seven rays- volume iii: esoteric astrology copyright 1998 lucis trust illumination brotherhood: these are the gifts that shamballa is planning to confer upon mankind during the aquarian age, if man will but prepare for them, accept them, and use them. only the future will make clear man's reaction. according to other astrologers, the three decanates are governed by venus, mercury and the moon. you can here see the relation of astrology to the normal or to the revers

saturn hides the planet uranus. in this case uranus, the occult planet, stands for exoteric science which penetrates into the hidden side of form life, and thus we have the period wherein man is not alert enough or conscious enough to seize upon opportunity and turn it to esoteric or soul ends, but can identify himself with the more advanced aspects of form. the energy which produces opportunity, illumination, and brotherly love as expressed and attained upon the fixed cross, demonstrates upon the mutable or common cross as difficulty, the versatile and volatile mind (unstable and dark) and as sex. this appears clearly in the words spoken to the man upon the mutable cross as he passes through an aquarian cycle. the words are "and the word said, let desire in form be ruler" for desire becom

ALICE A BAILEY19 THE UNFINISHED AUTOBIOGRAPHY

the significance of the five major episodes in the life of the christ the birth, baptism, transfiguration, crucifixion and resurrection and their relationship to the five initiations as outlined for the eastern disciple. both these books have a definite bearing upon the new world religion. the time must come when the work of the great master in the east, the buddha, who came to earth and achieved illumination and became the guide and teacher of millions of orientals, and the work of the christ, who came as the teacher and saviour recognised first by the occident, must achieve fusion. there is no divergence or conflict in their teaching. there is no competition between them. they stand forth as the two greatest world teachers and saviours. one has guided the orient and the other has guided

individual disciple. the various grades in the hierarchy are discussed, the nature of the initiations to be taken is taught, and the work of the christ, as head of the hierarchy, is studied. thus the disciple has a clear picture of the inner group which is his goal. 4. the science of meditation. this with its techniques, and its various stages (alignment, concentration, meditation, contemplation, illumination and inspiration) are gradually mastered and by its means the disciple is taught the right use of the mind, right control of thought and right interpretation of all spiritual phenomena. he learns the meaning of illumination with its seven stages, and begins (with increasing effectiveness) to live the inspired life of a son of god- 161- the unfinished autobiography copyright 1998 lucis

ALICE A BAILEY20 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME IV ESOTERIC HEALING

the phenomenal results of those subjective effects which emanate from causes too far away for us to grasp. this should be admitted and grasped. this is the best man can do with his present mental apparatus. when the intuition rarely works, and the mind is seldom illumined, why should man arrogantly expect to understand everything? let him work at the development of his intuition and at achieving illumination. understanding may then come his way. he will have earned the right to divine knowledge. but the above recognition will suffice for our work and will enable us to lay down those laws and principles which will indicate the way humanity may gain release from the form consciousness and consequent immunity from the victory of death and those disease-dealing conditions which govern today o

at which has hitherto held the stage; it brings into functioning activity a cooperative factor whose energy sweeps through the lower life of the personality and carries away wrong psychological tendencies, undesirable complexes, leading to erroneous approaches to life. this eventually regenerates the mental or thought life, so that the man is conditioned by right thinking under the impulse or the illumination of the soul. this produces the "dynamic expulsive power of a new affection; the old id es fixes, the old depressions and miseries, the hindering and handicapping ancient desires these all disappear, and the man stands free as a soul and master of his life processes. i have discussed these two conditions at length because it is essential that another law anent healing be understood bef

by the planetary hierarchy. the intent is to bring to an end old forms of living, to create new forms through the process of adjustment, and thus bring in a new civilisation based on a more subjective culture. i would ask you to ponder on this last sentence. 3. the pouring in of more light from the astral plane (at present unrecognised) and also the tremendous increase of ordinary physical plane illumination. this produces oversensitivity. the work done by the prevailing use of electric light and the general glare in which humanity now lives, will exact its toll from the race until the human mechanism has adjusted itself to light. remember that this general use of light is less than one hundred years old and is an occult effect with far reaching results. i mention these three things becau

n as one complete unit several personalities and one soul it will then be relatively easy to extend the concept to a broader inclusiveness, to broaden your horizon and thus become inclusive in a much wider sense. the using of the mind to this end involves an aptitude to learn the distinction between analysis and criticism. this is a hard and well-nigh impossible thing for many to learn. traces of illumination of this subject will show themselves if the group persists in all earnestness. the members have to learn to respond, as a group, to the same spiritual, mental and human ideas, and thus swing as a "telepathic unit" into one united train of thought. they have, as a group, to be preoccupied with the same things which are indicated by the soul of the group, and not by one person in the gr

d the urges towards the satisfaction of desire are refused with full and conscious deliberation, either because of the selfish ambitions and mental intentions of the integrated personality, or under the inspiration of soul intention which subordinates the mind to its purposes. when this point in evolution is attained, the man can then dissolve the last remaining vestiges of all desire by means of illumination. in the early stages of purely manasic or mental life, this is done through the illumination which knowledge brings and involves mainly the innate light of mental substance. later, when soul and mind are establishing a close rapport, the light of the soul hastens and supplements the process. the disciple now uses more occult methods, but upon these i may not here enlarge. the destruct

idual. b. the head centre begins to exert an influence upon the ajna centre, and slowly and gradually upon the centre at the base of the spine. self-will grows as do all the qualities. 4. the soul is now in what esotericists call "a process of reversal" this produces a great interest in its reflection in the three worlds, and three things then happen: a. the lower concrete mind becomes subject to illumination from the soul. b. the energy of the soul ray increasingly pours into the personality, intensifying its conflict. c. the path of the man around the zodiac from aries via pisces to taurus is reversed and he then- 302- a treatise on the seven rays- volume iv: esoteric healing copyright 1998 lucis trust proceeds anti-clockwise. all these factors produce violent conflict upon the probation

ave been and are occupied with the task of establishing, in due time and under the evolutionary urge, a close fusion or at-one-ment. the abstract mind remains also for aeons of time something inconceivable and outside the modes of expression and of thinking of the man who is kama-manasic for emotion and lower mind) and then finally soul and concrete mind (or the illuminator and the transmitter of illumination. these correspondences can be found most enlightening if due consideration is given to them. in the human being you have, therefore, two major energies anchored; one unrealised, to which we give the name of the presence, the other realised, to which we give the name of the angel of the presence. these are the soul (the solar angel) and the monad. one embodies the monadic ray and the o

ALICE A BAILEY21 EDUCATION IN THE NEW AGE

y, men become impressed and the inaugurating of the new ways of living and of developing proceeds with increased facility. here i seek only to give you some brief and general ideas which will serve to indicate to you the trend of my thought and the purpose which i have in mind. perhaps the easiest way for me to do this is to formulate certain propositions which are of interest and which can carry illumination. i. education, up to the present time, has been occupied with the art of synthesising past history, past achievement in all departments of human thought and with the attainments to date of human knowledge. it has dealt with those forms of science which the past has evolved. it is primarily backward-looking and not forward-looking. i would remind you that i am here generalising, and th

of mind, which we call the ego or soul. this is the intelligence principle, and is called by many names in the esoteric literature, such as the solar angel, the agnishvattas, the christ principle, etc. with this, religion in the past has professed to deal- 9- education in the new age copyright 1998 lucis trust 3. the higher abstract mind, the custodian of ideas, and that which is the conveyor of illumination to the lower mind, once that lower mind is en rapport with the soul. with this world of ideas philosophy has professed to deal. we might call these three aspects: the receptive mind, the mind as dealt with by the psychologists. the individualised mind, the son of mind. the illuminating mind, the higher mind. third, the gap between the lower mind and the soul has to be bridged, and cur

ignment between mind and brain through a correct understanding of the inner constitution of man, particularly of the etheric body and the force centres. 2. to build or construct a bridge between the brain-mind-soul, thus producing an integrated personality which is a steady developing expression of the in-dwelling soul. 3. to build the bridge between the lower mind, soul, higher mind, so that the illumination of the personality becomes possible- 10- education in the new age copyright 1998 lucis trust viii. the true education is consequently the science of linking up the integral parts of man, and also of linking him up in turn with his immediate environment, and then with the greater whole in which he has to play his part. each aspect, regarded as a lower aspect, can ever be simply the exp

perception. the process of unfoldment i would like to add to the preceding analogy one more, which will serve to clarify the process of unfoldment in your minds and make the entire theme (from the racial angle) still more clear and definite: general racial development..civilisation..path of purification training of the intelligentsia..c. ulture..path of discipleship production of the illuminati..illumination..p. ath of initiation it will be apparent to you, therefore, that the whole goal of the future and of the present effort, is to bring humanity to the point where it occultly speaking "enters into light" the entire trend of the present urge forward, which can be noted so distinctly in the race, is to enable the race to acquire knowledge, to transmute it into wisdom by the aid of the un

e became a powerful, ruling factor. now the task of vitalising man with the energy of love is proceeding and making much progress, and the effects (because they emanate from the second aspect of divinity) will be produced with great facility, and in the realm of conscious awareness. i say this for your encouragement. through the activity of the energy of knowledge you have: civilisation..culture..illumination- 40- education in the new age copyright 1998 lucis trust and in the second case you will have: cooperation..l. oving understanding..g. roup love there are higher correspondences for which we have as yet no adequate words. cooperative goodwill is all that can, at this time, be expected from the masses, and this is the sublimation of the forces released through civilisation. loving unde

. premature happenings are usually disastrous. all this concerns the cultural unfoldment of the race and is proceeding apace. when the conditioning factors are better understood and their method and purpose are grasped, we shall see an effort on the part of those interested in education to move with greater rapidity; this will hasten the achievement of culture by the masses, and the attainment of illumination by the more intellectual group. there is one point that i would like to make here. in the future, illumination will be viewed primarily from the intellectual angle and the whole subject will be approached mentally, and not so definitely (as is the case today) from the angle of religion. illumination, mysticism and religion have gone hand in hand. one of the major contributions of the

ntained in the world scriptures; it cannot be held down to the implications given to these scriptures by an orthodox- 41- education in the new age copyright 1998 lucis trust priestly caste, nor can the trends of ancient theologies govern. god can be known by his works, and these works can be more easily appreciated through the revelations education and science i. knowledge. civilisation. culture. illumination petals the masses of men. the intellectuals. spiritual man path of discipleship. path of initiation. path of purification plus religion and philosophy ii. l ove. cooperation .l oving understanding .g roup love petals the intellectuals .t he hierarchy. world aspirants plus governments and social order iii. will and. participation. purpose. precipitation sacrifice (in the plan (directed

ALICE A BAILEY22 DISCIPLESHIP IN THE NEW AGE VOLUME II

s of contact and service in the hierarchy. you, as a group, unitedly and together, were asked to approach me and to contact me just as, in the coming new age, the churches of the future will (at the full moon period) make a definite approach to the hierarchy in order to a. intensify their spiritual life by the bringing in of spiritual force, with deliberation and consciously. b. achieve spiritual illumination through contact with the powerhouse of light, the hierarchy. c. store up strength for increased dynamic activity for an ensuing period of service. d. bring about a fusion between the objective and subjective life of humanity. 3. this leads to a technique of approach, based upon the realisation of the above objectives, to an effort to see me (as i symbolise for you the spiritual vision

is upon the esoteric side of instruction has been the approach of the individual man to the god within, to his own higher self, the soul, the first master. in the future, the emphasis will be upon the united approach of humanity (as represented by an increasing number of groups of aspirants and disciples) to the hierarchy. according to the status of the groups and their awareness and condition of illumination, so will be the grade of hierarchical worker with whom they will be in touch. 2. the recognition that in this work, true occult obedience or the intelligent response to the urge of the group soul and to the "pull" of the hierarchy, is the next major requirement. this will produce the right carrying out of the required assigned technique and a complete refraining from any interest in p

d, and the will or purpose of god; the fourth stanza points out the relation of humanity to these three energies of intelligence, love and will, and mankind's deep responsibility to implement the spread of love and light on earth. right here the work of the triangles so close to the heart of the hierarchy at this time becomes obvious. through the network which the triangles are creating, light or illumination is invoked by the daily work and attitude of the triangle members; thus light can indeed "descend on earth" and goodwill, which is the love of god and basically, the will-to-good, can also stream forth in fuller livingness into the hearts of men; thus they are transformed in their lives and the era of right human relations cannot be stopped. this is an era hitherto only dimly- 118- di

trust sensed and which only the forward-thinking people of the world have desired. thus through the "centre which we call the race of men" the plan of love and light works out and strikes the death blow to evil, selfishness and separateness, sealing it into the tomb of death forever; thus also the purpose of the creator of all things will be fulfilled. no one can use this invocation or prayer for illumination and for love without causing powerful changes in his own attitudes; his life intention, character and goals will be changed and his life will be altered and made spiritually useful "as a man thinketh in his heart so is he" is a basic law in nature; the constant turning of the mind to the need for light and the prospect of illumination cannot and will not be ineffectual. also, as the w

he need for light and the prospect of illumination cannot and will not be ineffectual. also, as the work of the triangles grows and the network spreads all over the earth, the idea of a downpouring of light and goodwill (which is the immediate aspect of love required today among men) can be looked for; nothing can prevent the appearance of the expected results, for the eternal law holds good. the illumination of men's minds, so that they can see things as they are, can apprehend right motives and the way to bring about right human relations, is now a major need; the motivating power of goodwill is an essential to right action; given these two light and love it will not be many decades before the idea of right human relations will have become the ideal of the masses and will be rapidly taki

f course when rightly done "energy follows thought" and the work of the triangles is that of directing thought. the work therefore falls into two categories: that of invoking divine aid (to use christian phraseology) and then through faith and acceptance directing the energies of light and love (which have been invoked) to all men everywhere. they will, from the popular attitude, be registered as illumination and goodwill. it is a deeply scientific work but fundamentally simple. invocation, prayer or aspiration, meditation it matters not what word you use by means of these three methods spiritual energies are tapped and brought into activity. by clear thinking, directed thought and mental perception, they can be made objects of human desire. ideas are simply channels for new and desired di

with certain ideas which are necessary to human progress. people recognise the present darkness and misery, and consequently welcome light; men are tired of hating and fighting, and therefore welcome goodwill. let me touch for a moment upon another point of view. just as stanzas one and four are related, so stanza two and the final line are also related. the plan will be restored on earth through illumination and goodwill, and when that takes place christ will return to earth. i would ask you not to misunderstand this phrase. christ has never left the earth and he said when bidding farewell to his disciples "lo, i am with you always, even until the end of the days" his presence, however, is not recognised by the masses of men, and is only sensed and dimly hoped for by the orthodox religion

ALICE A BAILEY23 THE EXTERNALISATION OF THE HIERARCHY

sonal instructions dated august 1942. 9: the externalisation of the hierarchy. 10: the reappearance of the christ. 11: the light of the soul, pages 38, 424-426. 12: telepathy and the etheric vehicle acopyright 1998 lucis trust the externalisation of the hierarchy by alice a. bailey copyright 1957 by lucis trust copyright renewed 1985 lucis trust the great invocations let the forces of light bring illumination to mankind. let the spirit of peace be spread abroad. may men of goodwill everywhere meet in a spirit of cooperation. may forgiveness on the part of all men be the keynote at this time. let power attend the efforts of the great ones. so let it be, and help us to do our part. 1935 let the lords of liberation issue forth. let them bring succour to the sons of men. let the rider from the

separates the physical and astral planes was rent or torn asunder, and the amazing process of unifying the two worlds of physical plane living and of astral plane experience was begun and is now slowly going on. it will be obvious, therefore, that this must bring about vast changes and alterations in the human consciousness. whilst it will usher in the age of understanding, of brotherhood and of illumination, it will also bring about states of reaction and the letting loose of psychic forces which today menace the uncontrolled and ignorant, and warrant the sounding of a note of warning and of caution. 3. a third factor is as follows. it has been known for a long time by the mystics of all the world religions and by esoteric students everywhere, that certain members of the planetary hierar

f world servers to participate in the establishing of the necessary momentum in the immediate cycle. i call you, therefore, to a month of inner silence, of introspective thought, of self-control and of meditation, to self-forgetfulness and attentiveness to opportunity and not to your own inner aspiration to achieve. i call you to concentrate upon the world need for peace, mutual understanding and illumination and to forget utterly your own needs mental, emotional and physical. i call you to prayer and to fasting, though along what lines your abstinence should go is- 17- the externalisation of the hierarchy copyright 1998 lucis trust for you to decide. for the five days of meditation, i call you to a more complete `fasting' to a grave silence, to an inner focalisation, to a purity of though

ays, vol. ii, esoteric psychology, pp. 629-751, which contains the writings from may, 1935, to april, 1938, inclusive) one practical thing also i will ask of you. will you say, each night and morning, with all your heart's desire and with the attention of your mind as well, the following words. their united saying will set up a rhythm and a momentum of great potency. let the forces of light bring illumination to mankind. let the spirit of peace be spread abroad. may men of goodwill everywhere meet in a spirit of cooperation. may forgiveness on the part of all men be the keynote at this time. let power attend the efforts of the great ones. so let it be, and help us to do our part. these words sound simple, but the "forces of light" is the name for certain new powers which are being invoked

bered and one that is little grasped as yet. i wonder if you can appreciate the importance of the two statements anent the first ray found in this short paragraph? i oft give you so much real information of which you remain oblivious. the second group is wrestling with glamour. the processes of light and their relation to group glamour and to individual glamour form a very close connection. right illumination which is another name or aspect of right direction will take the place of glamour, and the objective (personally considered) of this group of disciples is to bring "light into dark places" and illumination into their lives. it is not my intention here to deal with the problem of glamour. with that i have concerned myself in the instructions to this group (glamour: a world problem. the

atlantean times, and the climaxing of its effort is imminent and immediate. it takes the form (for all illusions take to themselves form of some kind or other) of the "pouring in of light" esoterically understood. this is an illusion and at the same time a great and significant spiritual fact. hence we have today upon the physical plane the emergence of much light everywhere; we have festivals of illumination, and a consistent endeavour on the part of all spiritual workers to enlighten mankind, and a great deal of talk on the part of educators anent illumination of a mental kind. the keynote of this effort to eliminate world glamour was sounded by christ when he said (following the example of hermes, who initiated the process of enlightenment for our race, the aryan "i am the light of the

of talk on the part of educators anent illumination of a mental kind. the keynote of this effort to eliminate world glamour was sounded by christ when he said (following the example of hermes, who initiated the process of enlightenment for our race, the aryan "i am the light of the world- 26- the externalisation of the hierarchy copyright 1998 lucis trust disciples must learn the significance of illumination, received in meditation, and the necessity to work with light as a group for the dissipation of glamour. hermes and christ undertook this work of astral enlightenment and are constantly occupied with this task. their work in the new age is to be aided by the intensive activity of certain groups of which this second group is one. later, when the new civilisation is nearing appearance

ALICE A BAILEY24 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME V THE RAYS AND THE INITIATIONS

becomes possible as the other two points are beginning to be grasped and the theory as to man's constitution and purpose is somewhat understood. as meditation is practiced, as the lower bodies are painstakingly dominated, and as the nature of the sutratma or thread is better comprehended it will become increasingly possible to bring into the lower personality on the physical plane that spiritual illumination and that divine energy which is the soul's heritage. little by little the light will shine forth, year by year the strength of the higher contact will grow, gradually the downpour of divine love and wisdom into the head centres will be increased until eventually the entire lower man will be transformed, his sheaths will be refined, controlled and used, and he will demonstrate upon ear

reat cycle of attainment, then will this work be done. rule xii. for applicants: let the disciple learn to use the hand in service; let him seek the mark of the messenger in his feet and let him learn to see with the eye which looks out from between the two. for disciples and initiates: let the group serve as aquarius indicates; let mercury speed the group upon the upward way and let taurus bring illumination and the attainment of the vision; let the mark of the saviour, as the group toils in pisces, be seen above the aura of the group. rule xiii. for applicants: four things the disciple must learn and comprehend before he can be shown the inmost mystery: first, the laws of that which radiates; the five meanings of magnetisation make the second; the third is transmutation or the secret los

hing for their meaning in terms of their group significance. this serves to decentralise him and to convey into his consciousness some aspect of that larger whole, and this in its turn contributes to the expansion of the consciousness of humanity as a whole. 3. the mental application has to be grasped and considered in terms of the "great light" it must be remembered that the mind is the organ of illumination. therefore it might be asked: do the united mental processes of the group as a whole tend to throw light on human problems and situations? how much does the light of the individual group member aid in this process? how much light do you, as an individual, register and therefore contribute to the greater light? is the group light a dim flicker or a blazing sun? such are some of the imp

the nature of the will. note how this phrase from an ancient writing describes the antahkarana. it is not possible in these brief instructions to deal adequately with the will aspect of divinity, nor would it profit at this time. aspirants have to learn the nature of the will by the power of inner- 30- a treatise on the seven rays- volume v: the rays and the initiations copyright 1998 lucis trust illumination and by certain intelligent recognitions. they learn the nature of the self through the aid of the personality, the shadow or distortion of the divine will. they pass from the expression of the will which is purely selfish, self-sufficient and self-focussed, to the grasp of the group will and to the effort to embody that group will. this group will is always concerned with that which i

science; it is nowhere better illustrated than in this phrase; nowhere is it more clearly shown and yet, unless the intuition and the sense of correlation are functioning, the idea might escape recognition. in all the teaching given to the aspirant and to the disciple in the early stages of their training, the emphasis has been upon the "point of light" which must be discovered, brought into full illumination, and then so used that the one in whom the light shines becomes a light-bearer in a dark world. this, the aspirant is taught, becomes possible when contact with the soul has been made and the light is found. this is familiar teaching to many and is the essence of the progress to be made by aspirants and disciples in the first part of their training. we now, however, pass on to another

aint and inadequate expression of this; affirmation of divinity in order to gain material well-being is a distortion of this truth. this needs to be remembered. the true significance of this emerging science is that, in the early or first stages, it embodies the seed concept of the new world religion. in the great invocations which i have given out, the first one*(4("let the forces of light bring illumination to mankind) was an effort on my part to put into words the invocative cry of mankind and of all men and women of goodwill throughout the world. its success was indicative- 46- a treatise on the seven rays- volume v: the rays and the initiations copyright 1998 lucis trust of the strength of that goodwill. the second*(5("let the lords of liberation issue forth) can, in reality, only be

has debased this concept so that purification is related mainly to physical phenomena and physical plane life and to a selfish idealism which is largely based on the thought of the sanitary care of substance. an enforced celibacy and a rigid vegetarianism are familiar instances of this, and these physical disciplines have been put in the place of emotional loveliness, mental clarity, intuitional illumination, and the thoughts of the aspirant become focussed downwards into matter and not outwards and upwards into light. 2. the energy of destruction: this is a destruction which removes the forms which are imprisoning the inner spiritual life, and hiding the inner soul light. this energy is therefore one of the major aspects of the purificatory nature of the divine life, and that is the reas

ALICE BAILEY THE LABOURS OF HERCULES

sciple today key thoughts hercules the disciple- the myth elaboration of the myth labor i the capture of the man-eating mares the myth the meaning of the myth the sign the three initial impulses in aries the sign of the mind constellations in aries the crux of the test labor ii the capture of the cretan bull the myth the meaning of the labor four symbolic words the story of the labor the theme of illumination the theme of sex significance of the constellations nature of the tests the disciple and sex labor iii- part 1 gathering the golden apples of the hesperides the myth the nature of the test- 1- the symbols labor iii- part 2 gathering the golden apples of the hesperides the field of the labor the three symbolic constellations the lesson of the labor labor iv- part 1 the capture of the d

our being, is taking the place of credulity and superstition. the problem of every teacher today is to discover new ways in which to express the old truths, and so present the ancient formulas for spiritual development that they will acquire new and vivid life. in both hemispheres there have been many books written on the subject of the path of discipleship, the path of holiness, and the path of illumination. the restatement of the problems of that universal path and of its inherent difficulties is not warranted unless the application can be modern and practical. it must indicate the inclusiveness of the goal, once those problems have been surmounted, and must avoid the tiresome reiteration of that basic rule of life, which has been expressed in the two words "be good. again and again we

of the aspirant, producing a more rapid unfoldment of the power and life of the soul. in one analysis of discipleship, it has been defined as "a psychic resolvent, which eats- 7- the labours of hercules away all dross and leaves only the pure gold behind" it is a process of refining, of sublimation and of transmutation, carried steadily forward until at length the mount of transfiguration and of illumination is attained. the hidden mysteries and the forces, latent in human beings, need to be discovered and require to be utilized in a divine manner and in line with divine purpose, intelligently apprehended. when they have thus been utilized, the disciple finds himself en rapport with the universal and similar divine energies and powers, underlying the operations of the natural world. thus

der, separates and cuts off. through its use, mercury added to the other gifts bestowed upon hercules that of mental analysis and discrimination. we are told that apollo, the sun god himself, became interested in hercules and pondered what he could give him that would serve him. finally he gave him a bow and arrow, symbolizing the capacity to go straight to the goal; symbol, too, of that piercing illumination, that shaft of light which could irradiate the darkness of his path, when needed. thus equipped, hercules stands ready for the great endeavor. and when all the gifts had been bestowed and he stood with his divine equipment, we read of a most intriguing little detail [26] he went out and cut for himself a club. all these divine gifts were very lovely and wonderful, but as yet he did no

s had been bestowed and he stood with his divine equipment, we read of a most intriguing little detail [26] he went out and cut for himself a club. all these divine gifts were very lovely and wonderful, but as yet he did not know how to use them. he sensed his vocation, he believed in spiritual energy, he was told that he possessed the horses of contact and that, if he would, the bow and arrow of illumination were his; but he liked the familiar club of his own fashioning. he would rather bludgeon his way through with what he knew he could use than use the unfamiliar tools which had been given him. so he clutched his wooden club and set out upon his labors [27] labor i the capture of the man-eating mares (aries, march 21st- april 20th) the myth the first great gate stood open wide. a voice

, set in the middle of the forehead. they were ruled over by three outstanding figures, whose names were brontes, meaning thunder, steropes, meaning lightning, and arges, meaning whirling activity. when hercules arrived with the bull at the gates of the city, he was met by the three cyclops, who received the sacred bull from him and took charge of it. and thus ended the second labor. the theme of illumination taurus is one of be most interesting of the zodiacal constellations, especially at this time. it is the fixed cross in the heavens [44] the cross of the disciple, and the following extract is of interest in this connection "the sky is mystically spoken of as the temple, and the eternal consciousness of god. its altar is the sun, whose four arms or rays typify the four corners of the c

e bird of the sun which has conquered the dark side of scorpio (that adversary that can drag man down lower than the beasts, but when transmuted is the eagle of light, which can exalt above the gods" the celestial ship of the north. vol. i (e. v. straiton. the "eye of the bull" in taurus, the magnificent fixed star, aldebaran, is one of the reasons why this constellation is regarded as conferring illumination. in ancient days it was called the leading star of the heavens, and taurus has always been connected with light and, therefore, with christ, who proclaimed himself as the light of the world. light, illumination and sound, as an expression of the creative force: these are the three basic ideas connected with this constellation. the "interpreter of the divine voice, as taurus was called

AN INTRO TO STUDY OF THE KABALAH

ous intolerance has cursed every village of the land, and hardly a single sect has originated which has not only claimed the right to differ from others, and to criticise, but also to persecute and assign to perdition all beyond its own narrow circle. the mystic, the occultist and the theosophist do indeed do good, or god, service, by illustrating the bases and origins of all faiths by the mutual illumination that is available. by tolerance and mutual esteem much good may arise, but by the internecine struggles of religionists, every faith is injured, and religion becomes a by-word meaning intolerance, strife and vainglory, and the mark and profession of an earnest sectarian is now that he is ever ready to condemn the efforts of others, in direct opposition to the precept of jesus the chri

of god as the boundless, the unlimited, undifferentiated, illimitable one; and the third stage is ain suph aur--boundless light, universal light-"let there be light" was formulated, and "there was light" the passive has put on activity; the conscious god has awaked. let us now endeavour to conceive of the concentration of this effulgence, let us formulate a gathering together of the rays of this illumination into a crown of glorified radiance, and we recognise ktr, kether, the crown, the first sephira, first emanation of incomprehensible deity, the first conceivable attribute of immanent manifested godhead: also named adm oilah, adam oilah, the heavenly man, and autik yomin, the ancient of days. the devout rabbi bows his head and adores the sublime conception. he is represented in the heb

ARADIA GOSPEL OF THE WITCHES

obable that every fixed faith findsits record. there are literary men among the pariahs of india; there were probably many among theminions of the moon, or nocturnal worshippers ofdiana. in fact, i am not without hope that researchmay yet reveal in the writings of some long-forgotten heretic or mystic of the dark ages the parallelof many passages in this text, if not the whole of it. page 66 when illumination or illumin-ism, in company with magic and mysticism, and a resolve to regener-ate society according to extreme free thought, inspired the t emplars to the hope that they wouldmaster the church and the world, the equality of woman, derived from the cairene traditions, againreceived attention. and it may be observed that during the middle ages, and even so late as theintense excitements

BANISHING THE SLAVE GODS

ve, but the passive partner will serve as the active focuser and projector in the rite. as to the intent of this rite/practice/magical procedure- the purpose is to create a psychic link between your self and the one who is being cursed/blessed. the objective is to activate their "third eye chakra" thereby raising their energy and attention to a higher vibration, in essence. initiating them toward illumination. this is one of the secrets of initiating via shaktipat quickening of the energies now, for those of you who may have anticipated that this rite of attack/curse/blessing was going to be one of destruction. i offer no seeapology. this is a rite to cause change. it is only "black" in the sense that you are causing change to a weaker will whose objective is to enslave you to their partic

BASIL VALENTINE TWELVE KEYS

h that understanding men can require no further light (that which is laid down in the theoretical part being borne out and confirmed by the practice of the twelve keys, yet have i been impelled by various considerations to demonstrate by a shorter way what i have written in the said treatise, and thus cast further light thereon, whereby also the lover of the desired wisdom may obtain an increased illumination for the fulfilment of his desire there are many who will consider that i am speaking too openly, and will hold me answerable for the wickedness that they think will follow, but let them rest assured that it will be sufficiently difficult, notwithstanding, for any thick v headed persons to find what they seek herein. at the same time the matter shall be made clear to the elect. hearken

BEHOLDERS OF NIGHT

regeneration. the demiurge saturnus is related to the number 666, being that of sorath, or the sun. satanas is this aspect is one form of the adversary, being rebellion, death and chaos from stasis. the very fire force of the sun is in the eye of satanas/saturnus, misrule and self-liberation through antinomianian awakening of saturn. the higher octave of saturn is lucifer, being light, wisdom and illumination. lucifer/iblis is the imagination thus azazel, the fallen djinn of fire. lucifer represents also rebirth, inner strength, reason and solitude. in the unity of saturn are both the star of algol[9] hidden (without the averse pentagram) and the mark of demiurge saturnus. it is through satan/iblis (fire) that one emerges in light, thus lucifer is the black flame in the darkness, the light

ahriman was probably in this sense, one of the first vampyre forms of ancient history. while similar to other fallen angels such as azazel/iblis or lucifer, there is a strong separation of ahriman from such fire djinn. the reason for this is that ahriman is of death and shade, a black flame of essence hidden by the cloak of darkness. iblis/azazel/lucifer is an angel of light, self-liberation and illumination of knowledge (gnosis. in this however, do not dismiss the forces of darkness, they are essential to ones own individual initiation and growth. it is in the darkness that the roots give the nourishment for the tree to reach for the sun. ahriman is thus a form of the vampyre, the shadow which grows in the darkness and solitude of psychic seclusion, isolation and loneliness. many forms m

BELL CHRISTOPHER PAUL TSIU MARPO THE CAREER OF A TIBETAN PROTECTOR DEITY

glory, since the powerful government531 which invites guests abides in prestige, it is exceedingly superior. because of this, it has the superior performers of the four immeasurable actions. because of this, the great ocean of the tradition of learned jampel( jam dpal)532 is churned by the embracers of the earth with exposition, debate, and composition (10b) the essence of the nectar which is the illumination of the s.tra and mantra essence accomplishes the actions of increase for as long as there is a sky. receive the lifetime of the venerable lama, and such. 1.9. colophon (10b.2-10b.4) this was composed by the lord [the third] pa.chen lozang penden yesh (blo bzang dpal ldan ye shes; 1738-1780. speak this again. this petition offering of the violence demon tsiu marpo, having been extensiv

BLAVATSKY H P COSMOGENESIS

e phenomena of the same noumenon- which is absolute darkness to the scientific mind, and but a gray twilight to the perception of the average mystic, though to that of the spiritual eye of the initiate it is absolute light. how far we discern the light that shines in darkness depends upon our powers of vision. what is light to us is darkness to certain insects, and the eye of the clairvoyant sees illumination where the normal eye perceives only blackness. when the whole universe was plunged in sleep- had returned to its one primordial element- there was neither centre of luminosity, nor eye to perceive light, and darkness necessarily filled the boundless all (b) the father-mother are the male and female principles in root-nature, the opposite poles that manifest in all things on every plan

-born light" says a fragment of hermas. damascius calls it dis in "theogony "the disposer of all things (see cory's "ancient fragments" p. 314) according to the rosicrucian tenets, as handled and explained by the profane for once correctly, if only partially, so "light and darkness are identical in themselves, being only divisible in the human mind; and according to robert fludd "darkness adopted illumination in order to make itself visible (on rosenkranz. according to the tenets of eastern occultism, darkness is the one true actuality, the basis and the root of light, without which the latter could never manifest itself, nor even exist. light is matter, and darkness pure spirit. darkness, in its radical, metaphysical basis, is subjective and absolute light; while the latter in all its see

piritual and psychic realms. bacon was one of the first to strike the key-note of materialism, not only by his inductive method (renovated from ill-digested aristotle, but by the general tenor of his writings. he inverts the order of mental evolution when saying that "the first creation of god was the light of the sense; the last was the light of the reason; and his sabbath work ever since is the illumination of the spirit" it is just the reverse. the light of spirit is the eternal sabbath of the mystic or occultist, and he pays little attention to that of mere sense. that which is meant by the allegorical sentence "fiat lux" is- when esoterically rendered "let there be the 'sons of light" or the noumena of all phenomena. thus the roman catholics rightly interpret the passage as referring

BLUE EQUINOX

one unique, independent, supreme and sufficient. the law of thelema is given in the book of the law [equinox i, vii and x. the equinox has been founded to promulgate and demonstrate this law. the equinox 10 the a.a, or great white brotherhood, through whom this law was obtained, is a body of the highest initiates, pledged to aid mankind. it offers instruction in the way of spiritual progress and illumination to individual seekers. the work of the a.a. is called scientific illuminism. this may be briefly expressed by quoting its motto .the method of science: the aim of religion. each seeker is taught how to realise truth for himself, by means accurate and well-tested. the o.t.o. is the first of the great religious societies to accept the law. it trains groups by way of progressive initiati

in those varied works. he should be on his guard against partisanship with a favourite author. he should familiarize himself thoroughly with the method of mental equilibrium, endeavouring to contradict any statement soever, although it may be apparently axiomatic. the general object of this course, besides that already stated, is to assure sound education in occult matters, so that when spiritual illumination comes it may find a well-built temple. when the mind is strongly biased towards any special theory, the result of an illumination is often to inflame that portion of the mind which is thus overdeveloped, with the result that the aspirant, instead of becoming an adept, becomes a bigot and fanatic. the a.a. does not offer examination in this course, but reccomends these books as the fou

afterwards his efforts produced some result; for we find an entry on sunday, august 7th, 1910 .i have found (for a few moments) the peace which passeth all understanding. amen. this was evidently the foreshadowing of his first really notable result, the first dawning of l.v.x. which he experienced on august 29th. there is an entry on september 2nd, full of joy and gladness and wonder at his first illumination; and then, three days later, he had evidently recognised that this alone was not enough, and this was evidently the reason for the next somewhat curious entry liber clxv 135 of september 5th, 7:53 p.m, which i shall quote practically in full: i am calm now, as i commence to write what may be the last entry in this diary. all that i can remember of my life on this planet has, as i look

as given in silence and must remain in silence. still there seemed to be just one little ripple of joy in the great silent sea as another sould gently sank to its rest, and the silent voices whispered .welcome brother. then all was calm and peace as before. the little ripple flowed on to let the whole world know, then, having delivered its message, all was still. amen. whatever the nature of this illumination, probably a state of dhyana, it left a very marked result on the consciousness of frater v.i.o, and gave him the necessary energy to continue his work through many a dark and dismal period. he himself could not gauge its value at all at the time. he was alone in vancouver and out of touch with the order, having received no further word from his neophyte since he left england. in fact

nd power, these three are one. that these should be one is the law. liber clxv 137 by finding the point from which these three become equal, and there remaining, by this means only, can the law be known. if ye know this, ye know all. if ye know not this, ye know less than all. seek ever for the absolute, and be content with nothing less. by the end of september the immediate results of this first illumination seem to have worn off, and we find frater v.i.o. striving desperately to estimate the value of what had happened to him. he was certainly in a mental muddle, as the following entry shows, yet at the same time his one thought seems to have been to find a means of helping others to find that light which had so transformed his whole being. sept. 24th, 1910. driad hotel. victoria, b. c. i

noted that when one really gets to a state when having worked one is content to continue to do so, expecting no results, one often obtains them (of course it.s no use trying to fool oneself on these things, you can.t get a result by just saying you don.t care a damn) something of the sort seems to have happened in this case, as the following shows. march 12th. during lecture on .parsifal. i felt illumination within which permeated my whole being, and i became conscious once more of the truth of my previous illumination which i had lost, as it were. this entry is interesting. illumination comes, and at the time there is no doubt about it. it is. then, perhaps, life goes on much as before, except for the ever present remembrance of .something that happened; and, having nothing with which to

nd at the time there is no doubt about it. it is. then, perhaps, life goes on much as before, except for the ever present remembrance of .something that happened; and, having nothing with which to compare it, that something is difficult to describe or even to formulate. however, immediately one liber clxv 145 approaches another period one can recognise the symptoms, almost in advance, and the new illumination is as it were added to the old, and there is fresh wonder and joy in both. march 15th i feel as if i were a highly strung musical instrument. my will runs over the strings, causing complete and harmonious vibrations in my being, which seems to give forth at times an unforrnulated and therefore most delightful melody. march 28th. how can i write it, how put into words the least idea of

BOOK OF PLEASURE

rely it is not by saying "i believe; that art has long been lost. they are even more subject to bewilderment and distraction directly they open their mouths full of argument; without the book of pleasure (self love) get any book for free on: www.abika.com 4 power and unhappy unless spreading their own confusion, to gain cogency they must adopt dogma and mannerism that excludes possibility. by the illumination of their knowledge they deteriorate in accomplishment. have we not watched them decay in ration to their expoundings? verily, man cannot believe by faith or gain, neither can he explain his knowledge unless born of a new law. we being everything, wherefore the necessity of imagining we are not? be ye mystic. others believe in prayer. have not all yet learnt, that to ask it to be denie

ef but is the archetype of "self" the slavery of mortality. endeavouring to describe "it" i write what may be but not usually-called the "book of lies*(1. the unorthodox of the originable-a volant "sight" that conveys somehow by the incidental, that truth is somewhere. the kia which can be vaguely expressed in words is the "neither-neither" the unmodified "i" in the sensation of omnipresence, the illumination symbolically transcribed in the sacred alphabet, and of which i am about to write. its emanation is its own intensity, but not necessariness, it has and ever will exist, the virgin quantum-by its exuberance we have gained existence. who dare say where, why and how it is related? by the labour of time the doubter inhabits his limit. not related to, but permitting all things, it eludes

ble purpose of ecstasy. supreme bliss simulating opposition is its balance. it suffers no hurt, neither does it labour. is it not self-attracting and independent? assuredly we cannot call it balance. could we but imitate its law, all creation without command would unite and serve our purpose in pleasure and harmony. kia transcending conception, is unchanging and inexhaustible, there is no need of illumination to see it. if we open our mouths to speak of it, it is not of it but of our duality, mighty though it be in its early simplicity! kia without conceiving, produces its rendezvous as the fulness of creation. without assertion the mightiest energy, without smallness it may appear the least among things. its possession ours without asking, its being free, the only thing that is free. with

ed pleasures at a time, however much his ecstasy, he does not lose, but great increase takes place. let him practise it daily, accordingly, till he arrives at the centre of desire. he has imitated the great purpose. like this, all emotions should find equipoise at the time of emanation, till they become one. thus by hindering belief and semen from conception, they become simple and cosmic. by its illumination there is nothing that cannot be explained. certainly i find satisfaction in ecstasy. i have now told you a secret of great import, it was known to me in childhood. even by sedulously striving for a vacuity of belief, one is cosmic enough to dwell in the innermost of others and enjoy them. among men few know what they really believe or desire, let him begin, who would know, by locating

sub-conscious stratum, its destination. the sigil being a vehicle, serves the purpose of protecting consciousness from the direct manifestation of the (consciously unacknowledged) obsession, conflict is avoided with any incompatible ideas and neither gains separate personality. it (the obsession) is either gradually assimilated and becomes organic or returns to its original abode, its purpose of illumination served. hence the mind, by sigils, depending upon the intensity of desire, is the book of pleasure (self love) get any book for free on: www.abika.com 36 illuminated or obsessed (knowledge or power) from that particular karma (the sub-conscious stratum, a particular existence and knowledge gained by it) relative to the desire, but not from memory or experience which was recent. knowle

simple, there is no need for crucifixion. drugs are useless. smoking and laziness the more difficult. this knowledge leaves its stratum in company with the energy or desire returning to the ego. it escapes the ego's resistance by associating with similar images, memories, or experiences relative (recieved in this life, that the mind contains, and crystalizes itself by their symbolism. hence most illumination is symbolic, and must be subsequently translated (chapters on symbolism, automatic drawing as means to art& note on sacred letters omitted) on myself. conceiving, thou hast given no sign of life. in claiming thee, a labour of creating value, is nothing worth holding, nothing satisfying; the realization of thy inhibition all? by self-effacement would seem reality. this self, how empty!

BUCKLAND RAYMOND COMPLETE BOOK OF WITCHCRAFT

inishing in the east "marking" it and directing power into it through the point of the sword. on the line of the circle stand four white, unlit candles; one in the north, one in the east, one in the south and one in the west. if you wish, there may be additional candles, already lit, between these four. they should stand around the circle but outside the line. they would be there purely for extra illumination, if required. the first ritual performed, always, is what, in saxon witchcraft, is called erecting the temple. other traditions call it, variously, opening the circle, casting the circle, or similar. in this ritual the circle and all within it is properly purified and consecrated. for now i will just deal with casting a circle sufficient for your self-dedication/initiation. presuming

CASE PAUL F THE BOOK OF TOKENS

is evidenced by the text. it is profitable to read the meditations aloud. they are written in the first person; hence this practice gives them a potent auto-suggestive influence for counteracting negative patterns in subconsciousness. moreover, even a casual survey of the text shows it to be the self-declaration of the divine spirit in man. to read it aloud is, in a measure, to participate in the illumination of the sage through whose mind the life-power formulated its self-expression in these stirring phrases. the meditations in this book include the occult meaning of the twenty-two hebrew letters, illustrated by the tventy-two major tarot keys which correspond thereto. the tarot keys represent the symbolic powers of consciousness in pictorial form, used by initiates for the transmutation

his mission: to translate, enlarge and extend hitherto secret techniques of tarot and qabalah (esoteric teachings of the ageless wisdom) into terms understandable to and usable by the modern mind; to assure that this and coming generations would have available the timeless methods of initiation in the western occult tradition which leads to spiritual and psychological integration, unfoldment and illumination. paul foster case came into incarnation in order to fill a great spiritual need for the modern world. his unique and effective contribution to the spiritual path of return being completed, he withdrew from his physical vehicle on march 2, 1954. it is our profound privilege and grave responsibility to carry on the great work which dr. case left in our care. correspondence lessons on oc

is thou mayest read that light was the first creation, so hath it been known since the beginning by the wise. they worship me with wisdom who turn their faces toward the east, for the shining of the dawn is a type of all my works [57] t h e book of t o k e n s 12 this whole creation is the irradiation of that limitless light which i am; but never shall mere man attain to the source of that divine illumination. none may grasp me; and to those who seek to capture me in the net of thought i am the eternal fugitive. yet though i elude pursuit, i am the source and support, even of the pursuers. i am, in truth, the food of all beings. the bread thou eatest is my body, the wine thou drinkest is my blood; for because creation took place with the letter heh, that letter is the ground of all created

CASSANDRA EASON A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO WITCHCRAFT AND MAGIC

e one to match the occasion- either one that will have burned through by the end of an evening in a dusk ritual or one that will last for up to 12 hours for an all-night vigil candle, for example on one of the solstices. practitioners of strict ceremonial magick say that you should never use a candle that has been lit for another ritual or purpose and should not use these afterwards for household illumination. however, since candles are so expensive and since you will only be performing positive magick, there is no reason why ritual candles should not be adapted for everyday use. candles from harmony and healing spells may be used in quiet areas of the home, and candles for energy and success in work or study areas. on the other hand, candles for banishing magick should be left to burn dow

the air who can be seen fleetingly as butterflies, offering ideas, ideals and a reminder to enjoy happiness while you can. air's colour is yellow and its zodiacal signs are aquarius, gemini and libra. fire fire represents noon, summer and the quarter and direction of the south. fire is the realm of light, the sun and lightning, and so forms the focus of magick for fertility, power, joy, ambition, illumination, inspiration, achievement, all creative and artistic ventures, poetry, art, sculpture, writing, music, dance, religion and spirituality, psychic powers and mystical experiences, passion and sexuality. it can be invoked by those who work in the arts and those who seek or are required to be leaders and for those in all dangerous professions, especially involving fire, furnaces or metalw

aved daniel from the lions' den. as commander of the heavenly hosts, michael, with his flaming sword, drove satan and his fallen angels out of the celestial realms; as angel of judgement, he also carries a scale for weighing the souls of the dead. according to the koran, the cherubim were created from michael's tears. he offers power to overcome any obstacles and challenges, and brings wisdom and illumination as to the right path. michael stands in the south and his colour is gold. gabriel archangel of the moon, the messenger archangel and the heavenly awakener, gabriel appears many times in the bible. he visited the virgin mary and her cousin elizabeth, mother of john the baptist, to tell them that they were to bear sons who would lead mankind to salvation. it was gabriel who parted the w

s the interconnectedness of all life. the bottom left point of the pentagram symbolises the element earth and the fixed sign of taurus. it connects with the earth mother, ecology and the basis from which we explore spirit and also the material plane in which ideas are manifest. the bottom right point in the pentagram symbolises fire and the fixed sign of leo, flaming ever upwards, the impetus and illumination that transforms thought into action and enables us to see potential, not least our spiritual potential. these positions correspond with the zodiacal positions on an astrological wheel. on another level, the pentagram is seen as representing the human body with the four limbs outstretched and the head touching the clouds. drawing a pentagram pentagrams are remarkably easy to draw. they

ate: october/november (april/may in the southern hemisphere) ritual: making an end to what is not fruitful, drawing up realistic plans for the coming year dumannios, the coming of deep darkness native american name: first snows or frost on the grass moon full moon date: november/december (may/june in the southern hemisphere) ritual: bringing light into the darkness, seeking inner as well as outer illumination and inspiration riuros, the time of the long coldness native american name: when wolves huddle close moon full moon date: december/january (june/july in the southern hemisphere) ritual: material security, the home and family angantios, staying or home native american name: gnawing on bones moon seite 130 wicca01.txt full moon date: january/february (july/august in the southern hemisph

ry entering angels on your web browser. images can be downloaded and form a focus for meditations, through which you can invoke each angel using your own higher self or consciousness. in this way, the protective angel draws on your own spiritual powers. archangels and their days of the week michael michael is the archangel who rules the sun. michael's day is sunday. michael, the initiator, brings illumination and inspiration in many spheres of life, through the efforts of our individual creative spirit. michael is the guardian of all who stand alone with their unique vision for bettering the world and are not prepared to compromise their ideals for humanity, purely for money or fame. this archangel can be invoked in ritual for all creative ventures, for original ideas and individuality, co

his will be different. you can start at any day or hour as long as you use the fragrances and candles or their substitutes of the ruling angel* take your seven angel candles and place them in holders* light a golden candle as the hour begins and then light your frankincense incense* take a small, clear crystal quartz for michael and pass it through the candle flame, saying: flame high, o power of illumination, enter might of michael's sword, inspiration, life-bringer* pass the crystal through the smoke of the incense, saying: enter through this fragrance the clear vision of michael, fire of the sun, light-bringer* hold the crystal high in the air and circle it deosil, over the child, if present. if they are absent or would be self-conscious, use a photograph or personal item belonging to t

CHRONOLOGIA RORISPERGIUS

eism throughout europe. leif ericson explores north america. 1004-1007) al-majriti, author of picatrix, dies 1010 earliest european mention of chess: count of urgel(spain)leaves his rock crystal chess set to a convent. by 1200, the game has spread over most of europe, reaching iceland, the baltic and bohemia. 1012: ben gabirol brings the works of plato to spain. 1013 1103 jacob ha-kohen's book of illumination aleph and angelic symbolism overlayed on the menorah 1016-1100 naropa 1018-c. 1079 michael psellus: on the hieratic art(alchemy theologised. 1020 d. meshullam ben kalonymos corresponded with the jews of babylon. rhineland mysticism. 1034 d. abu'l-hasan kharraqani. iranian sufi of the uwaysis tradition (whom suhrawardi claimed himself a spiritual heir to "i am amazed at those disciples

n, ebrei e arabi, pp. 175-8> 1154-1191 shihab al-din yahya ibn habash ibn amirak al-suhrawardi. persian sufi whose theosophy of light= ishraqi thought- believed wisdom passed directly from the divine to hermes and from him to egypt and persia eventually extending to greece and thus on to the early sufis of persia illuminating islamic civilization. the soul is exiled into matter but through ishraq(illumination)the soul returns to its home beyond the stars by way of a theurgic angelology. wrote hikmat-al-ishraq 'philosophy of illumination. influence upon isaac luria and the safed qabbalists. c.1155 blondel de nesle trouv re carolled across europe songs to the missing richard i. 1155- 1207 raimbaud de vacqueiras troubadour author of the first known italian poetry. c.1155- 1231 folquet de mars

COVENANT OF SAMYAZA

imself. this was the gift of satanael unto man, that he should possess intelligence, and the desire to know, and self-consciousness, that he no longer be servile unto demiurge, nor live as the beasts of the field. a cry of fear and wrath rose up from demiurge, that man has become as god. he drove adam and eve from eden, and guarded the tree of life lest man also gain immortality. but the spark of illumination had been kindled within man and shall not be extinguished, and demiurge shall not be able tosmother the light of satanael, who is truly called lucifer, light- bringer- iv- i, samyaza, and others of the sons of god, looked at the affairs of man and at the intervention of satanael, and were envious of their selfhood. we repented secretly that we had not had the courage to declare oursel

DAVID ICKE CHILDREN OF THE MATRIX

reads "he who knows secrets, another theme of the reptilian gods.21 enoch, like noah, was said to "walk with the gods, and the ancient book of enoch says that a watcher who revealed secrets to humans was called gadreel. this is a "fallen angel" who has been identified with the serpent who tempted eve and he is a blueprint for a number of later deities who took knowledge (often symbolised as fire, illumination) from "the gods" and gave it to humans. adam and eve as i've suggested, the biblical adam and eve were probably not individuals, but hybrid genetic streams, as in "the" adam and "the" eve. at first the interbreeding produced a very reptilian offspring..thus "god (the gods) made man in his (their) image. this is where the otherwise unexplainable reference in the bible to "let us make m

ace and their great enemies, the nordics (unicorn. notice also the great similarity between the royal crest and that of the house of rothschild, complete with lion, unicorn and fleurde- lis (figure 21. the greek hero prometheus is a version of thor/indara/adam, according to waddell, and he is depicted in chains being tortured by the "gods (reptilians) for trying to educate humanity and give them "illumination. he is often depicted holding the flame of knowledge. the coat of arms of the city of london, one of the global centres for the serpent cult today, is the st george's cross being held (owned, controlled) by two flying reptiles (figure 22. when you drive into the city alongside the river thames, you pass two flying reptiles holding the cross of st george (see picture section. as i ment

orshippers. so could it be that this marriage of "adam" and "eve" in the edda was symbolic of the interbreeding between those of the nordic and reptilian bloodlines that became known as the "aryans" and the "serpent kings? their wedding procession described in the edda can be seen on hittite rock sculptures dating to around 3000bc in king figure 23: the gold statue of prometheus with the flame of illumination at the rockefeller center in new york figure 24: thor/lndara/george fights with balder, whose legs are symbolically depicted as serpents 160 children of the matrix thor/indara/adam's old capital of pteria, which is now bogaz koi in turkey (figure 25 "adam and eve" are depicted exchanging a cross-like emblem and a "globe" object, which waddell says is an apple from the rowan or mountai

and all these mother-virgins were symbolised as a dove. the symbolism of british royalty with its crowns, doves, and lions, etc, are all symbolic of the serpent cult in power today. the man who did most to advance the worship of the black madonna was st bernard (1090 to 1153, the abbot of clairvaux in france, who founded the cistercian order. he claims to have experienced a miraculous religious "illumination" when the black madonna of chatillon pressed her breast and squirted three drops of milk in his mouth. no, you didn't misread that. bernard was also at the heart of the creation of the knights templar along with the illuminati st clair family, who later became the sinclair family at rosslyn, near edinburgh in scotland. when the knights templar were formed as a front for the serpent cu

DAVID ICKE THE BIGGEST SECRET

india had a tradition of the crucified saviour centuries beforechristianity and it originated from the aryans in the caucasus. the hindu christfigure, khrishna, appears in some portrayals nailed to a cross in classic jesus manner.28quetzalcoatl is said to have come out of the sea carrying a cross and he has beenrepresented as being nailed to a cross. in mystery school symbolism, a cross of gold =illumination; a cross of silver= purification; a cross of base metals= humiliation; and across of wood= aspiration. the latter relates to the constant symbolism of the tree andsaviour god figures dying on trees or wooden crosses. some of the pagan mysteryceremonies involved the student hanging from a cross or lying on an altar in the shape ofa cross.29 it symbolised the death of the body, the worl

DAVID ICKE RELATED THE HIDDEN GEARS OF FREEMASONRY

in accordance with his occultic power and doctrine. the goathead.(for your reference) but, there is still more meaning expressed by this goathead pentagram. quickly look again at the photocopy of the devil's pentagram, as copied from goodman's magic symbol book. protruding from the middle top of the pentagram is a lighted candle, which is producing light. this physical light represents spiritual illumination. if this representation were made on a map, this illuminating candle would be thought of as being north. north is a very important direction, because it is the place of governmental control. in i ching, for example, north is the "place one reports to the master on accomplishments (new age dictionary. this is again a fulfillment of scripture. lucifer remember in isaiah 14:12-14, where

DION FORTUNE MYSTICAL QABALA

earn to allow for this period of latency, this impregnation of our minds by something outside our plane of existence, and its gestation beyond the threshold of consciousness. the invocations of an initiation ceremony are designed to call down this impregnating influence upon the consciousness of the candidate. hence it is that the paths of the tree, which are the stages of mystical qabala page 26 illumination of the soul, are intimately associated with the symbolism of initiation ceremonies. chapter vi otz chiim, the tree of life 1. before we can understand the significance of any individual sephirah, we must grasp the broad outlines of the otz chiim, the tree of life, as a whole. 2. it is a glyph, that is to say a composite symbol, which is intended to represent the cosmos in its entirety

ifestation without differentiation into the pairs of opposites. kether differentiates its two aspects as chokmah and binab, and manifestation is in being. now in this supernal triangle, the head which is not, the father and the mother, we have the root concept of our cosmogony, and we shall return to it again and again under innumerable aspects, and each time that we return to it we shall receive illumination. these earlier chapters do not attempt to deal with any of the points exhaustively for reasons already noted, for the student unfamiliar with the subject (and there are very few students who are familiar with it) has not yet got the necessary mental furniture of facts to enable him to appreciate the significance of a more detailed study; we are at the present moment engaged in assembl

manifest when the polarising sephi roth are in equilibrium; therefore the modes of consciousness are assigned to the equilibrating sephiroth upon the middle pillar, but the magical powers are assigned to the opposing sephiroth, each at the end of the beam of the balance of the pairs of opposites. 15. the way of initiation follows the coilings of the serpent of wisdom upon the tree; but the way of illumination follows the path of the arrow which is shot from the bow of promise, qesheth, the rainbow of astral colours that spreads like a halo behind yesod. this is the way of the mystic as distinguished from that of the occultist; it is swift and direct, and free from the danger of the temptation of unbalanced force that is met with in either pillar, but it confers no magical powers save those

dent in touch with the forces behind each sphere of the tree, and when he comes into touch in this way his consciousness is illuminated and his nature energised by the force thus contacted, and he obtains remarkable illuminations from his contemplation of the symbols. these illuminations are not a generalised flooding of light, as in the case of the christian mystic, but a specific energising and illumination according to the sphere opened up; hod gives understanding of sciences, yesod understanding of life-force and its tidal modes of functioning. when hod is contacted we become filled with enthusiasm and energy for research; when yesod is contacted we enter deeply into psychic consciousness and touch the hidden life-forces of the earth and our own natures. these are matters of experience

resenting a certain factor in the evolution of the cosmos in the immemorial past of cosmic time, whether it remains in manifestation, has passed away, or has not yet arrived at the level of dense matter. 12. with this aspect of the tree are also taken the curious cryptic texts of the sepher yetzirah, one to each path. these most baffling utterances have a curious way of yielding sudden flashes of illumination to meditation and are by no means to be rejected as rubbish, incomprehensible though they may appear at first sight. 13. another source of illumination is to be found in the additional titles of the sephiroth, each of which has anything from one to two or three dozen. these are graphic descriptive names applied to the various sephiroth by the ancient rabbis and found scattered through

cealed of the concealed" and "primordial point" that are applied to kether convey a good deal to those who know where to look for it. 14. we can also, once we are acquainted with the symbolism, assign to the various sephiroth their equivalent gods in other systems, and when we look up the symbols, functions, cosmic concepts, and methods of worship assigned to these deities we get a fresh flood of illumination. by the use of a good mythological dictionary or an encyclopaedia, frazer's golden bough, and mme blavatsky's secret doctrine and isis unveiled, we can, by the mere application of diligence, read a great many riddles that at first appeared insoluble, and the exercise is a fascinating one. when used thus the tree is peculiarly valuable, because its diagrammatic form causes things to be

twofold basis. firstly, there are plants traditionally associated with the legends of the gods, as is corn with ceres and the vine with dionysos; these we find associated with the sephiroth, with which the functions of these gods are correlated orn with malkuth and the vine with tiphareth, the mystical qabala page 67 chnst-centre, wherewith are associated all the sacrificed gods and the givers of illumination. 28. plants are also associated with the sephiroth in another way; the old doctrine of signatures assigned various plants to the presidency of various planets in a somewhat erratic fashion. in some cases there was a genuine association, in others it was arbitrary and superstitious. old culpepper and other ancient herbalists have a great deal to say on the subject, and some very intere

EGYPTIAN BOOK OF THE DEAD PAPYRUS OF ANI MALESTROM

n upper egypt from the xviiith to the xxth dynasty, was commonly written on papyri in the hieroglyphic character. the text is written in black ink in perpendicular rows of hieroglyphics, which are separated from each other by black lines; the titles of the chapters or sections, and certain parts of the chapters and the rubrics belonging thereto, are written in red ink. a steady development in the illumination of the vignettes is observable in the papyri of this period. at the beginning of the xviiith dynasty the vignettes are in black outline, but we see from the papyrus of hunefer (brit. mus. no. 9901, who was an overseer of cattle of seti i, king of egypt about b.c. 1370, that the vignettes are painted in reds, greens, yellows, white, and other colours, and that the whole of the text and

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY VOL 1

health as a child. his father died when he was 14, and he had to earn his living and help support his mother. he worked hard at various jobs and studied poetry, drama, philosophy, and religion in his spare time. at the age of 24, he experienced what he described as the cosmic vision after reading sir edwin arnold s light of asia (1879, a famous poem based on the teaching of buddha. this transient illumination returned in a more permanent form ten years later and led to the writing of his first book, from poverty to power (1901, which went into seven editions. after the success of this book, allen found it possible to live by his writings. with his wife, lily, he moved to ilfracombe, devon. allen was not ambitious, avoided publicity, and lived simply on a modest income from his writings. he

a part of it will come through one medium and a part through another. the explanation may have been very true in the case of cummins, yet it need not have general application. she was conscious of the use of her brain by someone else. in the introduction to the road to immortality, myers observed: soon i am in a condition of half-sleep, a kind of dreamstate that yet, in its peculiar way, has more illumination than one s waking state. i have at times distinctly the sensation of a dreamer who has no conscious creative control over the ideas that are being formulated in words. i am a mere listener, and through my stillness and passivity i lend my aid to the stranger who is speaking. it is hard to put such a psychological condition into words. i have the consciousness that my brain is being us

he occult revival of the twentieth century and the author of three influential books: initiation into hermetics, the practice of magical evocation, and the key to the true qabalah. he was, however, a reclusive individual and much of his life remains obscure. he was born and grew up in czechoslovakia, the eldest of 13 children. his father, viktor bardon, was a mystic. as a youth, franz sought some illumination and finally felt an advanced soul entering his body and providing him with his first initiatory experiences. in the 1920s and 1930s he worked as a stage magician under the name frabato. he also became an accomplished practitioner of real magic. it has been alleged that bardon was a member of the fraternity of saturn in germany prior to its being disbanded by the nazis in the mid-1930s

m in hamilton, ontario, and in 1878 was medical superintendent of the insane asylum in london, ontario. he became a great friend of poet walt whitman (1819.1892) and was fascinated by the recurring themes of spiritualism, human experience, and individual development in whitman s writings. around 1872 bucke had what became for him a life-changing mystical experience which he called an intellectual illumination. he spent the next thirty years seeking out other people who had a similar experience and reflecting upon the significance of such altering of consciousness. the literary result of his study, the book cosmic consciousness (1901, became a classic work on the subject. he theorized that a higher consciousness was a natural faculty in man at a certain state of development. he became whitm

and oregon. it operates the washington psychic institute. the church of divine man is headquartered at 2018 allison way, berkeley, ca 94704. it publishes a tabloid newspaper, the psychic reader, which in 1986 had superseded its earlier periodical, this is your psychic life. deja vu publishing is an independent associated publishing concern. sources: psychic reader. berkeley, calif, n.d. church of illumination closely associated with the fraternitas rosae crucis, which is a very elite and exclusive fraternity, the church of illumination operates as an outer court that interacts with the general public. the church s program centers upon the establishment of the manistic age, during which the equality of male and female will be fully recognized. during this age a new world teacher will arise

ing this age a new world teacher will arise who will teach the five fundamentals: as ye sow so shall ye reap; talents as gifts and responsibilities; the golden rule; honesty; and the new birth as the awakening of the christos, or divine spark, within. the church s headquarters are located at beverly hall, po box 220, quakertown, pa 18951. sources: the christic teachings. quakertown, pa: church of illumination, 1955. clymer, r. swinburne. christisis. quakertown, pa: philosophical publishing, 1945. the interpretation of st. john. quakertown, pa: philosophical publishing, 1953. manisis: the interpretation of the divine law for the manistic dispensation. quakertown, pa: beverley hall, 1955. church of light the church of light was one of the most important occult organizations in the united sta

paul, plotinus, mohammed, dante, las casas, john ypes, francis bacon, jacob behmen, william blake, balzac, and bucke s friend walt whitman. coscinomancy encyclopedia of occultism& parapsychology. 5th ed. 340 as described by bucke the experience comes suddenly, with a sensation of being immersed in a flame or rose-colored cloud. it is accompanied by a feeling of ecstasy and moral and intellectual illumination in which the mind has a clear concept of the meaning of the universe. the man or woman who goes through the experience sees and knows that the cosmos is a living presence, that life is eternal, the soul of man immortal, the founding principle of the world is love, and the happiness of every individual in the long run is absolutely certain. all fear of death, all sense of sin is lost

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY VOL 2

man body. in christian and some eastern traditions, meditation was often enhanced by asceticism.prolonged fasts and other physical mortification practiced in order to assert the supremacy of the soul over all physical and sensory demands. certain welldefined stages of spiritual growth are recorded by saints and mystics, notably the awakening of the soul, contemplation, the dark night of the soul, illumination, and spiritual ecstasy. several basic types of meditation can be distinguished by the particular nature of the alteration of consciousness sought. for example, zen meditation tends to produce a focused concentration in the present. the person who meditates in this way is perfectly alert but takes no notice of surrounding noises or other phenomena. instead of blocking outside distracti

t transcend the body and mind. in his yoga sutras, patanjali outlines a program of physical exercises (to strengthen a meditation posture, breathing techniques (to purify the body, withdrawal of the senses, concentration, and meditation, culminating in mystical experience. in this process supernormal powers might be manifested, but were to be ignored. the ultimate goal of meditation was spiritual illumination transcending individuality and extending the consciousness beyond time, space, and causality, but also interfusing it with the everyday duties and responsibilities of the individual. thus it was not necessary for an illuminated individual to renounce the world, and there are stories in hindu scriptures of kings and princes who did not forsake their mundane tasks after transcendental e

dental meditation technique of maharishi mahesh yogi appears to be of this order, hence criticism from practitioners of other systems. in active meditation systems, there must be purification at all levels.physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual.and the mind is exercised creatively before it can transcend its own activity. meditators who have attained stages of higher consciousness or mystical illumination testify that there is a gradual process of refinement arising from the activity of a mysterious energy that hindu mystics call kundalini that modifies the entire organism. today the variety of meditation techniques practiced throughout the world all have their advocates and practitioners in the west. both teachers and texts are available to the aspiring student, and psychologists have

and control in human systems. dordrecht, netherlands: kluwer academic publishers group, 1984. east-west fire; schopenhauer s optimism and the lankavatara sutra: an excursion toward the common ground between oriental and western religion. london: j. m. watkins, 1955. esoteric teachings of the tibetan tantra. falcon s wing press, 1961. an evaluation of relativity theory after a half-century. 1953. illumination of jacob boehme: the work of dionysius andreas freher. 1951. the limits of consciousness. journal for the study of consciousness 1 (1968. the politics of psi; acculturation& hypnosis. in joseph k. long, ed. extrasensory ecology: parapsychology and anthropology. 1977. prismatic voices; an international anthology of distinctive new poets. 1958. psychotronic quantum theory; a proposal fo

fore, is not the agreement of our apprehension of an external object with the object itself. it is the agreement of the mind with itself. consciousness, therefore, is the sole basis of certainty. the mind is its own witness. reason sees in itself that which is above itself as its source; and again, that which is below itself as still itself once more. knowledge has three degrees.opinion, science, illumination. the means or instrument of the first is sense; of the second, dialectic; of the third, intuition. to the last i subordinate reason. it is absolute knowledge founded on the identity of the mind knowing with the object known. there is a raying out of all orders of existence, an external emanation from the ineffable one [prudos. there is again a returning impulse, drawing all upwards an

to ferrier, the message of jesus had been missed by the mainstream of christianity. he intended not to create the vast earthly institution, but to restore spirituality to individuals. thus the order of the cross has adopted a somewhat anti-institutional bias and devoted itself to introducing people to jesushood, a state of spiritual realization. jesushood leads to christhood, a state of mystical illumination. the order is focused in a number of small groups, most in the british isles, but some in north america and other english-speaking communities worldwide. international leadership is vested in a selfperpetuating executive council that seeks assistance from an advisory committee of representatives of the groups. international headquarters is located at 10 de vere gardens, london w8 5ae

seth book (1974. the popularity of the volumes led to the production of a series of texts through the 1970s and have been credited with generating the renewed interest in channeling so evident in the new age movement of the 1980s. these communications cover a whole range of topics of concern to religious and metaphysical belief, from personal belief and development to mental and physical health, illumination, good and evil, sexuality, art, creativity, spiritual grace, and modern problems. an early book by roberts titled how to develop your esp power (1966) was reissued under the title the coming of seth (1976. it describes the day-to-day emergence of the personality of seth and the experiments involved, with suggestions for experiments that readers can attempt. roberts subsequently regard

ESOTERISM AND THE LEFT HAND PATH

t hand path? antoine faivre, one of the leading scholars on occult research and esoterism, writes in his book esoterism that esoterism is not an area like art, philosophy or chemistry, but rather a way of thinking. faivre explains: the diffuse etymological derivation of the word indicates that one can only find the keys to the symbols, myths and reality by individual progression where one reaches illumination step by step, in a hermeneutic way. there is no outmost secret if one believes that all is basically secret. esoterism denotes something inner and mysterious, unlike the exoteric which is the outer form. christianity with its outer dogmas and ceremonies could be called exoteric, while gnosticism could be viewed as esoteric. in the same way satanism could be described as exoteric, and

EXTRAORDINARY ENCOUNTERS AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF EXTRATERRESTRIALS AND OTHERWORLDY BEINGS

st-known witness, the rev. william booth gill, was an anglican missionary from australia. on the evening of june 26, thirty-eight persons observed a large, disc-shaped craft with four legs hovering in the northwestern sky. gill estimated its apparent size to be that of five full moons lined up end to end. at the top of the ufo, behind a glass-covered cockpit, four humanlike figures, surrounded by illumination, moved back and forth, apparently working at an unknown task. the object and its crew ascended into gathering clouds after forty-five minutes. other ufos, though not their occupants, were intermittently visible over the next three and a half hours. twenty five of the witnesses signed a state- close encounters of the third kind 63 ment attesting to what they had seen that night. at 6 p

FAUST

one and all. i see them file according to their grades through distant galleries and long arcades. now they re assembling in that ample space, the old knight s hall; yet hardly all find place. the spacious walls with tapestries are rich, while armour decorates each nook and niche. here is no need, methinks, of magic incantation, ghosts will come here without an invitation. hall of the knights dim illumination. the emperor and court have entered. herald. mine ancient office of announcing plays is marred by spirits mystic interference; in vain one dares in reasonable ways to fathom their mysterious appearance. the chairs are placed, the seats are ready all; the emperor is seated just before the wall; upon the arras there he may with ease behold the glorious battles that men fought of old. no

not in this high station, for such things really were hell s own foundation. faust of foolish tales you ve always had a store and now begin to deal them out once more. mephistopheles [seriously. when god the lord- i know well the occasionbanned us from air into the deeps profound, where, glowing from earth s centre all around, eternal fire waxed hottest past all bound, we found us midst too great illumination in a most crowded, irksome situation. the devils, every one, began a coughing, above, below, at every vent-hole puffing; hell was with sulphurfumes so much inflated and such a gas therefrom was generated, that very soon the earth s flat crust- no wonder!thick as it was, was forced to burst asunder. so now we have a different situation; what s now a peak was once a deep foundation. on

FOCUS OF LIFE

l this cosmos is certainly familiar and pleasured, it should be practised with labour. but who is honest enough to believe this without relapse? having renounced both good and evil conveniently, one should engage in spasmodic madness. renouncing everything else take shelter in that self-love, which incites the functions into the bold 'freedom from necessity am i: virtue and vice shall cease. self-illumination am i; the procreatrix of this universe. indomitable in body: born of the bastard truth i made. when the eyes are shut the world certainly does not exist. o chaos! is there no greater joy than flagellation; the ecstatic paralysis that makes holocausts of withered souls; the hideously pitiable cripples-"i fear? i assert this self-love to be a most secret ritual hidden by blasphemous ide

FRANCIS A YATES GIORDANO BRUNO AND THE HERMETIC TRADITION

as a dialectical exercise, but as a way of reaching intuitive knowledge of the divine and of the meaning of the world, as a gnosis, in short, to be prepared for by ascetic discipline and a religious way of life. the hermetic treatises, which often take the form of dialogues between master and disciple, usually culminate in a kind of ecstasy in which the adept is satisfied that he has received an illumination and breaks out into hymns of praise. he seems to reach this illumination through contemplation of the world or the cosmos, or rather through contemplation of the cosmos as reflected in his own nous or mens which separates out for him its divine meaning and gives him a spiritual mastery over it, as in the familiar gnostic revelation or experience of the ascent of the soul through the s

24, 37; sec c.h, ii, pp. 325 ff. 3 c.h, ii, p. 259. 4 de civ. dei, viii, xiii-xxii. 5 this is the title of the sixteenth-century english translation by william adlington. 9 hermes trismegistus despair. eventually he becomes a priest of isis in an egyptian temple. the whole mood of this novel, with its ethical theme (for the animal form is a punishment for transgression, its ecstatic initiation or illumination, its egyptian colouring, is like the mood of the hermetic writings. though apuleius was not really the translator of the asclepius, that work would certainly have appealed to him. augustine calls apuleius a platonist, and he attacks him for the views on airy spirits or daemones which he held to be intermediaries between gods and men in his work on the "demon" of socrates. augustine re

nto italy and which he himself, by command of cosimo, has now translated into latin. he believes that it was first written in egyptian and was translated into greek to reveal to the greeks the egyptian mysteries. the argumentum ends on a note of ecstasy which reflects those gnostic initiations with which the hermetica are concerned. in this work, so ficino believes, there shines a light of divine illumination. it teaches us how, rising above the deceptions of sense and the clouds of fantasy, we are to turn our mind to the divine mind, as the moon turns to the sun, so that pimander, that is the divine mind, may flow into our mind and we may contemplate the order of all things as they exist in god. in the introduction to his edition of the hermetica, scott outlined ficino's attitude to these

nding of this illusion; see below, chapter xxi. 16 hermes trismegistus this is undoubtedly a fact, and one which all students of the renaissance neoplatonism which ficino's translations and works inaugurated would do well to bear in mind. it has not been sufficiently investigated what was the effect on ficino of his awestruck approach to the hermetica as xheprisca theologia, the pristine fount of illumination flowing from the divine mens, which would lead him to the original core of platonism as a gnosis derived from egyptian wisdom. contemporaries shared with ficino his estimate of the extreme importance of the hermetic writings for, as p. o. kristeller has pointed out, his pimander had an immense diffusion.1 a very large number of manuscripts of it exist, more than of any other work by f

asilisks, owls: these are banished. creatures of light are the cock, the phoenix, the swan, the goose, the eagle, the lynx, the ram, and 1 bruno, op. lat, ii(i, pp. 1 ff. 2 ibid, p. 6. 3 ibid, pp. 7 ff. 192 giordano bruno: first visit to paris the lion; these are awake and working. the herbs and flowers of light such as the heliotrope or the lupin banish the growths of night. hermes describes the illumination contained within the art, not only in these terms of animals and plants astrologically affiliated to the planet sol, but also in terms of a philosophy which is based on the "unerring intellect, rather than on "fallacious sense. he now speaks of "circuits" and "hemicycles; of the "movement of worlds" which many think to be "animals" or "gods; of the power of the sun in this philosophy

cting the scheme of the christian magus, in which magia and cabala are included within the pseudo-dionysian angelic hierarchies. nevertheless, as usual, bruno is not using the scheme in the normal way. the nine blind men who become the illuminati seem to be, not a system of external "metaphysics, like the angelic hierarchies, but all ingredients of one personality who becomes illumined with their illumination. bruno, however, makes his concession to the normal scheme by putting the highest and final illumination of the heroic enthusiast in this form. the experience which led to the illumination of the nine (who are the nolan who has left with them his home in the "happy campanian country) came when they visited the fane of circe, where they prayed that "it might please heaven that in these

at "it might please heaven that in these days, as in past more happy ages, some wise circe might make herself present who, with plants and minerals working her incantations, would be able to curb nature."3 in answer to their prayer, circe, daughter of the sun, herself appeared "at whose appearance they saw vanish all the figures of the many other deities who ministered to her."4 thus, the supreme illumination was magical, which brings us back to the interpretation of the eroici furori as the 1 ibid, pt. ii, dials. 4 and 5 dial, ital, pp. 1140 ff; williams, ii, pp. 88 ff. 2 ibid, dedication dial, ital, pp. 943-4. the "nove ciechi, he says, allude to the "nove sfere" which by cabalists, chaldeans, magi, platonists, and christian theologians are distinguished into nine orders. later (p. 944)

FRATER ELIJAH ANGELS OF CHAOS

rs) trap ideas. numbers obviously being more effectual and universal in application. thus we can see that all communication is a binding. a bringing down into form of the fluid flux of reality into a phantasmal form of words. if it s not fun my friends, why do it? ii/7a: an exploration into a border realm on the interface (horizon. the tower of koth. the sigil of koth is given on the top right in illumination. the tower extends into nonexistence. the word bez is highlight. this word means beauty& war in the non-language of the outer-ones. the sigil of set in the guise of isolate intoxication is given as well. for these places are lonely and it pay s to be as intoxicated as one can be when isolated. to talk may be of detriment here. ii/7b: to return from these spaces is of hazard, for ye ha

FREEMASONRY AND CATHOLICISM BY MAX HEINDEL

ere some among the workmen on the temple who thought they ought to be promoted to a higher degree, but who had not the power within; therefore hiram abiff could not initiate them, and as they were unable to see that the lack was in themselves, they felt provoked at hiram, as over-ambitious candidates of today feel slighted and stamp a spiritual teacher a fraud who is unable to give them immediate illumination and induction into the invisible, while they are still eating of the "flesh-pots of egypt" and unwilling to sacrifice themselves upon the altar of self-denial. the dissatisfied among hiram's men entered into a conspiracy to spoil his great masterpiece, the molten sea. part iv casting the molten sea as the spiritual gifts of the sons of seth flowered in solomon, the wisest of men, and

FULLER J F C SECRET WISDOM OF THE QABALAH

oy them, and we are plunged into madness; fertilize them, and step by step we are raised towards god. religion, that is the equilibrium between the visible and the invisible, the lower and the upper, is essentially a part of man's nature. when this equilibrium is lost, society, however progressive it may seem materially, is plunged back into chaos from which cosmos and order can only emerge by an illumination, a balancing of forces, which will give life and light to a new world order. man is the microcosm, because he cannot truly and meaningly say gi am h without postulating the macrocosm. the one is as much of his nature as the other, because his existence depends on the balance between both as certainly as an electrical current depends on what we call positive and negative waves of elect

within it, being the agent which renders the formation of a simulacrum possible. according to the zohar, metatron gsets all his legions in motion by the power of a single letter [shin] h.21 this was the spoken word tetragrammaton, which created light, when the yetziratic emanation moved upon the face of the waters (the luminous mirror) and proclaimed gyehe aur h (value 222, glet there be light h (illumination. in proclaiming it, the shekinah, astral light, ether, or by whatever name the reader chooses to call it, emerged from out of the yetziratic deity, leaving the four tetragrammatic letters of his name reflected upon the deep. these four letters represent what may be called the materiality of this deity, the elements of air, fire, water, and earth. in themselves they are not spiritual b

GILBERT AE WAITE A MAGICIAN OF MANY PARTS

ly rare book until it was reprinted in 1918.4waite had somehow obtained a copy (which he eventually offered for salethroughtheunknownworld),had succeeded also in penetrating its extremely opaque language, and began to propagate its thesis anew. as far asthatthesis can be expressed in everydaylanguage, it is that the goalofthe alchemical.process was the attainment of divineunionas a consequence of illumination obtained in an exalted form of mesmeric trance. waite agreed overtheend,butdisputed the means; he believedthat'thealchemical transfiguration of humanity' depended92in the columns ofthemediumanddaybreaka mr pfoundes had cast doubts on the originality of waite's ideas (claimingthemforhimselfand upbraided him for a lackofmodesty in proclaiming that'forthefirst time in the history of esot

olutionwillbe represented in. the ministry of devotional mysticism by the liturgy and the ritual.theliturgy will be concernedwiththe inward man; in the symbolicritual there will be a serviceofthe ou tward senses,and as there is a solidarity between the two evolutions, so there should be a solidarity between the liturgy and the ritual. there are also four chief processes in mysticism-regeneration, illumination, dedicationvand.the mystic marriage .orcommunicationwithdeity. these will be representedin"the four divisions of the service-s- regeneration through aspiration by an opening aspirational rite, illumination by the instruction. of lessons and discourses, dedication by asacrificialservice, the mystic marriagebyaeucharistic rite. three other ideas would also be involved by the ministry. o

GILBERT THE GOLDEN DAWN TWILIGHT OF THE MAGICIANS

ns are to be held in reverence for all are rays of that ineffable light which you are seeking. remember the penalty which awaits the breaker of his oath. remember the mystery which you have received. remember that things divine are not for those who understand the body alone for only those who are lightly armed will attain to the summit. remember thatgodalone is our light, the bestower of perfect illumination. no mortal power can do more than bring you to the pathwayofappendixc121wisdom.honourhimwho could, if it so pleased him, make it knowri to the heartofa child.theendsofthe earth are swept by the bordersofhis garmentofflames. fromhimproceed all things and unto him all things return. therefore we invoke him; therefore even the bannerofthe east falls in adoration before him. remember, las

GILBERT THE MAGICAL MASON

god as the boundless, the unlimited- undifferentiated, illimitable one; and the third stage is ain suph aur- boundless light, universal light-'letthere by light' was formulated, and 'there was light. the passive has just put on activity: the conscious god has awaked. let us now endeavour to conceive of the concentration of this effulgence, let us formulate a gathering together of the rays of this illumination into a crown of glorified radiance, and we recognisekether- the first sephira, first emanation of deity, the first conceivable attribute of immanent manifested godhead. the devout rabbi bows his head and adores the sublime conception.theconscious god having arisen in his energy, there follow immediately two further emanations, the trio subsiding into the symbol of a radiant triangle.c

rthodoxy to the indian doctrine,butfor myself, i was for fifteen years a kabalist and hermetist, before i entered upon the theosophic path, and so my attitude toward the kabalah is one of love anda further glance at the kabalah 99respect, as that of a pupil to a system which has led him from darkness into light, even if it may be that in the future the eastern wisdom may overshadow in my eyes the illumination of kabalism, my first mystic study -butfor that issue i am content to wait. i am not ashamed to have changed the opinions of my early manhood, and i shall not be ashamed to confess the change,ifby patient study and self-development i ever discard kabalism for the secret doctrine of tibet: our greatest living englishman, has i believe, said that 'a life-long consistency in matters of o

olerance has cursed every village of the land, and hardly a single sect has originated which hasnotonlyclaimed the right to differ from others and tocriticize-theclaims of atheosophist-butalso to persecute and assign to perdition all beyond its narrow margin.themystic, the occultist, the theosophist, do indeed dogood-orgod-service,by illustrating the basis and origins of all faiths and the mutual illumination that is available, for by tolerance and mutual esteem much good may arise,butby thea further glance atthekabalah 103internecine struggles of religionists, every faith is injured, and religion becomes a byword meaning intolerance, strife and vainglory, and the mark and profession of anearnestsectarian is that he is ever ready to condemn the efforts of others, in direct opposition to th

ixth to the ninth hour which is described by st luke in his gospel xxiv, v. 44, as occurring after the crucifixion of jesus, may have been due.to a solar eclipse. in job xxxvii, v. 22, the authorised version reads 'fair weather cometh out of thenorth',but the in revised version we read 'out of the north cometh golden splendour; and this is considered by maunder to refer to the aurora borealis, an illumination of the northern heavens occasionally seen even in england, but rarely, i believe, in palestine. in concluding this essay i may remark that while seeking among the books at my disposal for information upon the star lore of the bible, i have been struck by my inability to find that any researches upon the subject have been made by modern hebrew students. there must surely be an opportun

GILBERT R A THE MASONIC CAREER OF A

perhaps especially because it was so patent throughout that i could have told the worshipful master all that he was communicating to me. my initiation was nothing therefore but a means to an end: i awaited the grades beyond'54[54. he was not enthusiastic about his brother masons 'i like that phrase "brother of the appearance of light" applied to the masonic brethren to show that their attributed illumination is but phantasmal'55[55, nor about the formal management of a lodge 'the revised byelaws of the runymede lodge have been sent me. it is not to be expected that they should make for the life eternal and i suppose that they are not more eternally voided of all importance than other legislative documents framed for lodges and chapters by "hollow hearts and empty heads"56[56. he also disl

s on secret societies and on masonic symbolism. he was an active supporter of the f.r.c. and of the later golden dawn before it, but there is no evidence that he was involved prior to 1910 and thus it cannot be assumed that it was he who introduced waite to runymede lodge 62[62] slt, p. 164 common end, and that their correct interpretation would lead to a revelation of concealed ways to spiritual illumination. in his published works it is difficult to find this theory of the secret tradition clearly expressed, but it is put quite succinctly in the secret tradition in freemasonry:63[63 'the secret tradition contains, firstly, the memorials of a loss which has befallen humanity; and, secondly, the records of a restitution in respect of that which was lost. the keepers of the tradition perpet

GNOSTIC CATECHISM

perhaps especially because it was so patent throughout that i could have told the worshipful master all that he was communicating to me. my initiation was nothing therefore but a means to an end: i awaited the grades beyond'54[54. he was not enthusiastic about his brother masons 'i like that phrase "brother of the appearance of light" applied to the masonic brethren to show that their attributed illumination is but phantasmal'55[55, nor about the formal management of a lodge 'the revised byelaws of the runymede lodge have been sent me. it is not to be expected that they should make for the life eternal and i suppose that they are not more eternally voided of all importance than other legislative documents framed for lodges and chapters by "hollow hearts and empty heads"56[56. he also disl

s on secret societies and on masonic symbolism. he was an active supporter of the f.r.c. and of the later golden dawn before it, but there is no evidence that he was involved prior to 1910 and thus it cannot be assumed that it was he who introduced waite to runymede lodge 62[62] slt, p. 164 common end, and that their correct interpretation would lead to a revelation of concealed ways to spiritual illumination. in his published works it is difficult to find this theory of the secret tradition clearly expressed, but it is put quite succinctly in the secret tradition in freemasonry:63[63 'the secret tradition contains, firstly, the memorials of a loss which has befallen humanity; and, secondly, the records of a restitution in respect of that which was lost. the keepers of the tradition perpet

GNOSTIC HANDBOOK

c(k" community have little in common with the real gnostic legacy. various mystical brotherhoods have also arisen claiming to follow the gnosis, but these have, in the most, tended to be liberal christian organisations who have still not realised the complete framework of the gnostic system. most are simply supposed liberal minded christians who are sick of modern christianity but do not have the illumination of the gnostic traditions. the gnostic apostolic church has developed out of the work of pastor robert ledwidge who, after studying a wide range of spiritual traditions and systems, came to a realisation of the nature of the gnostic legacy and its ramifications in religious, political and developmental fields. the gnostic handbook page 121 the role and purpose of the gnostic apostolic

is is the inner council of the church, it is invigorated by the power of the pleroma and empowers the church and its activities. it interviews all candidates for ordination and has the final decision regarding approval or rejection of ordination candidates. sacraments of the church the gnostic apostolic church acknowledges seven sacraments, these are: 1 naming. 2 baptism. 3 ordination. 4 union. 5 illumination. 6 rites of passing. 7 feasts and festivals. the gnostic handbook page 123 in connection with these the church also acknowledges healing sacraments and the sacred eucharist. naming rituals are similar to baptisms, they welcome a child into the world and give a special protection for that child. however, they do not lock a child into any specific form of religious practice or tradition

well as into a spiritual life. ordination. ordination is that special sacrament that confirms a persons spiritual calling. in the traditions of the gnostic apostolic church it has two distinct forms, general and qadesh. each has its own specific vows and requirements. rites of union. these are the rites of union (they are available for either heterosexual or homosexual relationships of stability. illumination is the sacrament given to acknowledge the achieving of a state of spiritual enlightenment. it is a real sacrament of" sainthood" not the frail imitation the apostate church upholds. it is only given to the highest initiates of the path of the serpent. the rite of passing is the rite which guides a person through the time of death into the afterlife, it has much in common with the rite

GNOSTIC STUDIES THE GNOSTIC HANDBOOK II GNOSTIC THEURGY

theurgy page 5 the teachings offered in these books may, at first glance, seem to have much in common with materials you could receive from other occult, esoteric or spiritual organisation, but there also much that is at variance. the unique thing about the gnostic tradition is that it really comprehends the condition of modern man and his alienation from the energies which are the source of all illumination. while other traditions may have knowledge to offer, until they come to terms with the nature of the cosmic battle- the dualism which is at the centre of modern life, they cannot hope to offer real initiation or real spiritual transformation. it is not enough to have the right techniques or the latest rituals or tools, unless you know why they work and what they need to be used for. w

g about the development of all life. the fifth day fish and birds appear. these reflect the facets of the mind that are rejuvenated and reborn through transfiguration. the fish represent the creatures that swim in the water- that is those things which exist within the ebb and flow of the unconscious. the imagery of birds and flight illustrates the way in which the mind can now reach new levels of illumination. the image of flight is found in many esoteric traditions ranging from the chariots and vehicles that fly to the higher worlds which are found within the kabbalah and the vedas to the sacred birds of the celts and druids. from the chakric perspective the fifth day is the throat centre. the logos regenerates the mind and new levels of consciousness are reached. it is the blue centre, t

e paths, and integrate them whilst still existing in a fallen or earthly form. this knowledge or gnosis can then be used to help us grow in wisdom, leading us from word to word, deed to another deed until we are new and reborn beings. the mysteries of enochian the enochian script is a most unusual form of esoteric language. it is named after enoch, who it is rumoured, reached such a high state of illumination that he walked with god and was not. enochian as a language or symbol-system did not develop or evolve naturally as most languages do, but was received through the crystal gnostic theurgy page 114 gazing visions of john dee (1527-1608) through the mediumship of edward kelly. ohn dee, a respected scientist and later alchemist, began experimenting with the occult sciences but found hims

tic worldview but try and live in the same old way, this is simply not good enough. to enter the path, to experience transfiguration- is to transform. the old mind with its associated complexes, reactions and emotions must be dealt with- a new mind, and a new man is needed. we must realise that when we enter the path of transfiguration the mind does not change immediately and there is no flash of illumination and all is well. the unconscious is still full of engrams and the emotions are still tainted. if you took a group of people out of civilisation and put them in a desert, asking them to build a new society, after years of work you would find, to your horror, another form of the old civilisation, with all the same evils and all the same problems. the form may change but things stay the

f each age (either historically via reincarnation, or within a lifetime using various spiritual means. each period radiates an influence within the historical continuum, and brings man to consider his development. whether this consideration is positive or negative depends on the evolution of the individual and the world as a whole. each of the ages has a specific formula, and a means of spiritual illumination. for example, the age of pisces can be correlated with the imagery of horus and is the time which focuses on reconciliation of man with the light worlds. however, just as powerful as the formula of light, is the misuse of the aeonic force by the archons to create an unbalanced current. for example, in this same period, the apostate christian churches (under the direction of emperor co

GOETIA LUCIFERIAN

and publisher accept no responsibility for the misuse of this edition. the author wishes to thank- jack ehrhardt, ms. napper, frater scorpius nokmet, frater a.s.l, dana dark, a special thank you to fellow initiate marie buckner, ugly shyla and mother, robert mahar, shemyaza of immortal coil designs, magus books and all of the brothers and sisters of the order of phosphorus. lucifer triumphans! 3 illumination spell of the seeker the perception of the serpent s mind who in the dream of the celestial and infernal shall walk between the worlds. unto the angelic soul and fiery essence of the serpent, who comes as shadow but is revealed as light. i charge thee to open the gates of this book to those who are of its blood one who may take the knowledge of the pages in the in-between worlds of dre

higher articulation of being, that is, they resonate with the more developed aspects of the self i.e. communion with the initiatic guide/holy guardian angel. demons are spirits/fallen angels which proceed to grow in shadows and the darkness of the earth, but are as significant and beneficial as angelic spirits. in unity these djinn are of fire and air, thus enflame the very essence of self in the illumination of being (black flame self- perception and being. black magick is the development and refinement of the self on every level. it can be unpleasant such as questioning yourself and testing your limits, and it can be pleasure filled. it is necessary not to grow lazy while working with these spirits, as the work will then disintegrate and cause numerous problems. stay focused and resilien

e heart of man. this rite is designed to provide a short yet inspired working of invoking the holy guardian angel, from which one shall seek the communion of their higher spirit, genii, daemon and true will. as one comes into contact with the angel-daemon, an illuminated sense of self comes forth; a new type of being may begin to develop. the oath of the magician of the luciferian path is that of illumination and the great work of becoming. in the workings of goetic sorcery, no matter if the invocations/evocations are done in the aims of low sorcery or high sorcery, one should already have sought an operation of will and the discovery of the angel-serpent samael, the illuminator of the path itself. the common logic behind this theory is that you would not take an operation without knowing

have taken strength, isolate and beautiful, angelic essence, azal ucel, from which came into being cain i do invoke thee! south- devil-djinn of the burning desert sands and the sun, sortha n-din thy stave and fork unto the flame that is my soul shall be illuminated in this blackened light. shaitan the adversary, my soul enflamed! arogogoruabrao thiaf! east- lucifer revealed as azazel, bringer of illumination and love, who resides in shadow and light, cover and cloak my spirit with thy twelve wings, serpent skin covered from the shedding of the dragon, bring now forth the serpent essence of my soul! melek tau us, beautiful spirit of fire, i summon thee forth! photeth north- set-an, isolator and strengthening force of storms, that chaos which i have tempered in thy elegance of darkness. i g

reate divinity. in the sethian witchcraft current the sorcerer becomes as set him/herself, thus in the circle the first of witchblood unto the path. 20 upon the hour of noon- invocation of the djinn of fire ya! zat-i-shaitan! o ring of flame, scorching sun of the sun s height scorpion soul, who arises as the sun at noon sekak sekak, iasokilam i speak now unto the sun, from the fires of growth and illumination that in your pride and knowledge of self may i become as i summon your essence in this noontide hour, to the scorpion flame al-saiphaz, al-ruzam, at the point of the crossroads, when the sun is high i do speak thy words of power zazas, zazas, nasatanada zazas zrozo zoas nanomiala hekau zrazza sabai infernum i shall transcend and ascend above all things, myself may only strengthen in t

hich quarter where the spirit evoked would belong. the base of the triangle would be near the circle, the apex would point in the quarter of the spirit. it is suggested that one observes the moon also in the operation. the names surrounding the triangle are anapheaxeton, tetragrammaton and primeumation. the athame or blade of the white hilt the white hilt knife is the magickal tool of the work of illumination of the angelic guide, the solar and luciferian blade of the divine will. the white hilted knife is used in such works such as workings of the divine will, or angelick holy guardian angel. the athame is also used in circulating and visualizing light around the self encircling the being. you will want to decorate the handle in the runes of summoning and protection, as first described in

de pire ialprt zorse pambt ol, zimii oi comselh volcam g ananael vooan uniglag niisa vovim siaion yolcam ananael de babalon. 32 the invocation of the king being amaimon, gaap, paimon or zodimay great powerful amaimon, who exalted in the power of the spirits in the kingdom of the east (south, west or north) i invoke thee in the name of darkness, from the dwelling of darkness and in their power of illumination. in the name of primeumaton who reigns over the palaces of the sun and the moon i invoke thee to appear before this circle, in this triangle the very gathering place of spirits thou art fallen and perfected angel, who hath tasted the ecstasies as above and so below, sun nourished djinn who drank deep of the shadows, whose sword tortures those who would obey me not. i call and command

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS U3

ated ruler, and an anointed king, the viceroy and representative of the higher will, because inspired thereby, in his kingdom which is man. then shall it happen that the higher will, i.e, the lower genius, shall descend into the royal habitation, so that the higher will and the lower will shall be as one, and the higher genius shall descend into the kether of man, bringing with him the tremendous illumination of his angelic nature. and the man shall become what is said of enoch "and chanokh (enoch) made himself to walk with god and he was not, for god took him (genesis, 5:24" u2 u4 then also this shall thou know, that the nephesch of the man shall become as the genius of the evil persona, so that the evil persona itself shall be as the power of the divine in the qlippoth as it is said "wit

4 commentary by g.h. frater p.c.a. the keywords in the first part of the task undertaken by the adeptus minor are the words "royal habitation" this "royal habitation" as it is called, is absolutely essential. it is at the point when the higher will and the lower will become married, so to speak, that the higher genius descends into the kether of man, as it states, bringing with him the tremendous illumination of his angelic nature. this is the god in man, and the man in god, and like enoch, the adept shall walk with god. this clearly is an indication of the lack of all neurosis from a psychological point of view and perfect integration between the body, the mind, and the spirit of the actualized individual. it is here, at this point, that the adept no longer is in conflict with himself, bu

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS ZAM11

f the divine spirit, i invoke ye, ye angels of the watchtowers of the universe, and i solemnly charge ye by the divine names hwchy, hcwhy to guard this spirit and the sphere of very honored frater/soror, and keep far from him all evil and the unbalanced that they be not allowed to penetrate to his spiritual realm. inspire and sanctify him so that he may be a light into the body and the lantern of illumination guiding into the completion of the great work" step 18 move to the east. reunite with yourself, meditate on your spiritual self and your true will. step 19 move back to the west behind the altar, and close by the watchtower and final releae magical eucharist r. r. e t a. c. z e l a t o r a d e p t u s m i n o r 2 (note: this should be preferably performed between four to five adepts

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS ZAM2

t is only through death that we can rise again unto life "for if you will die with hwchy ye shall rise with him" osiris becomes osiris onnophoris, the justified one, only after death and resurrection. this is symbolized by the light of the sun, the golden dawn, rising in the darkness of early morning. light! the master jesus said "i am the light of the world" so, if we wish to rise into light and illumination, we must be prepared to "carry our cross" and become transformed on the cross of suffering. let us recall the words of the chief adept in the pastos "buried with that light in a mystical death, rising in a mystical resurrection, cleansed and purified by him, our master, o brother of the cross and rose. like him, o adepts of all ages have ye toiled. like him have ye suffered tribulatio

f greatest darkness. observe that these are the physical signs of light, lvx, to be performed with the deepest reverence during the "analysis of the keyword" sign of osiris slain at the equinox of a and g. light and darkness are equal. sign of the mourning of isis; the symbol of the goddess and spiritual fruitation. 5 sign of typhon/apophis; death, darkness, destruction. sign of osiris risen; the illumination of light overcoming death. examine the gematria in regard to the word lvx. l=50, v=5, x=10, for a total of 65. this is the number of yanda which translates into "my lord" lvx= 65= my lord and divinity follow closely the steps, and let the adept commit to memory the analysis of the keyword. it is of equal importance, that with each step, we meditate on the alchemical formula of spiritu

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS ZAM22

re this temple and rite duly closed. bell/ iconsecration ceremony for a sun (a) talisman r. r. e t a. c. z e l a t o r a d e p t u s m i n o r 2 it is without question that the most important planetary talisman the adept of our order can make and fully consecrate is a solar talisman. it is in this talisman that rtk shines through the visible sun to attract to the adept the solar rays of spiritual illumination. thus, the solar talisman may be used for the attraction of better health, greater vitality, increased creative abilities, and enhancement of the jwr. its greatest potential to the adept of our order is to act as a conduit of solar illumination into the trained adepts sphere of sensation. let the adept never be without conscious thought that the great angel of solar o, lakym, is here

GRAHAM HANCOCK FINGERPRINTS OF THE GODS

isely to the position of the setting sun.6 a more curious but equally deliberate effect could be observed on the equinoxes, 20 march and 22 september. then the passage of the sun s rays from south to north resulted at noon in the progressive obliteration of a perfectly straight shadow that ran along one of the lower stages of the western fa ade. the whole process, from complete shadow to complete illumination, took exactly 66.6 seconds. it had done so without fail, year-in year-out, ever since the pyramid had been built and would continue to do so until the giant edifice crumbled into dust.7 what this meant, of course, was that at least one of the many functions of the pyramid had been to serve as a perennial clock, precisely signalling the equinoxes and thus facilitating calendar correcti

you have died, but you will live. betake yourself to the waterway, fare upstream. travel about abydos in this spirit-form of yours which the gods commanded to belong to you.5 atef crown it was eight in the morning, a bright, fresh hour in these latitudes, when i entered the hushed gloom of the temple of seti i. sections of its walls were floor-lit by low-wattage electric bulbs; otherwise the only illumination was that which the pharaoh s architects had originally planned: a few isolated shafts of sunlight that penetrated through slits in the outer masonry like beams of divine radiance. hovering among the motes of dust dancing in those beams, and infiltrating the heavy stillness of the air amid the great columns that held up the roof of the hypostyle 1 atlas of ancient egypt, p. 36. 2 dates

GREENFIELD ALLEN SECRET CIPHER OF THE UFONAUTS

ion to the book of the law, however, as an idle experiment i began applying the cipher work to the funny names from mediumship, contacteeism and trance channeling, and what i found constitutes the solution to the ufo mystery. i do not make such a claim idly. others have made such claims, but verifiable proofs and methods of obtaining proofs have not been forthcoming. this volume presents for your illumination and, hopefully, edification, the cipher itself: its various decoding methods, its computer variants and some applications that will lead you directly to the truth about ufos. i m not suggesting that this is the only method by which one can solve the ufo mystery. i am suggesting that it is the easiest and most straightforward, and the most accessible to any intelligent lay person. alth

ological secular humanism or offbeat psychology on the one hand, or a religious fundamentalism grounded in a new faith substituted for christianity. but one should at least allow that the legend of secret chiefs may have some rather literal basis in fact; that there are high masters of the art scattered around the world, that they are in communication with one another, and that how they use their illumination depends upon their character and predisposition. this is all that one must grant to consider the great brotherhood, or secret chiefs, as well as their opposition plausible. in medieval tibet, this was known as the whispered succession. it is an open part of the literature of tantric yoga, and the often-invoked tibetan connection of adepts and publicists comes quickly to mind. it was t

GRIMM TEUTONIC MYTHOLOGY VOL 2 1883 COMPLETE

ligiis tibulli januae personificatio, cui amantes dolores suos narrant, quam orant, quam increpant; erat enim daemoniaca quaedam vis januarum ex opinione veterum, dissen s tib. 1, clxxix. conf. hartung s eel. der born. 2, 218 seq. 630 elements (ra. 265. faculis et faustis acclamationibus, ut prioribus regibus assueverant, obviam ei (non) procedebant/ lamb, schafn. ad an. 1077. of what we now call illumination, the lighting up of streets and avenues, there are probably older instances than those i am able to quote: von kleinen kerzen manec schoup geleit uf olboume loup/ of little tapers many a cluster ranged in olive bower, parz. 82, 25. detmar (ed. grautoff 1, 301) on the emp. charles iws entry into lubeck: des nachtes weren die luchten bernde ut alien husen, unde was so licht in der nacht

H SPENCER LEWIS ROSICRUCIAN MANUAL AMORC 1990

iod of transition from ebbing life at the west, to its dismal darkness of the north, likewise teaches man that life is continuous and immortal, rising again and again in the east, the south, and the west. in the east is the new life begun. from the east comes forth the glory of god "which is of god" therefore, in our lodges, the east is the point in which all fratres and sorores seek that dawn of illumination and divine resurrection, from the "dismal darkness of the north" that will make them free from the superstitions of darkness (ignorance, and the fears of night (evil. for this reason, the east is always respected and saluted, as the "place of divine illumination and resurrection" it must be so regarded at all times, and must never be occupied by the profane (unilluminated, uninitiated

free from the superstitions of darkness (ignorance, and the fears of night (evil. for this reason, the east is always respected and saluted, as the "place of divine illumination and resurrection" it must be so regarded at all times, and must never be occupied by the profane (unilluminated, uninitiated) or the unworthy. the "south" the "south" in our lodges, is that point where the sun (source of illumination) shines in the greatest glory and strength, and finds the culmination of its ascendency in the realm of heaven (spirituality. therefore, this point is where the divine mind finds fullest (spiritual) expression, and is occupied in all lodges by the chaplain, the spiritual representative of god in his temple. from the "south" shall come words of prayer and holy blessings, in all matter

69 he bought a casde to house the headquarters of the french jurisdiction, where it now conducts its activities. the castle, chateau d'omonville, is located in le tremblay, 27110-le neubourg (normandy) france.[142] and the rosicrucian code of life a special manuscript prepared for this manual by dr. h. spencer lewis (first imperator of the present cycle of amorc)[143] part eight attaining psychic illumination "when the student is ready" the question may be asked:"what is the ultimate goal of rosicrucian study and preparation? it is an old question that has been answered thousands of times in each country by the attainment that has come into the lives of the most devoted students. it is well that the neophyte and the adept alike should be reminded again of the real purpose of the work we ar

, or through the occasional attendance at lectures and discourses. if time is of no consequence, then a student may wait until the close of this incarnation or even another, for the appearance of that master who is to be his personal teacher. here again we may ask:"what master, what teacher? surely not an earthly master, for such do not require the preparation and development necessary for cosmic illumination. the sincere student who truly prepares himself and becomes worthy of the personal instruction from a master soon develops beyond the point where any earthly master would satisfy. only a cosmic master would meet the requirements of one who is ready. how to prepare how, then, shall the student prepare most efficiently and with the utmost economy of time? this, too, is an age-old questi

equate to express the sublime facts. there are some conditions of cosmic life which even the language of the shakespeare gems could not describe. we may comprehend, we may apprehend, and there may come to us, through words, some faint conception of the beauty, magnificence, and divinity of the cosmic scheme, but never a complete realization until we have made the personal contact and found cosmic illumination. know, then, that there is a wonderful union or assembly of master minds, master personalities, who constitute the holy assembly of the cosmic. one of these masterful characters, kut-hu-mi, the illustrious, is shown in a portrait in another part of the manual. he was one of the two masters referred to by the ancient mystics and made somewhat known to advanced theosophists by the late

y, mastership in the great white brotherhood is certain, and assignment to service as imperator, magus, or hierophant in some phase of the work on earth will then bring affiliation with the great white lodge. how is such instruction given by the personal master? it is, truly, personal, and is given through the media of the cosmic. in other words, it becomes what is generally referred to as cosmic illumination, or cosmic consciousness, for at certain hours, days, or weeks of one's life one becomes conscious of some new and astounding knowledge, often with, and sometimes without, being aware of the presence or contact of the personal teacher. the student, who attains membership in the great white brotherhood, after due preparation and real worthiness, first discovers this by becoming conscio

imate goals of selfmastery, harmony and peace, we are also protective of our contact, our devotion, our active participation with others of the order. through our active participation our own membership comes to have for us deep meaning and significance that is indeed precious. for active members, the order's work comes to signify and represent an inner process unfolding within themselves. divine illumination the great goal of the great white brotherhood (see definition in rosicrucian dictionary) is ever before the vision of all sincere rosicrucians. the word "white" has no reference to race. it alludes to light. the sublime joy of cosmic consciousness, divine illumination, can be known only through experience; and those who have made the contact have written in hundreds of books in the pa

HAMIL THE ROSICRUCIAN SEER

kedonalchemyandastrologywith johannes keppler. brahegaveastrologicalinterpretations ofastronomicaleffects.a firm believer inastrology,he stated it was 'not adelusivesciencewhen kept within bounds and not abused by ignorantpeople. 3 see introduction and letters. 4alexandertilloch (1759-1825),formerlytulloch, editor ofhockley'slettersto the [winssoul by which the adept sought divine union by way of illumination gained in an exalted form of mesmeric trance.'2unidentified. 3 unidentified. 4 helena petrovna blavatsky (1831-91. bom in russia, later became an american citizen. widely travelled; an avid reader of occult, mystical, and religious works, she founded, with col. olcott, the theosophical society in new york in 1877. she also dabbled in spiritualism but on at least three occasions her se

HELENA BLAVATSKY THE KEY TO THEOSOPHY

is reached by those who have devoted several incarnations to its achievement. for, remember well, no man has ever reached adeptship in the secret sciences in one life; but many incarnations are necessary for it after the formation of a conscious purpose and the beginning of the needful training. many may be the men and women in the very midst of our society who have begun this uphill work toward illumination several incarnations ago, and who yet, owing to the personal illusions of the present life, are either ignorant of the fact, or on the road to losing every chance in this existence of progressing any farther. they feel an irresistible attraction toward occultism and the higher life, and yet are too personal and self-opinionated, too much in love with the deceptive allurements of munda

HINE PHIL ASPECTS OF EVOCATION

th, the demon feast, trial by fire, communion with the dead- and the subsequent return- the realisation of power, and the subsequent return to human affairs as an initiate. the core elements in this process can be summarised as follows: phase of departure: summons to depart, seperation from mundane life, descent. phase of initiation: ordeals, the labyrinth, womb, whales. belly, guides and allies. illumination/transformation phase of return: rebirth, return to world. mastery awareness of this process is a central theme of the contemporary approach to development which has come to be known as chaos magick, an approach which focuses on the examination and removal of belief structures, the cultural conditioning which defines our experience of the world. deliberate self-wounding, to facilitate

, so that each segment contained the powers and abilities of the original entity. on a still further level of generalisation, you can create servitors who have no specific function or provenance, saving 14 that they serve to increase the success of one.s own magics. such servitors can be used in both major and minor acts of magic, and are particularly useful in acts of enchantment, divination, or illumination. servitor dependency it is generally held that each usage of a servitor serves to .feed. it, and that each result which is rated as a success, serves to enhance it.s power. it is also a good idea to get into the habit of attributing any occurrences within the sphere of activity of that servitor, to it.s work. this can lead to problems, though. in 1992 i created a servitor called .eure

lly held that each usage of a servitor serves to .feed. it, and that each result which is rated as a success, serves to enhance it.s power. it is also a good idea to get into the habit of attributing any occurrences within the sphere of activity of that servitor, to it.s work. this can lead to problems, though. in 1992 i created a servitor called .eureka. it.s given sphere of activity was that of illumination- inspiration, new ideas, the boosting of creativity and brainstorming in general. initially, the servitor exceeded all my expectations of it.s performance. i used it to stimulate new ideas for writing, lecturing and facilitating seminars& workshops. with a colleague, it became a focus for brainstorming- acting as a third mind arising from conversation. each time we made a creative lea

o a flow of creative thinking. it seemed that eureka had become such a dominant element in the dynamics of my own creative process that, once it was removed, i found it much harder to get into the appropriate frame of mind. i had become dependent upon the servitor. eventually, the servitor was recalled and disassembled in such a way that a .splinter. of it.s original power survived as a focus for illumination. having been made wiser by this experience, i only occasionally use this fragment of the original servitor as a focus for creativity. viral servitors it is possible to instruct servitors to replicate or reproduce 15 themselves. approaches to this include instructing the servitor to replicate itself as a form of cell-division, replication which follows cybernetic or viral parameters, o

HINE P OVEN READY CHAOS

and vexes, give us the voodoo power and confuse our enemies. 6. face west: blessed apostle sri syadasti3, patron of psychedelia, teach us the relative truth and blow our minds. 27 oven-ready chaos 7. face north: blessed apostle zarathud4, hard-nosed hermit, grant us the erisian doubt, and the constancy of chaos. 8. look up (or down: blessed apostle malaclypse5, elder saint of discordia, grant us illumination and protect us from stupidity. 9. look all over the place: great goddess discordia, holy mother eris, joy of the universe, laughter of space, grant us life, light, love and liberty and make the bloody magick work! 10. hail eris! all hail discordia! notes* for more on the spiral pentagrams, see the next section. 1.hung mung is the discordian link to the chinese mysteries and it is none

e/ fear of homoeroticism. he found that he could accept intellectually his repressed attractions to other males, and thus thought himself liberated. he then went on to have several homosexual encounters which he said, did not give him any physical pleasure, but merely fed his belief that he had sexually liberated himself. deconditioning is rarely simple. often people who have had an experience of illumination report that all their old repressive structures have dropped away. tear down a building in the city of identities and it grows back, sometimes with a different shape. one of the effects of intense gnosis is the shattering of layers of belief structure, but it is generally found that unless followup work is done, the sense of shattered belief-structures is transitory. you should also c

ik order, amookos. 10. keeping a diary despite the glamour of chaos magic as being spontaenous, do-what-you-like, smash-the-sephiroth and loose your demons git ard magic, it s generally considered that keeping a diary of experiences& magical experiments is essential. a magical record charters your progress, failures, experiments and insights. if after a brain-crunching ritual, you have a flash of illumination, and don t write it down, chances 46 phil hine are you ll forget it, and that particular pearl of wisdom will be lost forever. morever, it s a good discipline to get into, and i often find that, when writing up a summary of a working, i often recall things that haven t previously occurred to me. it s also one of the few times when you don t have to censor your thoughts, though names m

h the fledgling magician may step with safety, and absolve himself of responsibility for being creative and innovative. the demand of chaos magick is that you weave your own path of development, rather than following someone else s- and how you weave that path is largely left up to you. where is chaos magick going? there is no discernable, distinct path that is going somewhere- no golden bliss of illumination or stated goal tied into the approach. the end-point, if indeed there is such, is for you to decide and discover. critics of the chaos approach (both outside and within the corpus) have highlighted a tendency towards playing with magick- trying out different magical systems with the same blitheness that we might try different flavours of ice cream. some practitioners try out different

ical level, that guides the information that becomes the content of conscious experience, is thought by some neuroscientists to be the key to ascs. some have postulated that such experiences may be programmed at the genetic level, but that individual experiences determine whether or not the program manifests as an evolutionary experience (leading to enhanced survival capacity) or a systems crash. illumination illumination. the inspiration, enlightenment and liberation resulting from success with these [gnosis] methods. pete carroll, liber null illumination is the much-desired goal for which many thousands of people worldwide, have employed different pyschotechnologies, and developed their own psychocosms. illumination has also been linked with the use of lsd& similar drugs, and perhaps mos

ch-desired goal for which many thousands of people worldwide, have employed different pyschotechnologies, and developed their own psychocosms. illumination has also been linked with the use of lsd& similar drugs, and perhaps most mysteriously of all, it can occurr seemingly spontaenously, to people who have no knowledge or expectation of it. 63 oven-ready chaos what characterises an experience of illumination? nona coxhead, a researcher into bliss states lists some of the prevalent factors as: 1. unity- a fading of the self-other divide 2. transcendence of space& time as barriers to experience 3. positive sensations 4. a sense of the numinous 5. a sense of certitude- the realness of the experience 6. paradoxical insights 7. transcience- the experience does not last 8. resultant change in a

r holders are sanctioned tobacco, alchohol, barbituates;the consumeracceptable choices. it would be naive to understate the influence of drugs in western magick, yet there is much moralising done on the subject, and an insistence that ascs gained via drugs are not as valid as other routes. research into the use (and abuse) of psychotropic agents indicates that users experience the same effects as illumination brought on by other techniques. however, an american researcher, w.n. pankhe notes that the hardest work may come after the experience, in the effort to integrate it with everyday life. witness, for example, the number of acid casualties who end up as born-again christians. lsd was, after all, investigated by the cia in the 50s as a possible brainwashing agent. if you want to look at

HOWE THE ALCHEMIST OF THE GOLDEN DAWN

iry into the hermetic i\1ystery with a dissertati n on the more celebrated of the alchemical philosophers, was published anonymously in 1850. it was not by thomas south but by his daughter mary anne (later atwood. in his hermetica catalogue no. 25 (summer 1981) mr r. a. gilbert described it as an attempt to 'explain alchemy as a science of the soul by which the adept sought divine union by way of illumination gained in an exalted form of weare so sorry we could not see more of you whilst in london. we returned from yorkshire last evening and mrs ayton is decidedly the better for the change, in fact as nearly as possible, herself again. i meant to mention a book to you, but had not the opportunity. it is the revd- south 1142.1.8 ihermet c myste!y, ilondon i 1850 \8 0 suggestive inquiry into

HP LOVECRAFT A DARK LORE

iries and surveying with which i had meanwhile busied myself. so on this summer night, while distant thunder rumbled, i left a silent motor-car and tramped with two armed companions up the last mound-covered reaches of tempest mountain, casting the beams of an electric torch on the spectral grey walls that began to appear through giant oaks ahead. in this morbid night solitude and feeble shifting illumination, the vast boxlike pile displayed obscure hints of terror which day could not uncover; yet i did not hesitate, since i had come with fierce resolution to test an idea. i believed that the thunder called the death-demon out of some fearsome secret place; and be that demon solid entity or vaporous pestilence, i meant to see it. i had thoroughly searched the ruin before, hence knew my pla

round library 'y'ai 'ng'ngah, yog-sothoth' and so on till the final underlined zhro. it seemed to soothe him, and he staggered to his feet after a time; lamenting bitterly his fright-lost torch and looking wildly about for any gleam of light in the clutching inkiness of the chilly air. think he would not; but he strained his eyes in every direction for some faint glint or reflection of the bright illumination he had left in the library. after a while he thought he detected a suspicion of a glow infinitely far away, and toward this he crawled in agonised caution on hands and knees amidst the stench and howling, always feeling ahead lest he collide with the numerous great pillars or stumble into the abominable pit he had uncovered. once his shaking fingers touched something which he knew mus

HP LOVECRAFT THE LURKING FEAR

iries and surveying with which i had meanwhile busied myself. so on this summer night, while distant thunder rumbled, i left a silent motor-car and tramped with two armed companions up the last mound-covered reaches of tempest mountain, casting the beams of an electric torch on the spectral grey walls that began to appear through giant oaks ahead. in this morbid night solitude and feeble shifting illumination, the vast boxlike pile displayed obscure hints of terror which day could not uncover; yet i did not hesitate, since i had come with fierce resolution to test an idea. i believed that the thunder called the death-demon out of some fearsome secret place; and be that demon solid entity or vaporous pestilence, i meant to see it i had thoroughly searched the ruin before, hence knew my plan

INITIATION INTO HERMETICS

e spoken of as sheer miracles. but as you have gathered from what i have explained up to now, these phenomena are no miracles, for in the true sense of the word, miracles do not exist at all. the magician recognizes the higher powers and their laws, and he knows how to utilize them for the benefit of mankind. a number of examples could be quoted here, but some hints may suffice for him, who seeks illumination. 2. impregnation of the astral body with the four fundamental divine qualities when the magician has arrived at this stage of development, he will begin to express his concept of god in concrete ideas. the mystic, being trained in one side only, or a yogi, etc, sees in his deity nothing else but a mere aspect to which he renders worship and adoration. the truly wise adept, who always

t also the truth that the clergy, theosophists, spiritualists or whatever they are called are antagonistically inclined just as if only their chosen path leads to god. all men seeking this path to, and union with, god should always remember the words of jesus christ, the great master of the mystics who said, love thy neighbor as thyself. this sentence ought to be a sacred command to any seeker of illumination on this spiritual path. many of the beings who had to leave our material world and who had no opportunity at all on this planet to attain the true cognition in the spirit complained in the higher spheres about the fact that the true knowledge reserved so long to the chosen ones in the past is not obtainable here below. consequently the mysteries that have been kept as secrets for thou

INVOCATION OF THE ADVERSARY

to create divinity. in the sethian witchcraft current the sorcerer becomes as set him/herself, thus in the circle the first of witchblood unto the path. upon the hour of nooninvocation of the djinn of fire ya! zat-i-shaitan! o ring of flame, scorching sun of the sun s height scorpion soul, who arises as the sun at noon sekak sekak, iasokilam i speak now unto the sun, from the fires of growth and illumination that in your pride and knowledge of self may i become as i summon your essence in this noontide hour, to the scorpion flame al-saiphaz, al-ruzam, at the point of the crossroads, when the sun is high i do speak thy words of power zazas, zazas, nasatanada zazas zrozo zoas nanomiala hekau zrazza sabai infernum i shall transcend and ascend above all things, myself may only strengthen in t

ISRAEL REGARDIE A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GEOMANTIC DIVINATION

bundance, plenty, growth, expansion, generosity. spirituality, visions, dreams, long journeys. bankers, creditors, debtors, gambling. success. 3. mars. energy, haste, anger. construction or destruction, according to context and application. danger, accidents, surgery, vitality, and magnetism. 4. sun. superiors, employers, executives, officials. power and success. life, money, growth of all kinds. illumination, imagination, mental power and creativity. health. 5. venus. social affairs, affections and emotions, women, younger people. all pleasures, including the arts: music, beauty, extravagance, luxury and self-indulgence. 6. mercury. business matters. writing, contracts, judgment, and short travels. buying, selling, bargaining. neighbours, giving and obtaining information. literary capabil

JASMUHEEN THE FOOD OF GODS

the physical nature of man as a crucible into which the light of the god force is poured. the right arm of the cross denotes the east and the positive charge of the trinity and is qualified by the pink light of divine love which is released when we act appropriately with the challenges of the left arm. the southern section of the cross carries the energies of divine wisdom, or the golden flame of illumination which imbues both the left and right arm with direction and purpose. the violet light ray is the seventh ray of spiritual freedom which is refracted to form the 3 rays of blue, pink and golden light. the cross also symbolizes the perfect integration of god and man and the freedom we find when we release the energies of this trinity within us and allow them to radiate through our world

nce that fails to grasp the fact that love must be given priority, that everything must be for love, with love and because of love, is not really intelligence at all love is the heart of everything and if they (mankind) make it the one motive power behind every aspect of their lives, the intense heat of their love will be transformed into dazzling light and their intelligence will be illuminated. illumination can only come from love. in dimensional biofield science everything is temporary, transient, supported by fields of energy that constantly merge and dance and pulse with their own rhythm to form worlds. and the foundation of the grid that supports it all, that binds it all together, is love. so to many the greatest gift of our journey through the fields is to discover and feel and tru

JENNINGS HARGRAVE ROSICRUCIANS RITES MYSTERIES

m liquid gold; which was an achievement assumed to have been only known to the rosicrucians, who boasted this among some of their other stupendous arts. baptista porta, in his treatise on natural magic, relates that about the year 1550, in the island of nesis, in the bay of naples, a marble sepulchre of a certain roman was discovered; upon the opening of which a burning lamp, affording a powerful illumination, was discovered. the light of this lamp plaed on the admission of the air, and it was speedily extinguished. it appeared from undoubted tokens in the mode of inscription that this wonderful lamp had been placed in its present receptable before the advent of the saviour. those who saw the lamp declared that the effulgence was of the most dazzling character; that the light did not flick

hat the intimate essences of natural things were only to be known by the trying efforts of fire, directed in a chemical process. the theosophists also insisted that human reason was a dangerous and deceitful guide; that no real progress could be made in knowledge or in religion by it; and that to all vital that is, supernatural purpose it was a vain thing. they taught that divine and supernatural illumination was the only means of arriving at truth. their name of paracelsists was derived from paracelsus, the eminent physician and chemist, whowas the chief ornament of this extraordinary sect. in england, robert flood, or fludd, was their great advocate and exponent. rivier, who wrong in france; severinus, an author of denmark; kunrath, an eminent phyisican of dresden; and daniel hoffmann, p

monolith, marking up the tradition of the supernaturally real, and only real, fire-dogma. buried so far down in time, the suspicion assents that there must somehow be truth in the foundation; not fanciful, legendary, philosophical creed-truth, unexplainable (and only to be admitted without question) truth; but truth, however mysterious and awing, yet cogent, and not to be of philosophy (that is, illumination) denied. the death and descent of balder into the hell of the scandinavians may be supposed to be the purgatory of the human unit (or the god-illuminate, from the light (through the god-dark phases of being, back into its native light. balder was the scandinavian sun-god, and the same as the egyptian osiris, the greek hercules, bacchus, and phoebus, or apollo, the indian crishna, the

hts was the mysterious worship to which fire rose as the answer. from religion the beacon passed into military use. on certain set occasions, and on special saints days, and at other times of observance, as the traveller in ireland well knows, the multitude of fires on the tops of the hills, and in any conspicuous situation, would gladden the eyes of the most devout parsee. the special subject of illumination, however we may have become accustomed to regard it as the most ordinary expression of triumph, and of mere joyous celebration, has its origin in a much more abstruse and sacred source. in scotland, particularly, the reverential ideas associated with these mythic fires are strong. perhaps in no country have the impressions of superstition deeper hold than in enlightened, thoughtful, e

iritually, and gave him another body, made up of ether (rosicrucian ther um. thenceforward he consisted of the two first rosicrucian principles only, soul and spirit; which was the cause that the disciples did not recognise him after the resurrection. during his sojourn upon earth of eighteen months after he had risen, he received from sophia (soph, suph, or holy wisdom, that perfect knowledge or illumination, that true gnosis, which he communicated to the small number of the apostles who were capable of receiving the same. the gnostic authorities are st. irenaeus in the first place, tertullian, clemens alexandrinus, origen, st. epiphanius. the gnostics are divided into sects, bearing the names of valentinians, carpocratians, basilideans, and manich ans. gnwsij, gnosis, gnossos: thence gno

e gauls and the red of englandis derived red is the national colour of the welsh as witness the red dragon) ofwales,&c. rouge- dragon therefore the lis, or creature-forms in the deep, or blue. white. synthesis of the colours, or light (green,when living, inorganic forms such as the herb of the field, or trees &c. colour of the fairy races. smaragdine) or white in perfect light. saint john. mystic illumination. saint-esprit. blue. materialworld, or great deep, or ark, or world made manifest, or sea, or c, or patient, or isis, or venus, or reginacoeli, or heva or eve, orth )oth,&c.&c.&c. hdj f 1. blue ark arc (patient. 2. white produced (neuter) 3. red producer (agent) also triad of the diatonic scale. musical harmony. music of the spheres (jacob s metaphorical ladder) 164 the rosicrucians

nited,national, successive colours of france. teraphim. seraphim. cherubim. 1. fire. gaulois. represented by vertical lines, as indicative of the aspiring rays of this noblest and most active element. salique, or salic, from thesalii, or priests ofmars. red. in heraldry, there are only two chief colours: red (gules, or the princedom of this world; and blue (azure, or the queendom of thisworld* 2. illumination. light: synthesis of colours. it is magic, or sacred, because it stands for the third person of the triune. it is the colour of the bourbons. it also supplies the field, or ground-colour, to the emblazonment of the order of the saint-esprit, or of the h.g. it also refers mystically to revelation, and tosaint john. white 3. it stands for the great deep, or for matter in the abstract. i

JESSUP MK THE CASE FOR THE UFO

ody would have no warning. yet if such a thing were a few hundred yards in diameter, its mass in resisting the plane would be thousands of pounds, perhaps tons. the analogy to a ship hitting an iceberg would be very close. if such a force island were formed in the upper atmosphere, it might be very possible for it to have many of the physical characteristics of a solid body, and yet in matters of illumination it could behave exactly as any other auroral phenomena. in this connection we must remember that auroral phenomena are magnetic and may be caused by streams of electrons from the sun which are, in effect, precisely the type of force beam upon which we are speculating. yes, he is close, but doesn't think of mag. inductors or of gravity as "air" or thought of in jet propulsion. he doesn

mmon traits of maneuverability, transparency, color, and evidence of intelligent manipulation, not to mention the ability to appear and disappear at will, as did the saucers over washington in 1952. there is a report on a puzzling light seen in hampshire on the night of september 14, 1908 a light as if from an unseen moon. strangely enough, that same night, david packer, in worcestershire, saw an illumination which he thought was auroral, and proceeded to photograph it. what he saw was a broad, diffuse series of cloudlike illuminations. his photograph in english mechanic showed a large luminous disc of sphere over the auroral illuminations. this does not in any way indicate a flaw in the film or lights leaking into the camera. the only possible explanation in that case is based on the conv

diameter "b" the nearer one, would be about one-tenth as great. this is in keeping with our mother ship concept. as for the red color, which peters doubted so bitterly, it is simply explained when we realize that the objects were near the earth. at such a distance, they must have been within the penumbra of the moon's shadow. they thus escaped direct sunlight which would have given them crecentic illumination. however, they were illuminated by sunlight which came first to the earth through a long thickness of atmosphere and was reflected back from the surface. the blue light was therefore screened out. when the light finally got back to the objects it was red. on being returned by them to the observers, the light passed a third time through the atmosphere and naturally it was very red. tho

KARR DON NOTES ON EDITIONS OF SEFER YETZIRAH IN ENGLISH

m, p. 212) the 1906 edition of the jewish encyclopedia (vol. xii, pp. 602-8) contains the article sefer yezirah by louis ginzberg. joshua abelson s jewish mysticism: an introduction to the kabbalah (london: g. bell and sons, 1913; rpt. new york: sepher-hermon press, 1969& 1981; and mineola: dover publications, inc, 2001) has a brief chapter (v) on sy. ponce, charles. kabbalah. an introduction and illumination for the world today. san francisco: straight arrow press, 1973. ponce s sections of sy may well be the strongest parts of his book, for elsewhere there are numerous errors and omissions. the first segment on sy (pp. 100-111) resides in a discussion of the sefirot; here we find the first twelve paragraphs of sy in english. ponce attributes the translation to westcott (though it is simi

KARR DON NOTES ON THE STUDY OF EARLY KABBALAH JEWISH MYSTICISM IN ENGLISH

atic school and the catalonian/castilian theosophic school, which included nahmanides and the zohar. fenton, paul. gsolitary meditation in jewish and islamic mysticism in the light of a recent archeological discovery, h in medieval encounters, volume 1, number 2 (leiden: brill, october 1995. fishbane, eitan. gauthority, tradition, and the creation of meaning in medieval kabbalah: isaac of acre fs illumination of the eyes, h in the journal of the american academy of religion, vol. 72, issue 1 (atlanta: emory university, march 2004. contemplative practice and the transmission of kabbalah: a study of isaac of acre fs me firat eeinayim. ph.d. dissertation, waltham: brandeis university, 2003. huss, boaz. gnisan.the wife of the infinite: the mystical hermeneutics of rabbi isaac of acre, h in kab

LAITMAN M BASIC CONCEPTS IN KABBALAH

y led to an understanding of the logical design of the universe and the life whose home it is. the science of kabbalah, a revolutionary work that is unmatched in its clarity, depth, and appeal to the intellect, will enable readers to approach the more technical works of baal hasulam (rav yehuda ashlag, such as talmud eser sefirot and zohar. although scientists and philosophers will delight in its illumination, laymen will also enjoy the satisfying answers to the riddles of life that only authentic kabbalah provides. now, travel through the pages and prepare for an astonishing journey into the upper worlds. introduction to the book of zohar: is the second in a series written by kabbalist and scientist rav michael laitman, which will prepare readers to understand the hidden message of the zo

LAITMAN M FROM CHAOS TO HARMONY

understanding of the logical design of the universe and the life whose home it is. the science of kabbalah, a revolutionary work that is unmatched in its clarity, depth, and appeal to the intellect, will enable readers to approach the more technical works of baal hasulam (rav yehuda ashlag, such as talmud eser sefirot and the book of zohar. although scientists and philosophers will delight in its illumination, laymen will also enjoy the satisfying answers to the riddles of life that only authentic kabbalah provides. now, travel further reading 205 through the pages and prepare for an astonishing journey into the upper worlds. introduction to the book of zohar: this volume is a required preparation for those who wish to understand the hidden message of the zohar. among the many helpful topi

LAITMAN M KABBALAH REVEALED

rstanding of the logical design of the universe and the life whose home it is. the science of kabbalah, a revolutionary work that is unmatched in its clarity, depth, and appeal to the intellect, and will enable readers to approach the more technical works of baal hasulam (rav yehuda ashlag, such as talmud eser sefirot and the book of zohar. although scientists and philosophers will delight in its illumination, laymen will also enjoy the satisfying answers to the riddles of life that only authentic kabbalah provides. now, travel through the pages and prepare for an astonishing journey into the upper worlds. introduction to the book of zohar is the second in a series written by kabbalist and scientist rav michael laitman, which will prepare readers to understand the hidden message of the zoh

LAITMAN M KABBALAH ATTAINING THE WORLDS BEYOND

altruistic qualities. the surrounding light is the creator himself, while the inner light (the soul- 246- attaining the worlds beyond is only that "part" of the creator that an individual can acquire after improving one s own qualities to a certain degree. so how can we receive the light of the creator when we have not yet repaired our dispositions? the answer is simple: only by intensifying the illumination of the surrounding light. in other words, we will achieve this only by increasing the exaltedness and importance of the creator in our eyes by constantly yearning to sense the creator as the source of all existence and everything that is done. we must understand that everything that happens to us is an act of god, and that there is nothing in the world other than him. all of our effor

hest spiritual perception. only in such a case is the first line known as the right line, as perfection, because the joy comes to us not from our own condition but from the relation of the creator to us that allowed us to act outside the boundaries of selfish egoistic the work along the three lines- 419- desires. in such a state, though we may still be enslaved by egoism, we can receive spiritual illumination from above. although the upper illumination has not yet entered us because light cannot enter egoistic desires, this light nevertheless surrounds us (ohr makif) and bonds us with the spiritual. it also helps us realize that even the most minute connection with the creator is already a great reward and pleasure. as for the perception of the light, we must tell ourselves that it is not

LAITMAN M KABBALAH SCIENCE AND THE MEANING OF LIFE

e to understand what they are learning, they awaken upon themselves the lights that surround their souls. when one engages in this wisdom, mentioning the names of the lights and the vessels related to one s soul, they immediately shine upon us to a certain measure. however, they shine for him without clothing the interior of his soul for lack of the able vessels to receive them. despite that, the illumination one receives time after time during the engagement draws upon one grace from above, imparting one with abundance of sanctity and purity, which bring one much closer to reaching perfection--baal hasulam introduction to the study of ten sefirot, item 155 pa r t i i i: p e r c e p t i o n o f r e a l i t y 152 once the first picture of the new reality appears, the remainder of the evolut

led to an understanding of the logical design of the universe and the life whose home it is. the science of kabbalah, a revolutionary work that is unmatched in its clarity, depth, and appeal to the intellect, will enable readers to approach the more technical works of baal ha- sulam (rav yehuda ashlag, such as talmud eser sefirot and zohar. although scientists and philosophers will delight in its illumination, laymen will also enjoy the satisfying answers to the riddles of life that only authentic kabbalah provides. now, travel through the pages and prepare for an astonishing journey into the upper worlds. introduction to the book of zohar: is the second in a series written by kabbalist and scientist rav michael laitman, which will prepare readers to understand the hidden message of the zo

LAITMAN M THE KABBALAH EXPERIENCE

eive it in the form of pleasure. however, until we are ready, that light remains around us, concealed, and waits for us to be ready to receive it. kabbalists are people who receive that light openly. their writing leaves the contact they have with the light within the text. therefore, when we study from a book written by a genuine kabbalist and in the right system, we can draw in a more effective illumination of surrounding light, which cleanses the soul and prepares us to receive the light. t h e k a b b a l a h e x p e r i e n c e 34 then, we can be filled with the upper light and feel ourselves whole and eternal. but the correction under the influence of the surrounding light is done gradually, and in portions. to the extent that we absorb the attributes of the light, we correct ourselv

s written some 1900 years ago. all of these books are still for sale today. through them, we can study the wisdom of kabbalah. the principal, fundamental book that we study by is called talmud eser hasefirot (the study of the ten sefirot. it consists of six volumes and more than 2000 pages that depict the laws of the system of creation in scientific terms. when we study them, we receive a special illumination, a special providence from above. even if we still do not understand a single word we read, even if we haven t got a clue about the spiritual world, approaching the creator begins from the very first lesson. but we can only learn by studying from books, or listening to the recorded lessons--there is no other method. when kabbalists write books, they have already reached a certain spir

he spiritual world, approaching the creator begins from the very first lesson. but we can only learn by studying from books, or listening to the recorded lessons--there is no other method. when kabbalists write books, they have already reached a certain spiritual level. when we read the books, wanting to somehow come in contact with that world from which the kabbalist wrote, we are enfolded in an illumination from that place. we do not feel it, but it slowly prepares us for the phase when we begin to feel more and more of what the books describe. this is how one enters the spiritual world. of course, it is not as simple as i present it v there is a whole system here, involving studying specific articles and lessons and following a specific syllabus. t h e k a b b a l a h e x p e r i e n c

t! q: how much does group study accelerate the spiritual progress of a person who studies alone? a: millions of times. a person who studies alone can only use one s own vessel to receive the light of the creator, meaning spirituality. people who study in a group, even if they sometimes argue, create a kind of spiritual vessel that consists of all the participants, and everyone begins to enjoy its illumination. let us assume that there are ten participants. the illumination that is received is not ten times as much as a single individual can receive, but millions of times stronger. the reason is the incorporation, meaning the soul of each and every one of the participants consists of 620 parts, with each part joining the others. the mixture of the parts together creates one collective vesse

ration, all it takes to reach the upper world is the study of kabbalah. therefore, today asceticism and restrictions that people used to practice are no longer necessary. kabbalists have drawn the upper light t h e s t u d y o f k a b b a l a h 117 toward us, especially since the time of the ari (16th century, as it says: the light in it reforms, meaning the study of kabbalah awakens an invisible illumination of upper light that corrects man. kabbalists explain that the study of kabbalah awakens that illumination within the disciple more intensively than any other study. therefore, they advise anyone who wants to attain spirituality and the purpose of creation to study kabbalah. of course you can go on building houses, buying cars and giving expensive gifts, but it s important to maintain

he help of dwellers of clay houses. elokim, in hebrew numerology equals nature, where man behaves according to the nature that he had imprinted in the corporeal heaven and earth. when man keeps their laws as all other animals, but along with that believes in havayah, that is in private providence. by that he is found to be uniting the two in one, and thus brings great contentment to his maker and illumination in all the worlds. now we can understand the three aspects: mitzva, sin and choice. the mitzva is the place of holiness, the sin- the place of the evil side, and the choice, which is neither mitzva nor sin is what holiness and the evil side fight over. when man makes choices that do not fall into holiness, he makes that whole place fall in the hands of the evil side. and when he gets

tire reality were laid before one s eyes, despite the absence of the sensation of the creator and his guidance. is this not blind faith? a: you mustn t believe blindly in the creator, since faith is acquired only through the screen, which is the sensation of the creator. there is faith that is the light of bina, light of mercy, and there is whole faith, which is called the light of mercy with the illumination of hochma. the latter is the one we want to attain. then the vessel/soul--man--is in its perfect state at the end of correction, after it has returned to its root, the creator. i n c r e a s i n g t h e i m p o r t a n c e q: how can you intensify the importance of the purpose of life and the greatness of the giver? a: baal hasulam answers it this way: by studying, in a group, and und

LAITMAN M THE PATH OF KABBALAH

te. our ordinary clock shows only the still time, meaning the pace of progress of the still toward the purpose of creation. c h a p t e r 1. 5 k a b b a l a h a s a m e a n s o f at t a i n i n g s p i r i t ua l i t y kabbalah revolves around the spiritual worlds. therefore, the student attracts spiritual lights during the study. studying other parts of the torah also awakens a certain spiritual illumination, but the intensity of the light during the study of kabbalah is much stronger than when studying other writings. t h e pa t h o f k a b b a l a h 26 however, we must make sure we are studying in the right path of instruction, otherwise the opposite result may be achieved: the more we study, the more we will feel righteous instead of feeling our own evil (which is the desired result. f

the lowest and corrupted degree. a person who rises to the spiritual world replaces corporeal desires with desires directed at the creator. just as the newly spiritual person wanted to enjoy every kind of pleasure in this world, now that person t h e pa t h o f k a b b a l a h 72 wants to enjoy the creator in the same egoistic manner. that state is regarded as suffering to sleep. but through the illumination of the ever-surrounding light, there is a gradual increase in one s desire for spirituality, which eventually becomes greater than all other desires. then, finally, with the help of that light, one crosses the barrier and receives the aim to give, to bestow. only the upper light of the creator can do such a thing to a person answer every effort to attain spirituality and bring one to

e surrounding light shines on us, we begin to see our real essence. it is a process called the recognition of evil. but before the light shines on us, we always try to justify ourselves. we think we are always right. but once under the light of the creator, we begin to see t h e pa t h o f k a b b a l a h 74 the evil in ourselves, which drives us to ask for help of the creator, the source of that illumination. if our request is genuine, the creator will change our natures. but the will to receive doesn t change, only the aim changes from for me to for the creator. that change is called giving. thus, one gradually changes one s properties to the properties of the creator in each of the 125 degrees on the ladder. each degree consists of several processes: the recognition of evil. it is the r

l r e wa r d people want to be rewarded for anything they do. even when working to attain spirituality, we want to be rewarded because we are made of pure egoism and cannot operate any other way. behind every act, there is always an aim; otherwise our egoism would not permit us to make even a single step! we begin our spiritual work from zero, as if the creator had shone on us from afar with the illumination of surrounding light. this illumination compels us to act and we decide to give up all the beauties of this world in favor of a spiritual sensation. we do not even know what exactly is it we want to receive, because the light shines on us from a distance without clothing our vessels. at this point, the light merely gives us the sensation of the future pleasure we will find in spiritua

test nefesh, ruach, neshama, haya, yechida hence the name nrnhy (pronounced naranhay. c h a p t e r 3. 8 e n t r a n c e a n d e x i t o f l i g h t s i n t h e pa r t z u f the five parts of malchut are called behinot shoresh, aleph, bet, gimel, dalet. after the restriction, when those parts receive lights through the screen, they are called sefirot, because the light shines in them (sapir means illumination in hebrew. therefore, from that stage on they are referred to as sefirot. shoresh keter. aleph hochma. bet bina. gimel za (zeir anpin. dalet malchut. pa r t t h r e e: t h e s t ru c t u r e o f t h e u p p e r wo r l d s 175 the reshimot (plural for reshimo) from the withdrawing lights are called otiot. once the five lights nefesh, ruach, neshama, haya, yechida have withdrawn from th

othing for itself, wishing only to have the light of mercy. but the lower half of bina wants to receive light for zeir anpin. partzuf nekudot de sag is partzuf bina. from the lower half of partzuf bina, meaning from tifferet de nekudot de sag and below, there are vessels of reception: the lower half of bina wants to receive light for zeir anpin. zeir anpin wants to receive the light of mercy with illumination of wisdom. malchut wants to receive the entire light of wisdom. that is why that part of partzuf nekudot de sag consists of a will to receive in order to receive. t h e pa t h o f k a b b a l a h 202 t h e d i v i s i o n o f pa r t z u f n e k u d o t d e s ag t o g a l g a lt a e y n a i m a n d a h p the place where the screen of the rosh stands determines the form of the new partz

vessels of ahp to the world of atzilut. those vessels take the light of wisdom and the world of atzilut attains gadlut. the light of wisdom expands only in genuine vessels of reception, whereas here there are vessels of reception that were included in the vessels of bestowal during the breaking. hence, the light that expands on the couplings of these vessels is not a real light of wisdom, but an illumination of wisdom. there is a special correction in the rosh of the world of atzilut that guarantees there will never be another breaking, as in the case of the world of nekudim. there is a limitation in the rosh of partzuf arich anpin, so that from arich anpin and below, there will not be a zivug on the actual malchut, but only on the malchut that is included in the sefirot above it, in the

LEADBEATER C W THE HIDDEN LIFE IN FREEMASONRY 2E

polish his nature and develop his powers. the three degrees in masonry represent three stages in that process. the business of the e.a. is to take himself in hand morally and conquer the physical body, so that its impulses will not stand in the way of his rapid progress or evolution. the e.a. of egypt used to remain seven years in the first degree, because he had to fit himself thoroughly for the illumination which could come only to one who had his emotions under control and sufficiently purified to reflect and serve the higher self. that being done, the smooth ashlar was to be perfected until it was ready to be used as a living stone in the temple of t.g.a.o.t.u, fit to form part of the heavenly man of the future. 296. chapter iv 297. preliminary ceremonies 298. the co-masonic ritual 299

vity. 421. just before the lodge is opened, the i.p.m. is escorted by the two d.s with crossed wands to the altar, where he kneels and awaits the exact moment of opening. as the r.w.m. utters the word gopen h the i.p.m. opens the v.s.l, and arranges upon its pages the s c and the c c thus displaying what we esteem the three great emblematical lights in freemasonry simultaneously with the physical illumination. it is the i.p.m. who thus brings the symbolical light to the lodge, just as it was he who gave the physical light from the sacred fire to the s. d, because he represents the silent watcher, the influence which sees that everything is correctly done and stands ready always to supply anything that is needed. he has reached the light in its fullest sense; he has done his work and is the

ined in that condition usually for seven years, until he satisfied those in authority that he was fit to pass on to the second degree. in the present day the qualifications have become little more than the lapse of time and the answering of certain questions. 546. in early christianity there were three recognized stages through which everyone had to pass who wished to make progress- purification, illumination and perfection. st. paul said: gwe speak wisdom among them that are perfect. h this is often misunderstood. obviously, if the people were perfect in the modern sense of the term, they would not need to be taught at all. these words are not used in their ordinary sense; they are technical terms used in connection with the mysteries, and well known by all educated people of that period

d a very high and noble thing, but in the older days of christianity, to make a man a saint was only a preliminary stage. st. clement of alexandria, one of the greatest of the christian fathers, says: gpurity- that is only a negative virtue valuable chiefly as a condition of insight. h when the man had made himself perfectly pure and holy in his life, he was eligible for the second stage, that of illumination, and only after he was fully illuminated could he pass on to the stage of perfection, and so become a channel for god fs power. 547. egyptian interpretation of the working tools 548. in ancient egypt the t c f c r i c g c, or as it was then, the t c f c e i c g c or sacred cubit of the great pyramid, was nearly the same as ours. their unit of measure, the inch, was derived from the ac

etrating matter. 557. chapter vii 558. the second degree 559. the questions 560. a parallel has already been drawn between the three degrees of blue masonry and the three stages of progress recognized by the early christian church. just as the conquest of passions and emotions is prescribed for the first degree, thus corresponding with the idea of purification, so in the second degree the idea of illumination is put before us in the reminder that its special object is to develop the intellectual, artistic and psychic faculties. as is stated in our ritual, the candidate for this degree must first give proof of his proficiency in the first degree. i mentioned in an earlier chapter that in ancient days the e.a. remained at that stage for a period of seven years; and indeed in some cases the p

s to see that he is as yet touching only one circumference of a vast circle- nay, more, that he is working only on the surface of an infinite sphere. 785. the rose-croix 786. it is then that he begins his second great quest, which leads up through a number of stages, during which different attributes of the all-father are studied and to some extent realized, until it culminates in the magnificent illumination given in the eighteenth degree, that of the sovereign prince of the rose-croix of heredom, through which he finds the divine love reigning in his own heart and in those of his brn. he also learns that god has descended and shared our lower nature with us expressly in order that we may ascend to share his true nature with him. 787. the name of t.g.a.o.t.u. which is revealed to the aspi

LEADBEATER CW GLIMPSES OF MASONIC HISTORY

d. 104. the presence of this secret centre belonging to the white brotherhood had much to do with egypt s greatness throughout the ages; although the fact of its existence was not known to the outer world, that lodge of the true mysteries supervised the whole scheme of egyptian initiation, and made it the prototype of the mysteries of all the nations around. egypt was thus the centre of spiritual illumination for the entire western world, and all those who sought the great initiations were attracted to it; and it is this fact which explains the reverence paid to the egyptian mysteries by learned greeks in later times. 105. the principal centre for the public work of these mysteries was the great pyramid, called in ancient egypt khut, the light. it was built on the most exact astronomical a

f the victories of some great pharaoh, could be read in a hidden sense, and they then conveyed spiritual instruction to those who had learnt the real meaning. this is certainly true of the book of the dead, which when translated into english by modern scholars seems often unintelligible and even grotesque. yet in the interpretation of it taught in the mysteries those same texts were full of inner illumination and gave much information about the realities of life and death. 127. it is perhaps necessary to repeat that in all this there was no desire on the part of the priests to mislead the people; their idea was simply to give instruction graded to suit the needs of the hearer and to guard important secrets from those who were not prepared to receive them. it was for the same reason that th

nd had contacted for himself the hidden light of god, there was a further search still before him, in which he would penetrate deeper into the consciousness and being of the deity. it was then that he began his second great quest, which led up through a number of stages, during which different attributes of the deity were studied and to some extent realized, until it culminated in the magnificent illumination given in what we now call the eighteenth degree, that of the sovereign prince of the rose-croix of heredom. the candidate then found the divine love reigning in his own heart and in those of his brn. he also learnt that god had descended and shared our lower nature with us in order that we might ascend to share his true nature with him. 171. that link is still made for the brn. of the

athenians, while initiating people into the eleusinian rites, likewise display to those who are being admitted to the highest grade at these mysteries, the mighty, marvellous, and most perfect secret suitable for one initiated into the highest mystic truths: i allude to an ear of corn in silence reaped. this ear of corn is also considered among the athenians to constitute the perfect and enormous illumination that has descended from the unportrayable one, just as the hierophant himself declares(*hippolytus. refutation of all heresies, bk. v, iii (ante-nicene library ed) 371. this symbol referred to the divine life of god, ever-changing, ever-renewed, buried in the earth of the lower planes, only to rise in other forms to a fuller and more abundant life, passing from manifestation to manife

396. the three degrees 397. the pythagorean schools worked in close association with the teaching of the mysteries, but without the ceremonies; they gave a philosophical exposition of the same great facts of the inner worlds. in those schools the pupils were divided into three degrees which corresponded almost exactly with those of the early christians, who called them the stages of purification, illumination and perfection respectively- the last one including what s. clement of alexandria calls the scientific knowledge of god. in the pythagorean scheme the first degree was that of the akoustikoi or hearers, who took no part in the discussions or addresses, but kept absolute silence in the meetings for two years, and devoted themselves to listening and learning. 398. at the end of that tim

LEWIS JAMES SATANISM TODAY AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF RELIGION FOLKLORE AND POPULAR CULTURE

hers. members learn how to contact the hierarchies of the heavenly realm, as well as the process of transmutation, and the acquisition of health and strength through the dismissal of thoughts concerning weakness and age. they believe in the fatherhood of god and the ultimate sisterhood/ brotherhood of humanity. while the aeth priesthood represents the inner circle of the fraternity, the church of illumination constitutes the outer court group that interacts with the public. the focus of the church is upon manisism, which is the recognition of the equality of man and woman, as well as the name of the new world leader who teaches the fundamentals of the divine law. according to the church, the manistic age began in the late nineteenth century, following the previous egyptian and christian ag

LIBER 777

that in the course of time a far more satisfactory volume may result. many columns will seem to the majority of people to consist of mere lists of senseless words. practice, and advance in the magical or mystical path, will enable little by little to interpret more and more. even as a flower unfolds beneath the ardent kisses of the sun, so will this table reveal its glories to the dazzling eye of illumination. symbolic and barren as it is, yet it shall stand for the athletic student as a perfect sacrament, so that reverently closing its pages he shall exclaim, may that of which we have partaken sustain us in the search for the quintessence, the stone of the wise, the summum bonus, true wisdom, and perfect happiness. so mote it be! v the tree of life col. xii. this arrangement is the basis

LIBER ALEPH

in that hour. for it is conflict if he weigh one thing with another; and renunciation, being sorrowful, is not worthy of acceptance. but he must with joy unite all he is and hath, heaping the whole into one billow of love, under will. yea, o my son, until thou hast brought the postulant into our freedom from sin, and the sense and conviction thereof, he is not ready for the path of our magick and illumination; because every way soever is a going, and his sin is an obstacle and a fetter and an hoodwink on every one of them, for it is restriction, whether he set out by the meditations of the dhamma, or by our qabalah, or by vision or theurgy, or how else soever. n the book of wisdom or folly 187 ze de mente inimica animo (of the mind, enemy to the soul) ow shall a man attain to the trance wh

it as the formula of the on, universal among men. also, even for them that are fitted to advance in our light, there is order and diversity in function, as regardeth their work in our sublime brotherhood, thus, it might well be that, in a profess-house of the temple, or college of the holy ghost, each knight or brother might severally attain experience of every trance, unto the perfection of all illumination; yet by this there ought not to arise confusion, one usurping the appointed office of another. for the abbot, although he be not enlightened wholly, is yet abbot; and the place of the cook, were he saint, arhan, and paramahamsa in one person, is in his kitchen. confound not thou in any wise therefore the degree of attainment of any man with his right function in our holy order; for al

it shall be a witness and memorial of my word and of my work, as of mine attainment unto wisdom. o liber aleph vel cxi 206 zc de modo quo h c epistolam scripsi (how i wrote this epistle) here is not one word in this letter that is not writ with mine own hand and style, slowly and heedfully (as is contrary with my custom) being the fruit of the tree of my mediation, well-ripened by the sun of mine illumination. with much toil have i done this, being oftentimes seated without motion save of the hands, while earth rolled from twilight unto twilight, so that my body became cold and rigid, even as is a corpse. also, in the intervals of this scripture, have i been given to contemplation and to works of high magick, notably the mass of he holy ghost, in the concentration of my will to impart this

LIBER CCXLII AHA

e ego, describes the visions of dhyana. he further describes the defence of the soul against assailing thoughts, and shows that the duality of consciousness is a blasphemy against the unity of god; so that even the thought called god is a denial of god-as-he-is-in-himself. the pupil sees nothing but a blank midnight in this emptying of the soul. he is shown that this is the necessary condition of illumination. distinction is further made between these three dhyanas, and those early visions in which things appear as objective. with these three dhyanas, moreover, are four other of the four elements: and many more. above these is the veil of paroketh. its guardians. the rosy cross lies beyond this veil, and therewith the vision called vishvarupa-darshana. moreover, there is the knowledge and

LIBER CLXV A MASTER OF THE TEMPLE

afterwards his efforts produced some result; for we find an entry on sunday, august 7th, 1910. i have found (for a few moments) the peace which passeth all understanding. amen. this was evidently the foreshadowing of his first really notable result, the first dawning of l.v.x. which he experienced on august 29th. there is an entry on september 2nd, full of joy and gladness and wonder at his first illumination; and then, three days later, he had evidently recognised that this alone was not enough, and this was evidently the reason for the next somewhat curious entry liber clxv 135 of september 5th, 7:53 p.m, which i shall quote practically in full: i am calm now, as i commence to write what may be the last entry in this diary. all that i can remember of my life on this planet has, as i look

was given in silence and must remain in silence. still there seemed to be just one little ripple of joy in the great silent sea as another sould gently sank to its rest, and the silent voices whispered welcome brother. then all was calm and peace as before. the little ripple flowed on to let the whole world know, then, having delivered its message, all was still. amen. whatever the nature of this illumination, probably a state of dhyana, it left a very marked result on the consciousness of frater v.i.o, and gave him the necessary energy to continue his work through many a dark and dismal period. he himself could not gauge its value at all at the time. he was alone in vancouver and out of touch with the order, having received no further word from his neophyte since he left england. in fact

nd power, these three are one. that these should be one is the law. liber clxv 137 by finding the point from which these three become equal, and there remaining, by this means only, can the law be known. if ye know this, ye know all. if ye know not this, ye know less than all. seek ever for the absolute, and be content with nothing less. by the end of september the immediate results of this first illumination seem to have worn off, and we find frater v.i.o. striving desperately to estimate the value of what had happened to him. he was certainly in a mental muddle, as the following entry shows, yet at the same time his one thought seems to have been to find a means of helping others to find that light which had so transformed his whole being. sept. 24th, 1910. driad hotel. victoria, b. c. i

e noted that when one really gets to a state when having worked one is content to continue to do so, expecting no results, one often obtains them (of course it s no use trying to fool oneself on these things, you can t get a result by just saying you don t care a damn) something of the sort seems to have happened in this case, as the following shows. march 12th. during lecture on parsifal, i felt illumination within which permeated my whole being, and i became conscious once more of the truth of my previous illumination which i had lost, as it were. this entry is interesting. illumination comes, and at the time there is no doubt about it. it is. then, perhaps, life goes on much as before, except for the ever present remembrance of something that happened; and, having nothing with which to

and at the time there is no doubt about it. it is. then, perhaps, life goes on much as before, except for the ever present remembrance of something that happened; and, having nothing with which to compare it, that something is difficult to describe or even to formulate. however, immediately one liber clxv 145 approaches another period one can recognise the symptoms, almost in advance, and the new illumination is as it were added to the old, and there is fresh wonder and joy in both. march 15th i feel as if i were a highly strung musical instrument. my will runs over the strings, causing complete and harmonious vibrations in my being, which seems to give forth at times an unforrnulated and therefore most delightful melody. march 28th. how can i write it, how put into words the least idea of

larging until one becomes that which i can consciously be for a short period at a time, and the other seems to lead to annihilation. probably the multiplication of one state by the other is the solution (crowley s 0) the equinox 146 sat, april 8th. during the last three days have gradually been nearing another climax which reached, shall i say, its height on saturday, when i arrived at a state of illumination which was, as it were added to my previous state. i seized a scrap of paper and wrote amid all the complications and perplexity there remains, back of all, the will. the will to be. the will to be nothing, which is the only state inconceivable to the mind. the old god willed to be something, and the universe appeared; the new god wills to be nothing and becomes? after writing the fore

erstand the lightning flash, but shall experiment. my present knowledge is more as a sheet of summer lightning. the minute point of light has often appeared to me, and i had come to the conclusion that it should be held in the zenith. the radiating cone, i have not experienced. ii. a.a.a. the idea of considering one s own death is mentioned. this occurred to me and was carried out before my first illumination; this serves as a confirmation that i was on the right track. i should have no doubt mentioned these meditations more fully at the time.4 i have often wondered how i got into the state i then experienced, and this copy of the equinox has revived the memory and gives instruction for obtaining, no doubt, a very much fuller result, only i shall have to work with a big w. june 12, 1911. o

LIBER DCCCLX JOHN ST

but not for me! i.m no pratyeka- buddha; a dhamma-buddha every inch of me [a pratyeka-buddha attains the supreme reward for himself alone; a dhamma-buddha renounces it and returns to hell (earth) to teach others the way..ed] i now take a few minutes .off. to make .considerations. i firmly believe that the minutest dose of the elixir would operate as a .detonator. i seem to be perfectly ready for illumination, if only because i am so perfectly dark. yet my power to create magical images is still with me. hanged man posture. will invoke adonai once more by pure thought. got into a very curious state indeed; part 11.40- 12.00 john st. john 17 of me being quite perfectly asleep, and part quite perfectly awake. 2.10. have slept, and that soundly, though with many dreams. awaking with the utmos

hen i slept; i woke too, several times, and ought to have risen and done pr.n.y.ma: but i did not. o worm! the sleepiest bird can easily catch thee. i am not nicely awake, though it is to my credit that i woke saying my mantra with vigour .tis a bitter chill and damp the morn; yet must i rise and toil at my fair ritual. 7.55. settling down to copy. 10.12. have completed my two prescribed pages of illumination. will go and break my fast and do my business. 10.30. after writing letters went out and had coffee and two brioches. 11.50. at louvre looking up some odd points in the lore of khemi [egypt..ed] for my ritual. 12.20. i cannot understand it; but i feel faint for lack of food; i must get back to strict hatha-yoga feeding. 1.00. half-dozen oysters and an entrecote aux pommes. 2.05. back

ould happen.i think we may change the subject. what a fool i am, by the way! i say that .he is god, and that there is no other god than he. 1800 times an hour; but i don ft think it even once a day. 6.30. all my energy has suddenly come back. was it that hatha-yoga sandwich? i go on copying the ritual. 7.10. copying finished. i will go and dine, and learn it by heart, humbly and thoughtfully. the illumination of it can be finished, with a little luck, in two more days. i am disinclined to use the ritual until it is beautifully coloured.1 as zoroaster saith .god is never so much turned away from man, and never so much sendeth him new paths, as when he maketh ascent to divine speculations or works, in a confused or disordered manner, and (as the oracle adds) with unhallowed lips, or 1 [a col

uche cassee danaide girl as never was. as i ought to have been in the beginning! well, one thing i got (again, that is, that when all is said and done, i am that i am, and all these thoughts of mine, angels and devils both, are only fleeting moods of me. the one true self of me is adonai. simple! yet i cannot remain in that simplicity. i got this .revelation. through the egyptian plane, a partial illumination of the reason. it has cleared up the mind; but alas! the mind is still there. this is the strength and weakness both of the egyptian plane, that it is so lucid and spiritual and yet so practical. when i say weakness, i mean that it appeals to my weakness; i am easily content with the smaller results, so that they seduce me from going on to the really big ones. i am quite happy as a re

do when i say it!.in the hope that daylight may bring counsel. 7.40. woke fresh and comfortable. sleep filled with dreams and broken into short lengths. i ought to observe that this is a very striking result of forging this magic chain; for in my normal life i am one of the soundest sleepers imaginable. nine solid hours without turning once is my irreducible minimum. 9.10. having done an hour fs illumination of the new ritual, will go and break my fast with coffee and a brioche, and thence proceed to michael brenner fs studio. 12.15. i have spent the morning in modelling siddh.sana.a more difficult task than appeared. rather like the task! but i went on with the mantra, and made some reflections upon kamma. i will now have a yog. coffee and sandwich, and return to my illumination of the r

in comfort. for he is vowed solemnly .to interpret every phenomenon as a particular dealing of god with his soul. 12.50. during lunch he will go on correcting his proofs. 1.35. lunch over, and the proofs read through. 1.45. he will make a few decorations further in his ritual, and perhaps design the frontispiece and colophon. he is very weary, and may sleep. john st. john 85 2.25. he has done the illumination, as far as may be. he will now lie down as hanged man, and invoke adonai. 4.45. he was too tired to reach nearer than the neighbourhood of that tremendous threshold; wherefore he fell from meditation into sleep, and there his lord gave him sweet rest thereof. he will arise, and take a drink.a citron presse.at the dome; for the day is yet exceeding hot, and he has had little. 4.53. one

are ravished with its mysterious melody. it is the infinite interior movement of things, secured by the co-extension of their sum with the all, that transcends the deadly opposites; change which implies decay, stability which spells monotony. i understand all the psalms of benediction; there is spontaneous praise, a fountain in my heart. the authors of the psalms must have known something of this illumination when they wrote them. 9.30. it seems, too, that this operation is transformed. i suppose it must read as a patchwork of most inharmonious colour, a thing without continuity or cohesion. to me, now, it appears from the very start a simple direct progress in one straight line. i can hardly remember that there were checks. of course my rational memory picking out details finds otherwise

LIBER LVII

of the son of man..46 an allusion to the descent of shiva upon shakti in samadhi. the roman a shows the same through the shape of the pentagram, which it imitates. sa, ruin, destruction, sudden death. scil, of the personality in samadhi. lpa, thick darkness. cf. st. john of the cross, who describes these phenomena in great detail \oa, the hindu aum or om.47 llwhm, mad.the destruction of reason by illumination. hlwo, a holocaust. cf. sa. alp, the hidden wonder, a title of kether. 114. omd, a tear. the age of christian rosenkreutz. 120 ]ms, samech, a prop. also ydswm, basis, foundation. 120= 1 2 3 4 5, and is thus a synthesis of the powers of the pentagram [also 1+ 2+ 15= 120] hence its importance in the 5= 6 ritual, q.v. supra equinox, no. iii.48 i however disagree in part; it seems to me t

LIBER LXVII THE SWORD OF SONG

ad only one more birth; and might well have put in the 311,040,000,000,000 myriads of ons which would elapse before lunch in rejoicing over his imminent annihilation .venerable sir. said mahabrahma, who had assumed the guise of a cowherd .i kiss your worshipful trilbies :1 i prostrate myself before your eminent respectability .sir. said the holy man, none other than our lord himself .thou seekest illumination. mahabrahma smirked and admitted it .from negative to positive. explained the thrice-honoured one .through potential existence eternally vibrates the divine absolute of the hidden unity of processional form masked in the eternal abyss of the unknowable, the synthetic hieroglyph of an illimitable, pastless, futureless present .to the uttermost bounds of space rushes the voice of ages u

LIBER SAMEKH

ed. such an experience might indeed be the proof of perfection. if the adept is to be any wise conscious of his angel, it must be that some part of his mind is prepared to realize the rapture, and to express it to itself in one way or another. this involves the perfection of that part, its freedom from prejudice and the limitations of rationality so-called. for instance, one could not receive the illumination as to the nature of life which the doctrine of evolution should shed, if one is passionately persuaded that humanity is essentially not animal, or convinced that causality is repugnant to reason. the adept must be ready for the utter destruction of his point-of-view on any subject, and even that of his innate conception of the forms and laws of thought* thus, he may find that his ange

LIBER XXXIII AN ACCOUNT OF AA

many people were not capable of comprehending great interior truth. therefore, interior truths were wrapped in external and perceptible ceremonies, so that men, by the perception of the outer which is the symbol of the interior, might by degrees be enabled safely to approach the interior spiritual truths. but the inner truth has always been confided to him who in his day had the most capacity for illumination, and he became the sole guardian of the original trust, as high priest of the sanctuary. when it became necessary that interior truths should be enfolded in exterior ceremony and symbol, on account of the real weakness of men who were not capable of hearing the light of light, then exterior worship began. it was, however, always the type or symbol of the interior, that is to say, the

oglyphic screens, the truth remaining inviolable in the sanctuary so that she might never be profaned. in this interior society man finds wisdom and with her all. not the wisdom of this world, which is but scientific knowledge, which revolves round the outside but never touches the centre (in which is contained all strength, but true wisdom, understanding and knowledge, reflections of the supreme illumination. an account of a a 5 all disputes, all controversies, all the things belonging to the false cares of this world, fruitless discussions, useless germs of opinions which spread the seeds of disunion, all error, schisms, and systems are banished. neither calumny nor scandal is known. every man is honoured. love alone reigns. we must not, however, imagine that this society resembles any s

LUCIFERIAN SORCERY

ng and illuminated in essence. it should be considered that satan or lucifer are aspects of the domineering self expresses its existence, and that is should be strengthened and defined to search the possibility of immortality. above lucifer, the morning star one upon the path of iblis (spelled also eblis, or shaitan who was ayn al-qozat hamadani executed in 1131 a.d. bravely announced his path of illumination, which spoke of the black light above the throne as the western idea of the sun at midnight or black sun. this may be revealed within the witches sabbat path as the black flame, or illuminated luciferian sense of self. it is the beautiful presentation of ones own being, and that we may grow and emerge from it into infinite possibility. shaitan, satan or lucifer is considered the guard

ation, thus holding the double aspects of light and shadow. it is through the union of such that one becomes as shaitan or lucifer itself. the witches sabbat itself emerged from the dreams of the profane, those who knew not the ways of the cunning folk and their work. it was because of the times of persecution that many kept their art secret, working and weaving their webs of sorcery and magickal illumination unseen by outside folk. the sabbat is the meeting place of the feri, lycanthrope, vampire and the sorcerer s shades which act as familiars. it is the great manifestation of the hidden law, and that we may, by imagination, become lucifer in our self. it is through the chalice of lilith, revealed as babalon, that we seek the union of the goddess. the witches sabbath has long been a misu

urther. one would use the dark gods as models of strength and a symbol of immortal manifestation. the shadow form of lucifer is set, who is the ancient prince of darkness. set is the aspect of the infernal yet not self-destructive. if one seeks to become as set, to master chaos and the depths of the subconscious, then one opens a direct communication with the setian gnosis. this is when the great illumination known as the black flame takes place, and the individual is able to perceive that life is what he or she makes of it, and everything is possible with a positive outlook. the christians would have you believe that black magick itself is the path of death and destruction, however it is honestly quite the opposite. the christian monotheistic religion is self-destruction by placing exteri

have taken strength, isolate and beautiful, angelic essence, azal ucel, from which came into being cain i do invoke thee! south- devil-djinn of the burning desert sands and the sun, sortha n-din thy stave and fork unto the flame that is my soul shall be illuminated in this blackened light. shaitan the adversary, my soul enflamed! arogogoruabrao thiaf! east- lucifer revealed as azazel, bringer of illumination and love, who resides in shadow and light, cover and cloak my spirit with thy twelve wings, serpent skin covered from the shedding of the dragon, bring now forth the serpent essence of my soul! melek tau us, beautiful spirit of fire, i summon thee forth! photeth north- set-heh, isolator and strengthening force of storms, that chaos which i have tempered in thy elegance of darkness. i

zal'ucel with regard to an invocation to the holy guardian angel, the spirit of the adversary who resides in darkness and light, azal ucel, the system employed is one of 31 summoning up the angelic and daemonic spirit within the self the true will by means of a mask of luciferian witchcraft. the very methods themselves are contained in the calling of the four directions each a component of higher illumination of self; which is combined with the bestial/demonic with the angelic. this is the center of balance which was often deemed necessary in the workings of abramelin magick; which issues control over daemonic forces within and beyond the self. azal'ucel is a sigillic word formula of azazel and lucifer to combind the ancient middle eastern with the western idea of what the bringer of light

LUCIFERIAN SORCERY AND SET TYPHON

early career. kenneth grant later illustrated much of spare's luciferian gnosis in his legendary work "images and oracles of austin osman spare. the sabbat of the witches is a dreaming aspect of the imagination, of strengthening the self into the arcana of the cunning fire, or black flame. the lore of cain as the lord of horsemen is the earthen bound spirit who kindles the very flame of self, the illumination of iblis/shaitan. he or she is a vessel reflecting its unique touch, different from all others, as well as each other who make walk a similar path. it is within the nature of the ourobouros bound mirror that we emerge into the dream of spirit flight, when the sun is the black essence of creation, that all images are cast in the light of opposition. cain is the embodiment of the streng

skull cup of blood, drinking deep from the immortal well of her vampyric essence. part of the work of coven nachttoter (a small group of which the present author is a part of) is to explore and restore the work of john whiteside parsons, including the work of belarion armiluss al dajjal antichrist, a title of attainment. the essence of witchcraft in its rightful left hand path perspective is the illumination and understanding of the daemonic feminine, which is revealed to each sorcerer who treads this path of darkness. one symbol of coven nachttoter is the sigil of hecate, which is a mirror into the gates of the dead, the abode of the goddess of witches. the sethianic fragments of luciferian witchcraft these god forms are powerful for the sorcerer who summons them, discovers the atavistic

MANLY P HALL THE SECRET TEACHINGS OF ALL AGES

ritual consciousness may yet feel his power by an inner faculty which is called intuition" certain rosicrucian scholars have given special appellations to these three phases of the sun: the spiritual sun they called vulcan; the soular and intellectual sun, christ and lucifer respectively; and the material sun, the jewish demiurgus jehovah. lucifer here represents the intellectual mind without the illumination of the spiritual mind; therefore it is "the false light" the false light is finally overcome and redeemed by the true light of the soul, called the second logos or christ. the secret processes by which the luciferian intellect is transmuted into the christly intellect constitute one of the great secrets of alchemy, and are symbolized by the process of transmuting base metals into gold

suring his pupils proficiency in mathematics and geometry, which was then, as it would be now if masonry were properly inculcated, the basis upon which all other knowledge was erected. secondly, the degree of 'theoreticus' which dealt with superficial applications of the exact sciences, and, lastly, the degree of 'electus' which entitled the candidate to pass forward into the light of the fullest illumination which he was capable of absorbing. the pupils of the pythagorean school were divided into 'exoterici' or pupils in the outer grades, and 'esoterici' after they had passed the third degree of initiation and were entitled to the secret wisdom. silence, secrecy and unconditional obedience were cardinal principles of this great order (see ancient freemasonry) pythagoric fundamentals the s

assist him in laying it down. the student is instructed to aid the diligent but never to assist those who seek to evade their responsibilities, for it is a great sin to encourage indolence. v. speak not about pythagoric concerns without light. the world is herein warned that it should not attempt to interpret the mysteries of god and the secrets of the sciences without spiritual and intellectual illumination. vi. having departed from your house, turn not back, for the furies will be your attendants. pythagoras here warns his followers that any who begin the search for truth and, after having learned part of the mystery, become discouraged and attempt to return again to their former ways of vice and ignorance, will suffer exceedingly; for it is better to know nothing about divinity than to

ivable in its profundity, was beyond mortal estimation. even the gods themselves could comprehend but a part of the inaccessible glory which was their source. when temporarily permeated with divine enthusiasm, man may transcend for a brief moment the limitations of his own personality and behold in part that celestial effulgence in which all creation is bathed. but even in his periods of greatest illumination man is incapable of imprinting upon the substance of his rational soul a perfect image of the multiform expression of celestial activity. recognizing the futility of attempting to cope intellectually with that which transcends the comprehension of the rational faculties, the early philosophers turned their attention from the inconceivable divinity to man himself, with in the narrow co

the variety of the all manifold powers which she contains, she ascends to the highest watch-tower offerings. and as in the most holy of the mysteries, they say, that the mystics at first meet with the multi form, and many-shaped genera, which are hurled forth before the gods, but on entering the temple, unmoved, and guarded by the mystic rites, they genuinely receive in their bosom [heart] divine illumination, and divested of their garments, as they would say, participate of a divine nature; the same mode, as it appears to me, takes place in the speculation of wholes. for the soul when looking at things posterior to herself, beholds the shadows and images of beings, but when she converts herself to herself she evolves her own essence, and the reasons which she contains. and at first indeed

ned "personality is suspended upon a thread from the nature of being" declares the secret work. man is essentially a permanent and immortal principle; only his bodies pass through the cycle of birth and death. the immortal is the reality; the mortal is the unreality. during each period of earth life, reality thus dwells in unreality, to be liberated from it temporarily by death and permanently by illumination. while generally regarded as polytheists, the pagans gained this reputation not because they worshiped more than one god but rather because they personified the attributes of this god, thereby creating a pantheon of posterior deities each manifesting a part of what the one god manifested as a whole. the various pantheons of ancient religions therefore actually represent the catalogued

nally the deity is symbolized by an eye, an ear, a nose, or a mouth. by the first, divine awareness is signified; by the second, divine interest; by the third, divine vitality; and by the fourth, divine command. the ancients did not believe that spirituality made men either righteous or rational, but rather that righteousness and rationality made men spiritual. the mysteries taught that spiritual illumination was attained only by bringing the lower nature up to a certain standard of efficiency and purity. the mysteries were therefore established for the purpose of unfolding the nature of man according to certain fixed rules which, when faithfully followed, elevated the human consciousness to a point where it was capable of cognizing its own constitution and the true purpose of existence. t

MASTERING WITCHCRAFT

lights are used only at full ceremonial coven rituals and are generally common property of the group. for the individual witch, two candlesticks are quite sufficient. should you wish to make the candlesticks, as opposed to buying them, you must first exorcise your raw materials whether they be clay, wood, or metal by fire and water in a properly cast circle. as this work pertains to the nature of illumination and the operations of light, it is best performed on a sunday, the day of the sun, preferably around noon, having cast your circle at the requisite time and lit a solary incense, purify your materials or newly purchased candlesticks (which may be made of any material you choose. then formulate in your imagination the brilliant, burning light of the noonday sun, and repeating a blessin

MEANING OF MASONRY

of day may be extended to him until he has accomplished the overthrow of his own inward enemies and of every obstacle to his complete development. the aspirant who attains proficiency in the work of self-perfecting to which the f.c. grade alludes, has passed away from the n. side of the lodge, the side of darkness and imperfection; and now stands on the s.e. side in the meridian sunlight of moral illumination (so far as the natural man may possess it, but yet still far removed from that fuller realization of himself and of the mysteries of his own nature which it is possible for the spiritual adept or master mason to attain. before that attainment is reached there remains for him" that last and greatest trial" by which alone he can enter into the great consolations and make acquaintance wi

the way, obstructing it, due to the aspirant's own imperfections and limitations. these must first be gradually overcome, and it is the eradication of these which is alluded to in the sign of the degree, indicating that he desires to cleanse his heart and cast away all evil from it, to purify meaning himself for closer alliance with that pure light. it is only by this" sun-light" this newly found illumination, that he has become able to see into the depths of his own nature; and this is the" sun" which, like joshua, he prays may" stand still" and its light be retained by him until he has achieved the conquest of all these enemies. the problem of the much discredited biblical miracle of the sun standing still in the heavens disappears when its true meaning is perceived in the light of the i

the mentality must not be fettered by mundane interests or subject to disturbance by carnal passions. if it is to" contemplate its own intellectual faculties and trace them from their development" until they are found to" lead to the throne of god himself" and to be rooted in deity, it must discard all its former thought-habits, prejudices and preconceptions, and be prepared to receive humbly the illumination that will flood into it from the light of divine wisdom. for the determined student of the mental discipline implied by the second degree there may be recommended two most instructive sources of information and examples of personal experience. one is the dialogues of plato and the writings of plotinus and other neo-platonists. the other is the records of the classical christian contem

reep in no small discomfort and restrictedness. this was to emblematise the discipline and up-hill labour of self-purification requisite in the apprentice degree. at a certain point this restricted passage opens out into a long and lofty gallery, still upon a steeply rising gradient, up which the postulant had to pass, but in a condition of ease and liberty. this was to symbolize the condition of illumination and expanded intellectual liberty associated with the fellow-craft degree. it ended at a place where the candidate once more had to force his way on hands and knees through the smallest aperture of all, one that led to the central chamber in which stood and still stands the great sarcophagus in which he was placed and underwent the last supreme ordeal, and whence he was raised from th

so that what the spirit and the soul already know interiorly the outer mind may also know exteriorly. subjective awareness does not become knowledge until it has been cerebrated and passed through the alembic of the brain and the logical understanding. when it has so passed through and become formalized, a reciprocal and reflex action between the inner and outer natures is set up resulting in the illumination of the whole. this extroversion of subjective perceptions is symbolically achieved by the return of the candidate from the subterranean depths to the surface and there rejoining his former companion-sojourners and effecting a unification of all his component parts. it is then that the mystery is consummated. the great light breaks. the vital and immortal principle comes to self-consci

al and immortal principle comes to self-consciousness in him. the glory of the lord is revealed to and in him, and all his flesh sees it. so far as it is possible for symbolic ceremonial to portray it this consummation is represented by the restoration to light and the revelation that then meets the candidate's gaze. his condition differs now from any that has preceded it. it is not merely one of illumination by the supernal light. it is one of identification with it. he and it have become one, as a white-hot iron is indistinguishable from the furnace-flame engulfing it. at the outset of his masonic quest the predominant wish of his heart was light. the impulse was not his own; it was that of the light itself--the primal light of light, the divine substantial word--seeking self-development

visible level and fitting the mind for the apprehension of ultra-physical form and beauty. even athletic exercises were made to subserve the same purpose; wrestling and racing were not vulgar sports; they were regarded sacramentally, as the type of combats the soul must engage in against the competition of the fleshly desires; and the victor's crown of laurel or olive was the emblem of wisdom and illumination resulting to him in whom th e spirit conquers the flesh. thus every intellectual and physical interest was made subservient to the one idea of separating the soul from material bondage and was purposely of a purifying or "cathartic" nature that should cleanse the thoughts and desires of the aspirant and make him white within and without even as the modern candidate for the craft is cl

MICHAEL FORD A RITE OF THE WEREWOLF

ht flights may be caused by such psychotropic herbs. toads, being linked to diabolism and witchcraft already5 and such were used often in potions. also used in ointments were bats and their blood, mixed with deadly nightshades. for this reason, individuals should not experiment with such, noted that death could occur. in specific, part of the witches sabbat practice of going forth by night is the illumination of the imagination; that when the subconscious is brought closer to the conscious. those who are able, by herbs or meditation alone without the use of herbs, are ones who seek to know themselves. this process and act is not hidden by any one school, or so-called exclusive coven of witches or teachings. the answers, as robert cochrane has written, are in the wind. all one must do is he

which was adam. it was the yezidi tribe, who venerated shaitan in the form of malak tauus, the peacock angel. in the meshaf resh18 it presents azazel as the angel created before all others, thus the brightest star. in the jilwa, lucifer is presented as malak tauus existed before all other creatures and was then and now .there is no place devoid of me thus presenting the unnatural concept of self-illumination and intellect, lucifer is the adversary, who is full of life. as lucifer/shaitan is light, he does indeed hold a shadowside. this is present in the god forms or masks of shaitan, being seker, set and ahriman. the egyptian god set19 is a model and neter20 for self-deification, isolation and the adversary. the adversary or opposer is the shadow which reveals light, called the black ligh

MICHAEL FORD WITCHMOON

d once the warlock and witch are capable and adept in the witches sabbat arts. this will demand much in the area of discipline, self mastery and will in order to obtain such powers, however, be sure the reward is ten fold for such a development! tales of the sorcerer who in secrecy leaves his or her flesh to take the form of an animal or vampyre spirit to celebrate the horned lord or black god of illumination and life upon earth will be once again whispered in the halls of the dead, our kind never died out or went away, we carried our lineal witch blood through the throes of time and space, covering the earth again in secrecy. 17 17 yelg paterson and the greatest of mythical sorcerers exist through those who take into their essence and mind the very witchblood which passes through astral l

ight side and the fleshing day side. 71 71 invocation of baphomet "o fire of the black one, illuminate by thy dark presence, let my strength come forth. i am stripped and defaced, to reveal the true self, and its ever changing essence which truth may not be rendered without falsehood. from sabbath flame to witching mire, as we fly through the night let baphomet be my guide, with thy torch of dark illumination. bearer of black wisdom of the spirit, god of beasts and god of flight cast unto me this night an ember from the fire of thy wisdom. to believe! to will! to obtain! io baphomet! i am the god who over the astral sabbath presides: baphomet, illuminated god of flesh and spirit. i am the god of creative and inspiring tides. i am the god of worthlessness and merit! as lightning flashes, so

become. three: the binding to the luciferic path of the adversary, the dedication to the great work of becoming. this may be conducted by ones own initiatory ritual, and the bornless one ritual of ascension. conduct these workings of high magick until the flaming swords of the seraphim reveal the path of the emerald crown of lucifer, that in holy light of the cunning fire shall you become in the illumination of seth. four: the earthly journey of the sorcerer, the path of the adversary and devil in flesh. the individual shall move through the dual ecstasies to work with both shadow and light. this is the development of the bestial and angelic familiar; the holy guardian angel and evil genius-congressus cum daemone. five: this is the initiation by magickal retirement for a period, from whic

MICHAEL TSARION ATLANTIS ALIEN VISITATION AND GENETIC MANIPULATION

hortly after desert storm began, mason george bush pronounced thatthis the beginning of a new world order.26. 1991 january: during his state of the union message during the gulf war, president george bushstated: what is at stake is more than one small country, it is a big idea- a new world order. toachieve the universal aspirations of mankind. based upon shared principles and the rule of law. the illumination of a thousand points of light. the winds of change are with us now. bagdad,iraq's capital, and the united nations-enforced no fly zone are at the 33rd degree of north latitude.27. 1993 waco, texas, just south of the 32nd degree of north latitude is the site of the masonic grandlodge of texas. on april 19, 1993, the clinton administration murdered adults and children in thebranch david

MICHAEL W FORD THE VAMPIRE GATE

immortality via the psyche. it is the physical path of exhaustion, of when the spirit and flesh are one and become stronger with insight and determination. the core essence of the serpent is the eye which hides within the flesh. therein is the power ch an, of nothingness and silence. such is the glaze which captivates and announces the mastery of presence. it is the spirit of light which is self-illumination, the black flame. who is the teacher commanding and striking down the ego. the luciferian realizes the ego must be stripped and burnt away to reveal the black flame of immortal being. this being or serpent fire within is always mutating, changing, becoming. the serpent then ensorcels the spine to become the foundation of leviathan. 15 luciferian will is the satori, which is an endless

desire and belief through gnosis, utilize meditation techniques and aethyrs within the subconscious. by all these things, we never abandon the physical or the realities of our existence. the spirit of angra mainyu= ahriman, is darkness and shadow. luciferians are deeply involved in the methods of sorcery and their own brands of witchcraft. darkness and shadow is expanded by the brightness of our illumination, thus wisdom begets darkness. one aspect of the black order of the dragon is to illuminate this light within each adept, to compliment an independent and opposer type of individual. by all accounts the botd is indeed a black school lessons are given in darkness, there is no visible master yet under this scope of study does the shadow cast down upon the ground in which the adept treads

MICHAEL WYNN THE SOUL TRAVELERS

eus is depicted as incredibly intelligent, deceptive, and rebellious; prometheus, azazel, lucifer, the torch-bearer, the light bringer. the flame, or torch of the olympics, and it s corresponding tradition, is a commemoration of prometheus theft of fire from zeus. the statue of liberty, whose likeness is based on the goddess ishtar, who was said to have fallen with azazel, also bears the torch of illumination. this flame is a direct reference to magical knowledge and self-deification through magical means. it is important not to mistake this azazel, and those who were with him, for the traveling civilizer spoke of earlier. the fallen angels of eden taught humanity much magic, and did not have the support of the most high god. our humble civilizer, on the other hand, spoke of morals and the

MIDNIGHTS CIRCLE A COMMENTARY OF AZOTHOZ

ion. one should seek the black eagle in dream, in those areas not conceptually noted from which shadows may hide. it is the initiatic guide which grants the knowledge of the darkness in the self. the focus and essence of azothoz lies in dreaming, how this may relate to the individual and what omens are presented. hidden in the gnosis of azothoz is the embrace of the sun, the solar and life giving illumination, but also the scorching and fire influenced spirit of sorat/shaitan/set, which is the core essence of the isolated spirit of the adept. equally the moon and night (darkness) is the gnosis which must be explored through the dreaming essence of lilith az, the emotional, instinctual and sorcerous path. it is the direct transition and embodiment of the adept in the antinomian left hand pa

MOODY RAYMOND A LIFE AFTER LIFE

ereafter his soul enters a "swoon" and he finds himself in a void-not a physical void, but one which is, in effect, subject to its own kind of limits, and one in which his consciousness still exists. he may hear alarming and disturbing noises and sounds, described as roaring, thundering, and whistling noises, like the wind, and usually finds himself and his surroundings enveloped in a grey, misty illumination. he is surprised to find himself out of his physical body. he sees and hears his relatives and friends mourning over his body and preparing it for the funeral and yet when he tries to respond to them they neither hear nor see him. he does not yet realize that he is dead, and he is confused. he asks himself whether he is dead or not, and, when he finally realizes that he is, wonders wh

MORALS AND DOGMA

using infinite actions and opinions in succeeding ages; so that if the invention of the ship was thought so noble, which carrieth riches and commodities from place to place, and consociateth the most remote regions in participation of their fruits, how much more are letters to be magnified, which, as ships, pass through the vast seas of time, and make ages so distant to participate of the wisdom, illumination, and inventions, the one of the other" to learn, to attain knowledge, to be wise, is a necessity for every truly noble soul; to teach, to communicate that knowledge, to share that wisdom with others, and not churlishly to lock up his exchequer, and place a sentinel at the door to drive away the needy, is equally an impulse of a noble nature, and the worthiest work of man "there was a

he stern and dark are ever the parents of the beautiful and bright. it was this aspect, sombre for the moment, but bright by anticipation, which was contemplated in the mysteries: the human sufferer was consoled by witnessing the severer trials of the gods; and the vicissitudes of life and death, expressed by apposite symbols, such as the sacrifice or submersion of the bull, the extinction and re-illumination of the torch, excited corresponding emotions of alternate grief and joy, that play of passion which was present at the origin of nature, and which accompanies all her changes. the greater eleusini; were celebrated in the month bo dromion, when the seed was buried in the ground, and when the year, verging to its decline, disposes the mind to serious reflection. the first days of the ce

hich afterward, from that potency of the soul _become_ in the human body of the child to be born. then the wisdom of god commanded that these numerations potentially in kether, should be produced from potentiality into actuality, in order that worlds might consist; and he directed yod again to descend, and to enter into and shine within kether, and then to re-ascend: which was so done. from which illumination and re-ascension, all the other numerations, potentially in kether, were manifested and disclosed; but they continued still compacted together, remaining within kether in a circle. when god willed to produce the other emanations or numerations from kether, it is added, he sent yod down again, to the upper part of kether, one-half of him to remain without and one-half to penetrate with

MOTTA MARCELO THE COMMENTARIES OF AL

eaching child sacrifice. 13. but not now. 14.ye shall see that hour, o blessed beast, and thou the scarlet concubine of his desire! 15. ye shall be sad thereof. 16. deem not too eagerly to catch the promises; fear not to undergo the curses. ye, even ye, know not this meaning all. the god wisely refrains from clear expression, so that the event, as it occurs, may justify his word. this progressive illumination of that word has served to keep it alive as no single revelation could have done. every time that i have dulled to liber legis something has happened to rekindle it in my heart. the word 'ye' is usually employed in the verses as a cypher for the beast and the scarlet woman yod+ he "know not this meaning all; another cypher for la= al. yes, but there is also a more literal meaning. as

MYTHS AND LEGENDS OF ANCIENT CIVILIZATIONS E

whole groves of dark purple coralline, and tufts of beautiful scarlet-leaved plants, and sea-anemones of every tint. here grew bright, pinky sea-weeds, mosses of all hues and shades, and tall grasses, which, growing upwards, formed emerald caves and grottoes such as the nereides love, whilst fish of various kinds playfully darted in and out, in the full enjoyment of their native element. nor was illumination wanting in this fairy-like region, which at night was lit up by the glow-worms of the deep. but although poseidon ruled with absolute power over the ocean and its inhabitants, he nevertheless bowed submissively to the will of the great ruler of olympus, and appeared at all times desirous of conciliating him. we [104]find him coming to his aid when emergency demanded, and frequently re

NAUDON PAUL THE SECRET HISTORY OF FREEMASONRY

s come, oracle of the eternal. i will set my law within them and write it on their hearts. behold the days come that city shall be built" the apostles paul and james in turn stressed the divine truth of the indestructible unity and reciprocal demands of faith and works in order to aspire to transcendence. the key to the holy of holies promised to all is love, the major factor of the comprehensive illumination: love for everything in creation that is an immanent sign of the light from above; love for all beings, who are all brothers by virtue of the sublime grace of this love, which is the presence within them of the absolute and the ability to perceive this presence. this love, which is conciousness, has nothing to do with science, learning, degrees, individual distinctions, and fragile an

NEW WORLD ORDER OR OCCULT SECRET DESTINY

a spiritual plan more than anything. if one failed to take into account the occult nature of the new world order, they would be remiss. the un and the new age have been bed-fellows since the beginning. america s secret destiny is the product of rosicrucian and freemason forefathers. the new atlantis as proposed in francis bacon s work is almost at hand. the ancient mysteries are being studied for illumination and enlightenment by the new world order s elite. not to mention the new age gurus dutifully recruiting on behalf of the secret brotherhood. in 1980, marylin ferguson compiled and espoused a synthesis involving the theories of transformation and the secret plan of the aquarian age. in her studies of the scientific advancements of this age involving entropy and syntropy, holism, hologr

PATH OF INITIATION

st people fail to see beyond it. they seek out groups or join them for the sake of membership- but groups don t make witches or mystics; fate makes witches and mystics. this standard formula of joining the group fails to take into account that the true purpose of "traditional groups" is not to build membership and share rituals. the purpose of a serious spiritual grouping is to achieve wisdom and illumination. no wise, thinking person would ever make the claim that illumination and wisdom only come from membership in a special group. in truth, illumination and wisdom come from the soul of the world itself, from the unseen worlds, from spiritual beings, from other mysterious forces, and from within. what "groups" do, is merely speak a symbolic language, hoping to channel these very things "

is simultaneously inside the individual. some organizations try to take control of this process, act as "guardians" of it, teachers of it, but i believe that this is haphazard at best; it leads often to a certain abuse of power and a harmful egocentrism that does more harm than good. no group is supposed to be about its members, titles, leaders, or their activities, but about the greater fate of illumination. all members of a true grouping of the old rite will seek to cast away identity and worldly titles and powers to the great darkness of wisdom below, and all are submerged in the singular desire for the dark and light illumination of the mysteries, and for kinship with the potencies in the land. the true group is a group of people who know a certain humbleness, and who seek a common sp

st away identity and worldly titles and powers to the great darkness of wisdom below, and all are submerged in the singular desire for the dark and light illumination of the mysteries, and for kinship with the potencies in the land. the true group is a group of people who know a certain humbleness, and who seek a common spring of eternity, driven by a common thirst- a thirst for the other and for illumination, not thirst for temporal powers and offices that are far less. they protect the land and the true keys to wisdom because they have given up all for them, and received all back in return, not because they jealously desire to secret up power in some vault. they know the disastrous consequences of egocentrism- they know how the egocentered, power hungry human destroys the land and abuses

PHILIP NEIL MYTHS LEGENDS EXPLAINED

the grail also provided king arthur s knights with whatever food and drink that they desired. grail chapel the grail chapel is in the castle of corbenik belonging to the fisher king, who is often called king pelles. corbenik can be translated as the castle of the blessed horn or the castle of the sacred host. galahad, perceval, and bors are fed from the grail by christ himself. this 15th-century illumination shows the vision of the grail appearing to arthur and his knights the day that sir galahad arrives in camelot and sits in the siege perilous. the atta inme nt designed by sir edward burne-jones (1833 98) based on the legend as told by thomas malory in morte d arthur, printed in 1483, this tapestry shows sir galahad, bors, and perceval, before the holy grail. son of sir lancelot sir ga

ves and intertwined, and although king mark cut them down three times, they always grew again. tristan and isolde are the archetypal lovers of medieval romance. although the story has become entwined with that of king arthur (in some stories tristan becomes a knight of the round table) it is essentially celtic in origin, and the action takes place in cornwall and ireland. this medieval manuscript illumination shows sir bertilak s wife trying to seduce sir gawain. tristan in disguise tristan returned briefly to cornwall disguised as a minstrel, tantris. by pretending to be mad, he was able to see isolde and remind her of their love. like king midas (see pp. 40 41, king mark was said to have the ears of an animal. only his dwarf knew, but when the responsibility became too great, the dwarf c

. when he begged bali for only as much land as he could cover in three strides, the king laughed and granted his wish. he was horrified when vamana covered the whole world, leaving bali only the kingdom of patala, underneath the earth. kurma, the tortoise kurma the tortoise, vishnu s second avatar, held up mt. meru and helped the gods reclaim 14 treasures from the sea of milk (see pp. 108-9. this illumination dating from 1770 shows vishnu and lakshmi on vishnu s vehicle garuda. vishnu and lakshmi v ishnu and lakshmi are shown riding the sacred bird garuda, who is linked with fire and the sun, up to their heaven of love. the marital devotion of vishnu and lakshmi extends through all of vishnu s incarnations. lakshmi was born from the ocean at the churning of the sea of milk (see pp. 108 9

PHOSPHORUS

alphabet of desire, photocopied and sent to succubus publishing. an example of a successful occurrence with the alphabet. examples of how this alphabet works for the individual. see the book of pleasure by austin osman spare. 8. the initiate will seek a mastery over the astral plane partially by waking astral projection or dreaming astral projection, at some instances with solitary karezza or the illumination of the fire serpent. 9. the neonomicon by nathaniel harris iii should be studied and some aspect of it practiced according to the liking of the initiate. this chaos grimoire is essential in a balanced study of magick from different perspectives and ideas. for those who are not interested in lengthy essays, but rather express their own self-work in the form of art (painting, drawing, e

der of the dragon. face the algol sigil- i behold the circle of timeless existence, guarded by leviathan i call to the four quarters to witness my rite of darkness and flame, and the light which illuminates within. before me, the algol star of the adversary, the corpses piled and devoured by flame that which arises from death reborn, al ghul, rosh ha shaitan, phantom star, daemon of my night born illumination. i dive now from the heavens of light with emerald wings, i fall into the darkness to become as a dragon, to know the ecstasies of light and shadow. al ghul, serpent tongue which arouses perception i invoke thee! i do affirm hecate, goddess of crossroads, enchanter of nightmares, guardian of shades and the howling beasts, bless my path with your eyes which are always seeing bless me w

PHOSPHORUS THE SHADOWING FORTH OF LUCIFER

ing the searching faust to hell; he shall be an awaker of those who believe in knowledge who want to change into the gold of divine wisdom -from luzifer-gnosis, rudolph steiner. lucifer stands on the threshold of dawn and dusk. the bringer of light, symbol of thelemic strength and divine wisdom emerges. the age of lucifer is the uprising of what blatavatsky termed "phosphorus, the cosmic force of illumination and light. lucifer is the force of air, while satan the dual and corrupted form of the light bringer is of active fire. this duality is the changeable essence of progression and evolution. lucifer emerges by name as the roman "bringer of light, lucem fero..the carrier of the torch. a gnostic god, the holy bible mentions little of him besides the basis of origin "you were the anointed

RABBI AMIRAM MARKEL MARKEL THE KNOWLEDGE OF G D VOL 1

ine service. unfortunately, many people fall into this category as well. we, therefore, must explain it, to correct it. this level is the external stimulation of the emotions, which stems from false delusions and imaginations. one fires up his emotions. he may sing and dance and be very animated or cry out during prayer, but it is all from the externality of the heart. in truth, there is no inner illumination or vitality, and it is not at all directed towards g-d. how can this be said with such surety? for the simple reason that in his mind, no divine contemplation has taken place, and if there was any, it was only in the most general of terms and did not actually penetrate and affect his soul altogether. rather, he is merely exciting himself into a frenzy. he does this because he has been

RABBI MOSHE WISNEFSKY APPLES FROM THE ORCHARD THE ARIZAL ON THE PARASHAH

n fact counted is not made clear until the second clause( guntil age fifty h) is stated. thus, the verse seems to imply that the main factor is being over thirty; being under fifty is only an afterthought. by counting the thirty-year old levites, we are forcing them to participate in this rebounding ascent, as well. in this way, the gevurah-states of chesed-gevurah-tiferet can also experience the illumination naturally experienced by the netzach-hod states. 12 mevo she farim 6:1:5 (132b. the arizal on parashat bamidbar 557 however, since there are in total five states of gevurah [the levites] are counted up to age fifty, for they all form one unit. the meaning of the phrase gaccording to their families and their fathers f houses h is as follows: there are two female partzufim constructed o

REGARDIE ISRAEL THE COMPLETE GOLDEN DAWN

al analysis of the keyword sums up the formula with the initials isis, apophis, osiris=iao, the supreme god of the gnostics (iao is pronounced eeah- oh) since the sun is the giver of life and light, the formula must refer to light as the redeemer. the order was predicated on the age-old process of bringing light to the natural man. in other words, it taught a psycho-spiritual technique leading to illumination, to enlightenment. in this connection, one should always remember those beautiful versicles about the light in the opening chapter of the gospel according to st. john. in the very first or neophyte ritual of the golden dawn, the candidate is startled introduction 13 to hear the strangely-worded invocation "khabs am pekht. konx om pax. light in extension" in other words, may you too re

"and risen. isis, apophis, osiris, 1.40" thus what started out to be a simple abbreviation of a traditional latin sentence on the cross above the head of jesus, has now evolved by a qabalistic process of exegesis into a complex series of evocative ideas and symbolic gestures which extend tremendously the root idea. and by knowing these ideas, the gestures may be used practically to aspire to the illumination it suggests. this is the essential value of the sacramental actions. the rosicrucian equivalent of this formula is found in the fama fraternatitas, one of the original three classical rosicrucian documents. ex deo nascimur. in jesu morirnur. per spiritus sanctus reviviscimus "from god are we born. in christ we die. we are revived by the holy spirit" nor is this all. if we take 'lvx' a

ormula is found in the fama fraternatitas, one of the original three classical rosicrucian documents. ex deo nascimur. in jesu morirnur. per spiritus sanctus reviviscimus "from god are we born. in christ we die. we are revived by the holy spirit" nor is this all. if we take 'lvx' as symbols of roman numerals, we have 65. this number, therefore, attains the symbolic equivalent of light, gnosis and illumination. the adeptus minor obligation imposed on the candidate during the ritual initiation, obligates him, as already demonstrated, to aspire and work and practise so that by enlightenment he may one day "become more than human" this is the qabalistic philosophy summarized in the statement that the adept seeks to unite himself to his higher soul or his higher self, symbolized again in the he

tion of the higher genius. these, however, are the high ends and the final goals of the mystic term. notwithstanding his limitations these are ultimates to which every man mist work. meanwhile, in orzer to render that attainment possible in its fullest sense, several important matters require attention. the personality must be harmonised. every element therein demands equilibriation in order that illumination ensuing from the magical work may not prodice fanaticism and pathology instead of adeptship and integrity. balance is required for the accomplishment of the great work'%quiiib um is the basis of the soul" heref fore, the four grades of <50> earth, air, water and fire plant the seeds of the microcosmic pentagram, and above them is placed, in the portal ceremony, the crown of the spirit

he divine name iao, i invoke thee thou great avenging angel hua, that thou mayest invisibly place thy hand upon the head of this aspirant in attestation of his obligation" it is not difficult to realise that this is a critical and important phase of the ceremony. during this obligation, because of the symbolism attached to it and because of the active aspiration which is induced at this juncture, illumination <69> may quite easily occur. in one of the documents describing certain effects ensuing from this initiation, one of the chiefs has written,that the object of the ceremony conceived as a whole "is especially intended to effect the change of the consciousness into the neschamah, and there are three places where this can take place. the first is when the aspirant is on the cross, becaus

ruler, and an anointed king, the viceroy and representative of the higher will, because inspired thereby, in his kingdom which is man. then shall it happen that the higher will, i.e, the lower genius, shall descend into the royal habitation, so that the higher will and the lower will shall be as one, and the higher genius shall descend into the kether of the man, bringing with him the tremendous illumination of his angelic nature. and the man shall become what is said of enoch "and fifth knowledge lecture 107 chanokh made himself to walk with god, and he was not, for god took him (genesis, v. v. 24) then also this shalt thou know, that the nephesch of the man shall become as the genius of the evil persona, so that the evil persona itself shall be as the power of the divine in the qlippoth

form. hold the black section of the lotus wand in the right hand, tracing over the form such letters, sigils, and lineal figures as may occur in the following oration. in the divine name shaddai el chai, i invoke thee, thou great goddess of nature who clothest thyself with the forces of life as with a garment <243> 0 thou who art isis, the high priestess of the silver star, the perfect purity and illumination of the divine presence of the supernal light, whose sphere is yesod reflecting the light and air from the crown. lift me up, i beseech thee, through the path of tau, and manifest unto me a body of transformation, showing forth thy love and power and stability. grant unto me the mighty power and help of the archangel gabriel who rules over the fundamental strength of yesod, that he may

RITUEL ET DOGME DE LA HAUTE MAGIE BY ELIPHAS LEVI PART II

hat of the microcosm, made by extending the five fingers, etc. once accepted and propagated, signs acquire force of themselves. in the early centuries of our era, the sight and making of the sign of the cross was enough to bring proselytes to christianity. what is called the miraculous medal continues in our own days to effect a great number of conversions by the same magnetic law. the vision and illumination of the young israelite, alphonse de ratisbonne, is the most remarkable fact of this kind. imagination is creative not only within us but without us by means of our fluidic projections, and undoubtedly the phenomena of the labarum of constantine and the cross of migne should be attributed to no other cause. the magic chain of speech was typified among the ancients by chains of gold, wh

RUBY TABLET OF SET

, they nevertheless recognized the (psychic) power represented by set as absolutely necessary to the very existence and functioning of the gods. the fact that the set-animal does not occur in nature makes it clear that it- and the god it expresses. is of extra-dimensional or "extra-terrestrial" origin. and from my manifest semblance, which alone is not of earth" the north solstice working for the illumination of the relationship between woden and set classification: v2- a41.w- 1 author: stephen e. flowers ii date: north solstice, xix html revision: october 26, 1998 ce subject: woden/odin, set reading list #3 #14 #17 the north solstice working for the illumination of the relationship between woden and set [performed outside, with the altar facing the north star, and the constellation of the

hem onward to the pylons of the new temple. you who saw their shrines, came too soon and passed by, knowing it for what it was, but knowing not what was written there. i, astaroth, shall give you the key and the formula- but that ancient text you must decipher for yourselves. in the full light of day at the threshold of the gate of the south solstice, i, astaroth who announced myself with a brief illumination in the night of the aeon as i made my descent upon this earth like unto those distant waters, now stand before you with my seal bearing the twin serpents of my life and wisdom and the sword that joins them. in the name of set, the prince of darkness, i give you my own word to assist you on the path of xeper. that word is mach- the fire in the darkness xepera xeper xeperu astaroth it i

ience is not as great as it was in old khem" and an indication that he will not intervene too forcefully in the affairs of mankind. i take the "ancient text" to mean the word of set, and understand this to mean that the tools now exist to use it in the fullness of its power. gin the full light of day at the threshold of the gate of the south solstice, i, astaroth who announced myself with a brief illumination in the night of the aeon as i made my descent upon this earth like unto those distant waters, now stand before you with my seal bearing the twin serpents of my life and wisdom and the sword that joins them. h compare this passage with: and before our sight satan lost shape and became again the essence of lucifer, and we beheld a brilliance that infused all of hell and sent great bolts

reading list: beware the stumbling blocks that are laid by your selves- for that is no way to seek the crystal within my grasp. study me now, that you might know my configuration. bear not to turn away and shrink from my overwhelming presence, for i am essential to understanding. the crystal illuminates truth, as maat stands before us in her judgment of our being. and nexbet holds that light, of illumination and clarity, of vision that leads to an understanding of the forces we are, and are around us "know thyself" has been an accursed word- fit only for those who would step across that plane into self-destiny. i have for you the key to do just that- while you have the will to reach the form. see clearly what words i am saying, for i do not speak idly and my words are precious to my self

fascinated both by the cut of the large stones and their inlaid hieroglyphs, i approach the walls for closer scrutiny. the black walls are smooth, finely polished, as if they are made of glass "jade" i say to myself. though the air has a slight chill about it; the walls are warm, as if they are alive. the silvery hieroglyphs which serve the same function here as they did within the gallery, viz: illumination, seem to be breathing. believing this to be a hallucination, i shake my head as if to clear it, and blink my eyes several times. the hieroglyphs still breathe. i am so absorbed in my thoughts and speculations concerning the reason and nature of the hieroglyphs' strange phenomenon, that i fail to notice for a time that i am not alone within the chamber. i turn around slowly to see set

he circumstances for a civil, secular state with tolerance and justice for all. i approve of the forward-looking, future-oriented vision that you both have. it was hard to see that in the working that you did, but since you have now clarified the object of your magical desires for me, i am much more reassured" footnotes 1. these words are taken from stephen flowers' north solstice working for the illumination of the relationship between woden and set. 2. these words are also taken from stephen flowers' north solstice working. 3. setian bell's taking of the name israel stems from the old testament story in which jacob wrestles with god and prevails. god then names jacob as israel which means "he struggles with god" genesis 32:28. 4. from adept allee's brimstone magazine 5. adept parkin sees

ame of the demon summoned forth, and also an appropriate sigil. to the right of the athame rested her pen of art. it had been used to write the ritual text, and subject: xeper reading list: would be employed to fill out the parchment. the only other device actually on the altar was one large, white candle. it was directly behind her open workbook, and once lit it would serve as the only source of illumination in the room. having checked off all the items on the altar, she left that immediate area to survey the rest of her chamber. of critical importance to this magical operation were the two different circles drawn on the floor. having previously shoved her furniture into the far corners of the room, an atrium of sorts was formed for her actual working area. directly in front of the altar

SAPPHIRE TABLE OF SET MAIN

tter as a way of taking the implicit and making it explicit. you will notice also that this is the first of my letters addressed only to the iv. this is because, by definition, only a master of the temple may comprehend that grade. nor may it be "taught" to those of lesser initiatory degrees. like the ii and the iii, it is something that the individual must seek for himself and attain through the illumination of his will. hence the title of this letter "those who seek shall find" and thus again the meaningful use of the term "recognition" as opposed to promotion. the term "master" is one of preeminent honor in all of the artistic, religious, and philosophical pursuits of mankind. a master is one who comprehends, who knows, who possesses all skills. appropriately a master is regarded by oth

SAPPHIRE TABLET OF SET

tter as a way of taking the implicit and making it explicit. you will notice also that this is the first of my letters addressed only to the iv. this is because, by definition, only a master of the temple may comprehend that grade. nor may it be "taught" to those of lesser initiatory degrees. like the ii and the iii, it is something that the individual must seek for himself and attain through the illumination of his will. hence the title of this letter "those who seek shall find" and thus again the meaningful use of the term "recognition" as opposed to promotion. the term "master" is one of preeminent honor in all of the artistic, religious, and philosophical pursuits of mankind. a master is one who comprehends, who knows, who possesses all skills. appropriately a master is regarded by oth

SATANGEL

ash-shuthath al-mautu qad yantahi" that is not dead which can eternal lie, and in strange aeons even death may come to die. this grimoire has its origins in the fictional horror stories of h.p.lovecraft, published in the 1920s. strangely, various claims have been made that the book has been discovered. it has been published in various editions, and modern practitioners of the arts of delusion and illumination have performed successful sorceries based on these fictional ideas. it has thus become an issue of some controversy. yet, from another perspective, we know little of the true histories of any of the classical grimoire. what is significant is that the magick works k even if the rituals are based on complete fraud. their formula has been copied from the goetic 'merely the names have bee

t wife of adam. the screech owl (isiah 34:14. whose cult spread from palestine to greece, where she merged with hekate. originally a babylonian goddess lilitu, or ardat-lilil. lucifer (latin, bringer of light. the rebel angel who was cast from heaven (isiah 14:12. certain gnostic sects regard lucifer as a divine power in his own right, and the witches recognise him as the initiator and bringer of illumination. in etruscan gypsy lore he is the father of aradia and consort of diana. it is this godform that became the emperor of hell (grimorium verum. roman god of the morning star (venus. luciftias (enochian, brightness) whose return is heralded, alongside babalon, in the call of the thirty aethers. lucifuge (latin, running from the light. servants of lucifer who hunt for souls to damn. they

blishes their dominance. the second is a call and recognition of the blood lineage; through the power of lust we are continued. the third identifies the aims of the black magician in achieving dominance and superiority over mankind; a statement of spiritual elitism. the fourth calls out to the sons of pleasure, and bids them to visit the earth. the fifth is a call to the mysteries; the seeking of illumination. the sixth key invokes the power of the luciferian mystery. the seventh is a charge and celebration of glamour and sexuality. the eighth concerns the coming of the new aeon; black magick as a confrontational and subversive path to be effective in the entire circle of our existence. the ninth concerns the hedonistic indulgence of mind altering substances; specifically wormwood. the ten

SATANIC BIBLE

rning desire, and the flames of the pit. only black and white candles are to be used in satanic ritual. never use more than one white candle; but as many black candles as are required to illuminate the ritual chamber may be used. at least one black candle is placed to the left of the altar, representing the powers of darkness and the left-hand path. other black candles are placed where needed for illumination. one white candle is placed to the right of the altar, representing the hypocrisy of white light "magicians" and the followers of the right-hand path. no other light source is to be used. black candles are used for power and success for the participants of the ritual, and are used to consume the parchments on which blessings requested by the ritual participants are written. the white

SATANIC RITUALS

, turning counter clockwise very slowly as he speaks. when he completes his invocation, an assistant relieves him of his text and presents the ceremonial sword or dagger. as the celebrant takes the sword in hand, the assistant at the console reactivates the electrostatic generator, combines both audible frequencies in chording, bringing the volume to full intensity, and activates the stroboscopic illumination. 8- celebrant holds sword on high, turning slowly counter clockwise, pausing at each reflective plane, until nine planes have been confronted. 9- celebrant lowers himself into pentagon, sword in hand, and assumes the hakenkreuz position while lying on left side, sword in right hand. at that moment the electrostatic generator is turned off, but sound is maintained at full intensity and

ial: the other reflects the dimness of an almost forgotten past. as for the phonetics, they bear no linguistic given name. the translation is as accurate as contemporary methods permit. ceremony of the nine angles [this ceremony is to be performed in a closed chamber containing no curved surfaces whatsoever. no open flames are to be in the chamber except for a single brazier or flame pot. general illumination is provided through controlled starlight or moonlight, or via concealed ultraviolet devices. above and behind the altar platform should appear the outline of a regular trapezoid. the celebrant and participants all wear masks or headpieces to blur or distort the true facial features. all participants assemble in a half-hexagonal formation facing the large trapezoid emblem. the celebran

SATANICON

sence of satan. altar candles are arranged in the following manner: the flame of satan represents supreme darkness and man s carnal nature. it is placed on the left side of the altar. the flame of lucifer represents enlightenment and eternal opposition to god and xianity. it is placed on the right side of the altar. additional black candles may be used in other areas of the black chapel for added illumination -22- the sword of satan the sword is the physical extension of the satanic will. it is the instrument of summoning and the director of demonic forces. the sword of satan is placed upon the altar with the point of the blade to the left. the thurible and the aroma of enlightenment the earthly scents are burned to accentuate and stimulate the emotions and imagination. the aroma of incens

SCHLAGER NEIL WORLD RELIGIONS REFERENCE LIBRARY

tyle, black ink and a brush are used to produce many shades of gray. such pictures may be only a swirl of lines to suggest a scene from nature. this depiction of nature by japanese artists was influenced by the zen saying, the trees show the bodily form of the wind. allied to the visual arts is buddhist influence on the manuscript arts, including calligraphy (fine handwriting, block printing, and illumination, or book illustration. in china and japan calligraphy became a true art form. in china such writing skill was a blend of dharma philosophy with the older chinese tradition of landscape painting. buddhist monasteries became safe libraries for beautifully illustrated buddhist texts, just as christian monasteries preserved illuminated holy works. buddhist architecture also influenced sac

oy became known as alexander the great, and he conquered much of asia, bringing it under greek rule. other historians note, however, that these stories of aristotle and alexander only arose much later in history. in fact, the two were very much opposites. aristotle loved the concept of the city-state, but alexander later destroyed such localized governments in order to rule over them. a manucript illumination of greek philosopher aristotle tutoring alexander the great. aristotle is said to have tutored alexander when he was a boy in pella, macedonia. archivo iconografico, s.a./corbis. 36 world religions: biographies aristotle aristotle assembled a group of followers in pella and took them with him when he left the capital for his hometown, stagira, in 340 bce. after the death of his wife

SEPHER HA BAHIR

blood; the young icarus, drowned in the water, whose nurse is the earth, whose mother is the wind, whose father is the fire, the water her caretaker and drink, one stone and no stone, one water and no water, nevertheless a stone of living power and a water of living might; a sulphur, a mercury, a salt, hidden deep in nature, and which no fool has ever known nor se n sepher ha-bahir or the book of illumination attributed to rabbi nehunia ben hakana translated by aryeh kaplan the bahir 2 the first verses of creation 3 the aleph-beth 7 the seven voices and the sephiroth 12 the ten sephiroth 32 mysteries of the soul 53 index 57 the bahir 3 section i the first verses of creation 1. rabbi nehuniah ben hakana said: one verse (job 37:21) states "and now they do not see light, it is brilliant (bahi

edge are its chambers filled" 15. what does the bet resemble? it is like a man, formed by god with wisdom. he is closed on all sides, but open in front. the aleph, however, is open from behind. this teaches us that the tail of the bet is open from behind. if not for this, man could not exist. likewise, if not for the bet on the tail of the aleph, the world could not exist. 16. rabbi rahumai said: illumination preceeded the world, since it is written (psalm 97:2 "cloud and gloom surround him" it is thus written (genesis 1:3 "and god said 'let there be light' and there was light" they said to him "before the creation of israel your son, will you then make him a crown" he replied yes. what does this resemble? a king yearned for a son. one day he found a beautiful, precious crown, and he said

torah, observe your commandments, and sanctify your name, unifying it secretly and publicly. the verse thus concludes, in the sight of the sons of man. 149. rabbi rahumai said: this teaches us that israel had light. torah is light, as it is written (proverbs 6:23, for a commandment is a lamp, torah is light [and the way of life is the rebuke of admonition. and we say that a lamp is a commandment, illumination (orah) oral torah, and light (or) is the written torah [how can we then say that the oral torah is light (or] because this light has already been kept, it is called light. what is this like? a room was hidden at the end of a house. even though it is day, and there is bright light in the world, one cannot see in this room unless he brings along a lamp. the same is true of the oral tora

SEPHER YETZIRAH WESTCOTT

at such universal concord could only arise from the rule of a supreme unity" according to isaac myer, in his quabbalah (p. 159, the "sepher yetzirah" was referred to in the writings of ibn gebirol of cordova, commonly called avicebron, who died in a.d. 1070. eliphas levi, the famous french occultist, thus wrote of the "sepher yetzirah" in his histoire de la magie, p. 54 "the zohar is a genesis of illumination, the sepher jezirah is a ladder formed of truths. therein are explained the thirty-two absolute signs of sounds, numbers and letters: each letter reproduces a number, an idea and a form; so that mathematics are capable of application to ideas and to forms not less rigorously than to numbers, by exact proportion and perfect correspondence. by the science of the sepher jezirah the human

SEVEN SCROLLS CHILDREN OF THE BLACK ROSE

s on themselves, others, and society as a whole. maintaining their whole-self balance sheet on the asset side becomes second nature, and they become stronger with each passing day. so will you "there are those who constantly fail in their purpose. of course, the question arises as to why. the answer always is that they didn't believe in themselves" the rest of light resting the mind and receiving illumination. for ten minutes each morning upon rising, and ten minutes before retiring, at night, practice the rest of light. ask the force that light and understanding be granted you this day. then, after waiting for your answer, you may ask for more specific understanding or revelation. here is one of the best ways to chip away at problems and seek answers. asking only takes a moment. then, use

SPENSER THE CULT OF THE ALL SEEING EYE 1960

sman of significant and noble importance rather than in a chapel in the ordinary sense. those who are wedded to seeking communion in traditional settings may be somewhat ill at ease here. this is a sudden break with prior experience. one is thrown violently upon his own] resources "the room and the concept do not seem indicative of the supplications or the dualistic concept of the mystic in which illumination is sought as a boon granted by deity. rather, seemingly inherent in the decoration of the room, in the pinpoint of light playing on the ore, is the concept of a personal concentration of forces, creating a focus that illumines the field of attention "the pinpoint of light, the void of space, the illuminated crystalline ore. one feels projected into a setting of cosmological symbolism

i are needed now to combat the influence and supporters of this temple of abomination, with its crude, occult-evoking simulacra of deity. st. paul said (acts 17, verse 29 "if therefore we are the offspring of god, we ought not to imagine that the divinity is like to gold or silver or stone, to an image graven by human art and thought" but hammarskjold likened the light over the altar to the sun's illumination and the altar to "the god whom man worships under many names and in many forms" beelzebub or buddha, confucius or christ. they are all one in the meditation room, a nameless god. appendix: mural a gift of marshall field family early accounts of the gift of the mural (its cost in terms of labor, etc) stated that an "anonymous donor" had supplied it to the room. however, the leaflet han

nd a candle, signifying the light from god's law "thy word is a lamp unto my feet and a light unto my path" why was this particular quotation chosen? the terms "word" and "light" have especially significant meanings in the occult lexicon. in the ancient mysteries of egypt the word "is said to have been the tetragrammaton (see source 9, part i, p. 889 "the connection of material light with. mental illumination was prominently exhibited in all the ancient systems of religion and esoteric mysteries. among the egyptians. the symbol of moral illumination. was also the symbol of osiris [ibid, pp. 469-470) these root-symbols are met with over and over again in all of the temples and designs used by the devotees of the "new" pagan cult [persons involved in the establishment and decoration of the p

"main currents of modern thought (available at the temple information center, 66 west putnam avenue, greenwich, connecticut; telephone to 9-5054 "the upper level of the temple of understanding will center around a reflecting pool of water. this inner pool, surrounded by benches, will be designed for meditation and prayer. it will be kept completely quiet at all times, and be known as the 'hall of illumination (emphasis supplied) is the temple to be used as a place of worship or is it not? the statements cited are contradictory. actually, common sense tells us that the intent of the temple's founders is that religious worship shall be practiced in the building, but not in a form acceptable to any of the leaders of the world's great religions. any claim made at this time by the backers of th

STEINER RUDOLF CHRISTIANITY AS MYSTICAL FACT

in every way to join that company, leaving nothing undone which i could do to attain this end.21 the mysteries and pre-socratic philosophy 23 one who speaks about initiation in this way must indeed have dedicated his search for wisdom to the way of thinking that was begotten by the mysteries. and there is no doubt that a brilliant light is shed on the words of eminent greek philosophers when that illumination comes from the mysteries. the relationship of heraclitus of ephesus (c. 535 475 b.c) to the mysteries is immediately clear from a saying that is handed down about him, to the effect that his thoughts were an impassable road. anyone who was not an initiate would find in them nothing but obscurity and darkness, but they were brighter than the sun to those who approached them in the comp

ng the divine through the impressions of the senses or through rational understanding. these are concerned only with temporal things. but there is a path of the soul that enables it to transcend these modes of knowledge, and to step outside its ordinary identity, abandoning in ecstatic trance all that it called i. it is then in a state of spiritual 154 christianity as mystical fact exaltation, or illumination. it no longer has thought, ideas, or knowledge in the usual sense, but is merged into and united with god. the divine is an experience that cannot be put into the form of thoughts or ideas that express what it is like. it must be experienced. and anyone who has experienced the divine has to admit that it can be conveyed only indirectly, through the living quality of one s words. the c

SZYMANSKI GREG SEARCHING FOR THE ILLUMINATI DEEP WITHIN THE BOWELS OF THE VATICAN

very spiritual orientation. they are not satanic, though; they are luciferian, which is different. the ultimate goal of their spiritual philosophy and their sense of discipline is they believe that should you complete all of your training, you become a god. that is their actual end goal. they believe in the achievement of godhood- of illuminist philosophy- through what they call enlightenment, or illumination, which is how they got their name. gs: mm hm. sv: they are international. in europe there are twelve fathers who sit, who represent the different nations of europe. they are very expectantly awaiting he who is to come, and during that ceremony in the vatican (bumper music starts) on my knees i had to swear my allegiance to serve he who is to come. they believe that the coven. gs: sval

TEXE MARRS CODEX MAGICA SECRET SIGNS MYSTERIOUS SYMBOLS AND HIDDEN CODES OF THE ILLUMINATI

than that of the clinton era, but the presidential seal of the carpet, or rug, continues to show the eagle facing to the left, while the desk has the bird facing to the right. in combination, this reflects the classic, double-headed (leftright) eagle of 33o freemasonry. notice also that, in bush's carpet are added a number of brilliant, radiant sun rays arching out from the seal, indicating the "illumination" of the presidency of the united states. moreover, at the bush conference, the positioning of furniture and accessories (chairs/tables) provides the classic masonic lodge ritual arrangement, plus we have overall the mason square and compass within a circle design. the red roses in the middle are also symbolic in that they represent the feminine aspect (vagina) while the eagle represen

amid masonry is a peculiar egypto-babylonia-jewish institution, and so the pyramid itself hearkens back to the dynasty of the pharaohs and to the gods and goddesses of ancient egypt. the stones which make up the pyramid are also of esoteric significance. in the masonic philosophy it is taught that unenlightened man is in a rude, natural state. having little or no "light" and without the spiritual illumination offered by the mystery religions he is likened to an imperfect or rough ashlar stone. but once enlightened and illuminated, he is crafted into a man of education, sophistication, discipline, and culture. he reaches upward toward spiritual perfection. he is then a perfect ashlar stone. in many pagan religions this concept of the rough vs. perfect ashlar was taught. in freemasonry, it i

THAGIRION

, bill clinton and others have been called antichrists and have been the shadow person for people. nietzsche, crowley and gurdjieff have more been more accurate thagirion characters, since they preached the possibility for man to save himself together with thagirion related symbol language. a person can channel thagirion and be a guide in the teachings of the dark side. for everyone this level is illumination. this is the sun sphere, the mental plane and here the magician meets his/her higher self or daemon who on the sephiroth takes the form of the holy guardian angel. on the qliphoth it takes the form of the totem animal. the illumination on the sephiroth is of an intellectual nature and on the qliphoth it is an illumination of the instincts. the initiation of light brings an intellectua

uardian angel. on the qliphoth it takes the form of the totem animal. the illumination on the sephiroth is of an intellectual nature and on the qliphoth it is an illumination of the instincts. the initiation of light brings an intellectual distance to the here and now and the material while the dark initiation brings total awareness in the here and now-in the flesh and the material. the tiphereth illumination is usually reached through ascetism while the thagirion illumination is reached through sex or ecstatic dance. through the typhonian alchemy a draconian magician reaches an illumination that includes both sides of the sun sphere. this through the state of consciousness called the chepera-consciousness. in alchemy this represents the level of the yellow diamond. the sun sphere also cor

THE BOOK OF PLEASURE

" is, or how to believe in what defies natural laws and existing belief. surely it is not by saying "i believe; that art has long been lost. they are even more subject to bewilderment and distraction directly they open their mouths full of argument; without power and unhappy unless spreading their own confusion, to gain cogency they must adopt dogma and mannerism that excludes possibility. by the illumination of their knowledge they deteriorate in accomplishment. have we not watched them decay in ration to their expoundings? verily, man cannot believe by faith or gain, neither can he explain his knowledge unless born of a new law. we being everything, wherefore the necessity of imagining we are not? be ye mystic. others believe in prayer. have not all yet learnt, that to ask it to be denie

ief but is the archetype of "self" the slavery of mortality. endeavouring to describe "it" i write what may be but not usually-called the "book of lies. 3 the unorthodox of the originable-a volant "sight" that conveys somehow by the incidental, that truth is somewhere. the kia which can be vaguely expressed in words is the "neither-neither" the unmodified "i" in the sensation of omnipresence, the illumination symbolically transcribed in the sacred alphabet, and of which i am about to write. its emanation is its own intensity, but not necessariness, it has and ever will exist, the virgin quantum-by its exuberance we have gained existence. who dare say where, why and how it is related? by the labour of time the doubter inhabits his limit. not related to, but permitting all things, it eludes

but is the archetype of "self" the slavery of mortality. endeavouring to describe "it" i write what may be but not usually-called the "book of lies. 3 the unorthodox of the originable-a volant "sight" that conveys somehow by the incidental, that truth is 15 somewhere. the kia which can be vaguely expressed in words is the "neither-neither" the unmodified "i" in the sensation of omnipresence, the illumination symbolically transcribed in the sacred alphabet, and of which i am about to write. its emanation is its own intensity, but not necessariness, it has and ever will exist, the virgin quantum-by its exuberance we have gained existence. who dare say where, why and how it is related? by the labour of time the doubter inhabits his limit. not related to, but permitting all things, it eludes

ible purpose of ecstasy. supreme bliss simulating opposition is its balance. it suffers no hurt, neither does it labour. is it not selfattracting and independent? assuredly we cannot call it balance. could we but imitate its law, all creation without command would unite and serve our purpose in pleasure and harmony. kia transcending conception, is unchanging and inexhaustible, there is no need of illumination to see it. if we open our mouths to speak of it, it is not of it but of our duality, mighty though it be in its early simplicity! kia without conceiving, produces its rendezvous as the fulness of creation. without assertion the mightiest energy, without smallness it may appear the least among things. its possession ours without asking, its being free, the only thing that is free. with

ed pleasures at a time, however much his ecstasy, he does not lose, but great increase takes place. let him practise it daily, accordingly, till he arrives at the centre of desire. he has imitated the great purpose. like this, all emotions should find equipoise at the time of emanation, till they become one. thus by hindering belief and semen from conception, they become simple and cosmic. by its illumination there is nothing that cannot be explained. certainly i find satisfaction in ecstasy. i have now told you a secret of great import, it was known to me in childhood. even by sedulously striving for a vacuity of belief, one is cosmic enough to dwell in the innermost of others and enjoy them. among men few know what they really believe or desire, let him begin, who would know, by locating

THE BOOK OF THE ELDER KINGS GOLDEN DAWN

come as sacred nourishment, as delicious ambrosia and sweet nectar. we come as a blessed sacrament of wisdom and joy unto all. know thou this holy truth! 2. we are the ageless brethren of l.v.x, whose voice is our holy habitation. we are the secret masters of the formless fire who conduct the world's initiation. and know thou that we are the invisible illuminati of the world, whose golden age of illumination is come. 3. thus we say unto thee, fasten thy soul unto our voice of sublime mystery: let all who have ears to hear, listen to the vast symphony of our holy words of illumination; yea, listen to the vast symphony of our holy words of illumination. 4. we come in the power of the light! we come in the light of wisdom! we come in the mercy of the light! the light hath liberty in its wing

THE GALE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNUSUAL UNEXPLAINED VOL 1

ancient places, those sites have been examined and speculated upon for centuries, yet they still continue to conceal secrets and occasionally yield surprising information that forces new historical interpretations of past societies. there are other places that have become mysterious sites because of unusual occurrences. the claimed miraculous healing at lourdes, france, the accounts of spiritual illumination at jerusalem and mecca, and the sacred visions at taos, new mexico, provide testimonies of faith and wonder that must be assessed by each individual. there are also the lost civilizations and mysterious places that may never have existed beyond the human imagination. more than 2,500 years ago, legends first began about atlantis, an ideal society that enjoyed an abundance of natural re

ingly interested in the occult and mystical doctrines, and he later claimed to be endowed with the ability to read the akashic records, from which he had been able to envision the true history of human evolution. according to his interpretation of humankind s prehistory, many present-day men and women were descended from the people of the lost continent of atlantis, who had been guided to achieve illumination by a higher order of beings. eventually, the smartest, strongest, and most intellectually flexible of the atlanteans evolved into demigods, semidivine beings, who were able to relay instructions from higher intelligences. consequently, within the contemporary mass of evolving humans are individuals who are descendants of those divine human-hybrid beings, men and women who are animated

awaken to find himself in this particular spot? while davis claimed never to learn the answer as to how he got to that particular setting in the catskills, he soon learned the reason why. he said that first the spirit of the greek philosopher galen (129 c.e. c. 199c.e) materialized before him, then the spirit of the swedish seer emanuel swedenborg (1688 1772, both of whom provided him with mental illumination and spiritual revelation. from that day onward, andrew jackson davis set forth on an extensive lecture schedule, proclaiming the advent of spirit communication for humans everywhere. he claimed a great cosmic doorway was being opened, and ministers from the spirit world would soon be making themselves available for contact with those individuals who wished to gain from their wisdom an

become one with the divine essence itself. in other words, for the conventional, unquestioning member of a religious faith, revealed truths come from an external source, such as god and his selected prophets and teachers. for the mystic, however, truth comes from the god-self within and with the union of the human mind and the divine. many mystics speak of having received cosmic consciousness, or illumination, a sense of oneness with all-that-is. in his classic study of the experience, dr. raymond bucke (1837 92) studied a number of individuals whom he considered recipients of cosmic consciousness, such as gautama the buddha (c. 563 b.c.e. c. 483 b.c.e, jesus the christ (6 b.c.e. c. 30 c.e, paul? c. 62 c.e, plotinus (205 c.e. 270 c.e, muhammed (570 632, dante (1265 1321, moses (c. 1400 b.c

als whom he considered recipients of cosmic consciousness, such as gautama the buddha (c. 563 b.c.e. c. 483 b.c.e, jesus the christ (6 b.c.e. c. 30 c.e, paul? c. 62 c.e, plotinus (205 c.e. 270 c.e, muhammed (570 632, dante (1265 1321, moses (c. 1400 b.c.e, isaiah, emanuel swedenborg (1688 1772, ralph waldo emerson (1803 1882, and ramakrishna paramahansa. bucke concluded that the recipient of such illumination must be a person of high intellectual, moral, and physical attainment and express a warm heart, courage, and strong and religious feeling. he considered the approximate age of 36 as the most propitious time in one s life to achieve this elevated state of consciousness. in varieties of religious experience (1902) william james (1842 1910) cites four features that he feels may distingui

urage, and strong and religious feeling. he considered the approximate age of 36 as the most propitious time in one s life to achieve this elevated state of consciousness. in varieties of religious experience (1902) william james (1842 1910) cites four features that he feels may distinguish a mystical state of consciousness from other states of consciousness: 1. ineffability. when one receives an illumination experience, james comments, it defies expression; no adequate report of its contents can be given in words. the mystical experience, he suggests, must be directly experienced; it cannot be imparted or transferred to others. mystical states are, therefore, more like states of feeling. lacking the heart or ear, we cannot interpret the musician or the lover justly, james writes, and are

ersonality, such as prophetic speech, automatic writing, or the mediumistic trance. mystical states are never merely interruptive. some memory of their content always remains, and a profound sense of their importance. in a chapter on basic mystical experience in his watcher on the hills (1959, dr. raynor c. johnson, master of queens college, university of melbourne, lists seven characteristics of illumination: 1. the appearance of light. this observation is uniformly made, and may be regarded as a criterion of the contact of soul and spirit. 2. ecstasy, love, bliss. directly or by implication, almost all the accounts refer to the supreme emotional tones of the experience. 3. the approach to one-ness. in the union of soul with spirit, the former acquires a sense of unity with all things. 4

THE GALE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNUSUAL UNEXPLAINED VOL 3

ancient places, those sites have been examined and speculated upon for centuries, yet they still continue to conceal secrets and occasionally yield surprising information that forces new historical interpretations of past societies. there are other places that have become mysterious sites because of unusual occurrences. the claimed miraculous healing at lourdes, france, the accounts of spiritual illumination at jerusalem and mecca, and the sacred visions at taos, new mexico, provide testimonies of faith and wonder that must be assessed by each individual. there are also the lost civilizations and mysterious places that may never have existed beyond the human imagination. more than 2,500 years ago, legends first began about atlantis, an ideal society that enjoyed an abundance of natural re

goblin that particularly has it in for those travelers who venture out after dark. the spunkie is considered so nasty that tradition claims it to be a direct agent of satan. it hovers about in the darkness, just waiting for a traveler to become lost in the night, perhaps during a rainstorm when visibility is especially bad. the goblin manifests a light that appears to the desperate wayfarer like illumination shining through a windowpane, thus signaling shelter and a dry place to spend the inclement evening. but as the hopeful traveler approaches the light, it keeps moving just a bit farther away. since the poor, drenched pilgrim has no choice in the darkness but to keep pursuing the light source, the spunkie keeps moving it just a bit farther on until the evil goblin has lured the unfortu

e mind 141 aperson may enter an altered state of consciousness through such things as sensory deprivation or overload, neurochemical imbalance, fever, or trauma. work, or personal relationships; c) the symbolic level, which is often characterized by vivid visual imagery of mythical, religious, and historical symbols; d) the integrative level, in which the individual undergoes an intense religious illumination, experiences a dissolution of self, and is confronted by god or some divine being. each of these four levels might be induced by psychedelic drugs, hypnosis, meditation, prayer, or free association during psychoanalysis. through the ages, many of humankind s major material and spiritual breakthroughs may have come from these virtually unmapped, uncharted regions of the mind. there are

ames earl jones and estelle parsons playing barney and betty. on september 19, 1961, betty, a social worker, and barney, a mail carrier, then in their 40s, were returning to their home in new hampshire from a short canadian vacation when they noticed a bright object in the night sky. barney stopped the car and used a pair of binoculars to get a better look at it. as he studied the object, its own illumination showed a well-defined disklike shape, moving in an irregular pattern across the moonlit sky. fascinated, barney walked into a nearby field where from that perspective he could perceive what appeared to be windows and, t h e g a l e e n c y c l o p e d i a o f t h e u n u s u a l a n d u n e x p l a i n e d 274 invaders from outer space frank scully and daniel fry in the may/june 1995

THE GALE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNUSUAL UNEXPLAINED VOL

ancient places, those sites have been examined and speculated upon for centuries, yet they still continue to conceal secrets and occasionally yield surprising information that forces new historical interpretations of past societies. there are other places that have become mysterious sites because of unusual occurrences. the claimed miraculous healing at lourdes, france, the accounts of spiritual illumination at jerusalem and mecca, and the sacred visions at taos, new mexico, provide testimonies of faith and wonder that must be assessed by each individual. there are also the glost h civilizations and mysterious places that may never have existed beyond the human imagination. more than 2,500 years ago, legends first began about atlantis, an ideal society that enjoyed an abundance of natural

com/prophecy/nworder04.html. new world order: the bilderbergs [online] http//conspiracies. about.com/newsissues/conspiracies/cs/thebilderbergs. vankin, jonathan, and john whalen. the 60 greatest conspiracies of all time. new york: barnes& noble, 1996. bilderbergers plan for a new world order teenth century to signify those alchemists and magicians who appeared to possess the glight h of spiritual illumination from a higher source. the term may have originated in the gnostic dualism of the forces of light and darkness, and many individuals who claimed to be illuminati, those enlightened by a higher wisdom, joined the rosicrucians and took refuge in france to escape the fires of the spanish inquisition. the secret society known as the order of the illuminati was founded in the city of ingols

agical ceremonies since earliest antiquity. to light a candle in respectful remembrance of a person who has died is a common practice in many religions. the light of a single candle is held by many to be sym- t h e g a l e e n c y c l o p e d i a o f t h e u n u s u a l a n d u n e x p l a i n e d objects of mystery and power 171 carnelian is called the mecca stone by many moslems. bolical of the illumination of the soul in the midst of earthly despair or of death. ancient romans honored juno lucina, mother of the light, whenever a candle was lit to spread its light and sweet scent into the darkness. juno lucina controlled the sun, moon, and stars, and granted to newborn children the glight h of their spirit. each year during the winter solstice a festival of lights was celebrated in her h

e never been found. in fact, all three of the pyramids at giza were allegedly erected as tombs, yet not a single body has been found in any of them. other places have become mysterious sites because things have happened there that are impossible to document fully, yet physical evidence remains that promotes further speculation. the claimed miraculous healings at lourdes, the accounts of spiritual illumination at jerusalem and mecca, and the sacred visions at taos provide testimonies of faith and wonder that must be assessed by each individual. this chapter also deals with accounts of vanished civilizations.places where ruins are found that offer mute evidence to the majesty and glory of prior cultures. no one can dispute the evidence of the mayan temples, the splendor of tiahuanaco, the my

THE LUCIFERIAN PATH THE WITCHES SABBAT MICHAEL W FORD

in waking can the tranceways be met and the will made flesh. the luciferian path is indeed based in the shadow. the luciferian is one who begins in darkness, masters the infernal aspects of his/her being and then seeks to illuminate further the light of imagination; the 3 flame of consciousness and isolate being this is known as the black flame. god forms associated with the black flame and self-illumination are lucifer (called azal ucel, set (the egyptian god, lilith (the goddess of the luciferian path, cain (the isolate one, lord of magicians and witches) and ahriman (the dragon of darkness who takes many forms. such god forms span various cultures and ages, but their essence lives in the idea of the sabbat and luciferian witchcraft and sorcery. the initiate begins the path of shadow, f

ith of the forge, his craft is that of sorcery, the fires of the forge that initiatory spark of being, the black flame of iblis itself. the book of cain is also a grimoire which can be meditated upon in the focus of antinomian self-deification, the isolation of the psyche. this process of becoming is a process in the luciferian and sabbatic left hand path guild in houston, texas. this leads to an illumination of the black flame through the initiatory model of cain, the wanderer. this grimoire, containing two direct invocations to cain, is an interesting text for those interested in the more shadowed and luciferian practices of the witchcraft (not wicca. illustrated by elda isela ford, the book of cain offers both initiatory challenge and a luciferian concept of positive self-focus. those w

which was adam. it was the yezidi tribe, who venerated shaitan in the form of malak tauus, the peacock angel. in the meshaf resh10 it presents azazel as the angel created before all others, thus the brightest star. in the jilwa, lucifer is presented as malak tauus existed before all other creatures and was then and now .there is no place devoid of me thus presenting the unnatural concept of self-illumination and intellect, lucifer is the adversary, who is full of life. as lucifer/shaitan is light, he does indeed hold a shadowside. this is present in the god forms or masks of shaitan, being seker, set and ahriman. the egyptian god set11 is a model and neter12 for self-deification, isolation and the adversary. the adversary or opposer is the shadow which reveals light, called the black ligh

THE MAGICIAN S KABBALAH

of light, which breaks down to 8 (6+2, the number of the sephirah hod (an interesting attribution in respect of the initiatory experiences associated with hod in the grade of practicus of the golden dawn system. a full cross-referencing of the sephiroth by their numerical reduction is given in figure 2. a final point of gematria is that the value of the word swan, the symbolic bird of kether and illumination, is brbvr= 410, which is also the value of magic (mqa'ar) and the confession of god's unity (the shema, shma'a. the triune crown the triple crown worn by the pope can be viewed as representing the trinity of kether extended in itself, chockmah and binah, for above the abyss the sephiroth merge with each other in the same way that the four lower sephiroth below the veil merge within ma

areness as practised by christ, a personification of tiphareth. equally, the role of a mediator is often that of translation, and it is in translation we find tiphareth functioning as the sephirah of sacrifice, the "translation" of one state to another by release of the old pattern. an example is the sacrificial flame, where the wick (matter) is translated by fire (spiritual practice) into light (illumination. thus, the ever-burning lamp is a reminder of this task, as well as symbolising the ultimate goal of the ain soph aur as explained in the chapter "crown of tsimtsum, previously. the adeptus minor, the grade attributed to tiphareth, finds himself of necessity abandoning old patterns of belief and behaviour based on his previous (yesod-dominated) view of the world and his relationship t

THE MARTINIST OPERATIVE GENERAL RITUAL

ord, my power is in thy name, etc. etc. o lord, almighty and eternal god, deign to bless) this liquid creature, this holy ink: may it become salutary to men and whosoever transcribes with it the divine name, those of thy angels and thy saints on the girth of this circumference, may obtain, by the invocation of thy most holy name and by their intercession and merits, a health of the body and soul, illumination of his mind, the opening of his interior eye, and first proofs of his reconciliation. by ieshouah, our lord, amen. sanctifying the incense: o lord, my power is in thy name, etc. etc. let us pray. deign, 0 lord, to bless) and to sanctify) this incense and to accept its perfume of sweet scent by the intercession of all thy elect, of all thy saints and all thy 15 angels. o merciful lord

idence upon the brazen serpent exposed to the view of all. deign in thy clemency, o lord of mercy, to grant the wandering souls lost in the darkness of beyond, grace so that they may recollect the name of the redeemer and thus escape the attacks and snares of the demoniacal spirits eager to destroy these souls. by ieshouah, our lord, amen. operator meditates for a moment and then prays for the re-illumination of the souls lured into the darkness by the atheistic materialism: o almighty and eternal god, thou who savest men and lettest not perish any of thy creatures. deign, o lord, to look down with favour upon the souls misled by the ruse of satan, our adversary. may these souls repent their errors and after having abandoned all malice, return one day into the unity of thy holy and eternal

THE MIDDLE PILLAR

the smooth functioning of the psyche. but they are necessary only in so far as they do permit the psyche to function freely. and with many it is just the tree of life 35 that mass of habits and predilections which is the barrier to the free activity of the psyche. to question people as to the purpose of their habits, a survey of their activity and why they were formed originally is to obtain much illumination as to what is implied by the phrase "the mind is the slayer of the real" in point of fact, it is not the mind which inhibits our perceiving what is real, what is worthwhile and desirable in life. it is the false development of mind-that mass of prejudices. emotional biases, improperly formulated philosophies and superstitions, relics of the inheritance from misguided parents-which is

n psychology, the fantasy of encouraging the imagination to build images through which the power of the it may flow unimpeded.27 though the most elementary, it is in reality one of the most important phases of magcal work. indispensable to the beginner, it is of just as much value to the more advanced student. it is an axiom of magic that it is the divine will alone which is capable of conferring illumination and enlightenment, and so acting that every action of the ego has its correct place in the scheme of things. thus it is that the qabalistic cross is the ideal means of placing the ego under the direct surveillance of the yechidah, the divine will in every human being. it is an excellent method for rendering the consciousness porous and susceptible to the dictates of the more responsib

he conscious and the unconscious, permitting the mind to be made porous to diviner t h g s. gradually and almost imperceptibly the student will become aware of the inspiration of that higher genius. the principal error on the part of earlier writers on magic-and my earlier literary efforts are also included w i t h the scope of these strictures-was that constantly they spoke of ecstasy and divine illumination and transports of spiritual delight.12 these experiences may be true of the more advanced or evolved student. for the average individual they can have but little meaning. what actually does occur is that there is a gradual connecting up of one level of consciousness with another. this links on to another, and so forth. until finally, the everyday waking consciousness becomes permeated

oceeded with, and the names could be silently vibrated in tune with the rhythmic inhalation and exhalation of the breath. the sense of the brilliance above whch i prefer to thuds of as the "lamp above the head" or as others have called it "the candle of vision" becomes much more perceptible and marked. very often it develops into an awareness of a whrling sphere of fiery light radiating peace and illumination into the mind and body. little more need be said, for i have no desire to provide material which may act upon suggestible minds. there are people so constituted as to be able to produce symptoms of any described kind with the least application, and with practically no spiritual effect upon themselves or their mental or moral nature, and certainly no progress in that path wluch leads t

t rather a conjunction of chokmah and binah. 2. from the neophyte ritual. see regardie, the golden dawn, 129. 3. the symbol of the rosicrucians. rosicrucianism is a form of mystic or esoteric christianity whose teachings embrace the hermetic sciences. 4. the philosopher's stone is an alchemical symbol of true spiritual attainment. the search for the philosopher's stone is the search for truth and illumination. 5. along the same lines, each letter of the hebrew alphabet has a musical note attributed to it. thus each divine name in hebrew can be sung or played on a musical instrument. see the appendix: the musical qabalah. 6. in this list, regardie has given the name of the sephiroth of the middle pillar next to their corresponding part of the soul. beneath that he has provided the divine he

yche, it is possible by an extension of the sphere of its operation to tap the corresponding aspect of that center or psyche in the collective sphere. the deeper levels of the collective unconscious bear to the individual unconscious the same relationship as do the deepest levels of the latter to the conscious tlunking ego. that is, they comprise the root and hidden sources of life, integrity and illumination. it is the equilibriated realization of these sources of life whch make the difference between the enlightened man and the ignorant one. and these roots are the sources of life upon which the whole of existence in all its aspects depends. since magic has as its avowed intention the discovery of the hgher self, and then to associate that higher self with the rest of the spiritual natur

ring on the mystical here. jungian psychology differs from other systems in that it presents ethcal objectives that have much in common with magical goals. the discovery of the self might well be described as the completion of the great work, or the creation of the philosophers' stone. the expansion of consciousness, through the elevation of heretofore unconscious material, is a form of spiritual illumination. ths does not mean that the individual who experiences illumination or self-realization will spend the rest of his days in blissful meditation, but rather that he will gradually gain a more true understanding of himself and his connection to the divine. the goal of jungian psychology is the creation of psychic wholeness. it is not by any stretch of the imagination limited to the treat

THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES

persons caught in these beams undergo remarkable changes of personality. their iq sky-rockets, they change their jobs, divorce their wives, and in any number of well-documented instances they suddenly rise above their previous mediocre lives and become out-standing statesmen, scientists, poets and writers, even soldiers. in religious lore, being belted by one of these light beams causes "mystical illumination" when saul, a jewish tent-maker, was zapped by one of these beams on the road to damascus it blinded him for three days and he was converted to christianity on the spot and became st. paul. the second part of the phenomenon consists of the cover or camouflage for the first part, the "meandering nocturnal lights" as the air force has labeled them. if these lights appeared in cycles, ye

een adjusted to the psychology and beliefs of each particular period in time. the flying saucer/extraterrestrial visitants are not real in the sense that a 747 airliner is real. they are transmogrifications of energy under the control of some unknown extra-dimensional intelligence. this intelligence controls important events by manipulating specific human beings through the phenomenon of mystical illumination. our religions are based upon our longtime awareness of this intelligence and our struggle to reduce it to humanly acceptable terms. the ancient ethiopians viewed their gods as black, snub-nosed entities. the greeks and romans populated their mountaintops with longhaired, handsome gods and goddesses. the indians of south america worshiped bearded gods who traveled the night skies in l

nd a complete change of life-style. for the better. since this is a historic process, and a continuing one, it is probable that most great leaders had a contact experience at some point in their early life. canadian psychiatrist dr. richard bucke conducted the first study of this phenomenon in his book cosmic consciousness published in the year 1900. in religious circles !he phenomenon is called "illumination" in its purest form, illumination is not a religious experience. for a few brief moments the percipient understands, truly understands, the workings of the entire universe. he perceives all of history, past, present, and future, totally. he feels he is a part of the superspectrum and is one with the cosmos. unfortunately, when the brief experience is over he cannot remember most of it

is over he cannot remember most of it because it has been added to his subconscious, and he cannot articulate those parts he can remember. but he has been re-programed, even prepared for a new role in life. to some the experience is "the call" that propels them into the clergy. there seems to be a rule that each cosmic force has its imitators. victims of ufo contact are often suffering from false illumination. either their minds have misinterpreted the experience, or a lower force has re-programed them using the same mechanism. in a sense, they have become "possessed" they suffer from hallucinosis repeated hallucinations. their lives are manipulated disastrously. once a person has undergone false illumination he becomes vulnerable to repetitions, just as once a person has been hypnotized h

repeated hallucinations. their lives are manipulated disastrously. once a person has undergone false illumination he becomes vulnerable to repetitions, just as once a person has been hypnotized he can be easily hypnotized again. the phenomenon is dependent on belief, and as more and more people believe in flying saucers from other planets, the lower force can manipulate more people through false illumination. i have been watching, with great consternation, the worldwide spread of the ufo belief and its accompanying disease. if it continues unchecked we may face a time when universal acceptance of the fictitious space people will lead us to a modern faith in extraterrestrials that will enable them to interfere very overtly in our affairs, just as the ancient gods dwelling on mountaintops d

THE PATH OF KABBALAH

ive a thousand years, and others live only for a minute. our ordinary clock shows only the still time, meaning the pace of progress of the still toward the purpose of creation. 19 of 273 chapter 1.5 kabbalah as a means kabbalah revolves around the spiritual worlds. therefore, the student attracts spiritual lights during the study. studying other parts of the torah also awakens a certain spiritual illumination, but the intensity of the light during the study of kabbalah is much stronger than when studying other writings. however, one must make sure one is studying in the right path of instruction, otherwise he is liable to achieve the opposite result the more he studies, the more he ll feel himself to be righteous instead of feeling his own evil (which is the desired result. that would make

the beginning of every desire, not the consequences in the lowest and corrupted degree. a person who rises to the spiritual world replaces his corporeal desires with desires that are directed at the creator. just as he wanted to enjoy every kind of pleasure in this world, he now wants to enjoy the creator in the same egoistic manner. that state is regarded suffering him to sleep. but through the illumination of the surrounding light that is always around us, one begins to gradually increase his desire for spirituality and make it greater than all other desires, until finally, with the help of that light, he crosses the barrier and receives the aim to give, to bestow. only the upper light of the creator can do such a thing to a person answer all his efforts to attain spirituality and bring

doesn t reach. when the surrounding light shines on a person, he begins to see his real essence. it is a process called the recognition of evil. but before the light shines on him, a person always tries to justify himself. he thinks he is always right. but once under the light of the creator, one begins to see the evil in him and that drives him to ask for help of the creator, the source of that illumination. if one s request is genuine, the creator will change his nature. but the will to receive itself doesn t change, only the aim changes from for me to for the creator. that change is called giving. thus, one gradually changes one s properties to the properties of the creator in each of the 125 degrees in the ladder. each degree consists of several processes: the recognition of evil. it

tain spirituality he wants to be rewarded, because we are made of pure egoism and cannot operate any other way. behind every act, there is always an aim; otherwise our egoism would not permit us to make even a single step! a person begins his spiritual work from zero yesterday he was still busy chasing after every worldly pleasure, and today it is as if the creator had shone on him from afar with illumination of surrounding light. this illumination compels one to act, and one decides to give up all the beauties of this world in favour of a spiritual sensation. he doesn t even know what exactly is it he wants to receive, because the light shines on him from a distance, without clothing in his vessel. at this point, the light merely gives him the sensation of the future pleasure that he will

neshama haya yechida, hence the name nrnhy (pronounced as naranhay. the entrance of the lights in the partzuf 125 of 273 chapter 3.8- entrance and exit of lights in the partzuf the five parts of malchut are called behinot shoresh aleph bet- gimel dalet. after the restriction, when those parts receive lights through the screen, they are called sefirot, because the light shines in them (sapir means illumination in hebrew. therefore, from that stage on they are referred to as sefirot: shoresh keter. aleph hochma. bet bina. gimel za (zeir anpin. dalet malchut. the reshimot (plural for reshimo) from the withdrawing lights are called otiot. once the five lights nefesh ruach neshama haya yechida- have withdrawn from the five sefirot keter hochma bina za malchut, there remain five reshimot, or oti

hey will be dressed within the able vessels. thus, even when the vessels are absent, when one delves in this wisdom, mentioning the names of the lights and the vessels related to his soul, they right away illuminate 127 of 273 him to a certain degree. however, they illuminate him without dressing in the internality of his soul, since he doesn t have the vessels needed to receive them. indeed, the illumination one receives time and again when studying, draws to him grace from above, imparting him with a bounty of sanctity and purity, which greatly furthers one toward one s perfection. in item 156 he adds: but there is a strict condition in the practice of this wisdom, that they will not materialize matters in corporeal and fictitious forms, for by that they breach the commandment, thou shal

thing for itself and wishes only to have the light of mercy. but the lower half of bina wants to receive light for zeir anpin. partzuf nekudot desag is partzuf bina. from the lower half of partzuf bina meaning, from tifferet de nekudot desag, and below, there are vessels of reception: the lower half of bina wants to receive light for zeir anpin. zeir anpin wants to receive the light of mercy with illumination of wisdom. malchut wants to receive the entire light of wisdom. that is why that part of partzuf nekudot desag consists of a will to receive in order to receive. the division of partzuf nekudot desag to galgalta eynaim and ahp the place where the screen of the rosh stands determines the form of the new partzuf: if the screen wants to produce a partzuf that will receive light in all it

THE STAR IN THE WEST BY CAPTAIN FULLER A CRITICAL ESSAY ON THE WORKS OF ALEISTER CROWLEY

e is a deafening crash; and that child who was once a man, flashes up through the golden gates of paradise, or is hurled headlong down to hell. he may become spontaneously, in the twinkling of an eye, a st. francis preaching to his little sisters the birds, or egg-nogg who persists in a state of abnormal flatulency, because he considers himself identical with a bottle of ginger-beer. the state of illumination above mentioned is by no means an easy one to attain to, and the study of philosophy alone helps us, if we follow it under the shaded light of a critical scepticism; for as a chemist reduces his compounds to their component parts, and then to their elementary conditions; so must we dissect all philosophic arguments which rise up antagonistic to our true selves. that is in harmony with

ourselves, no longer homo sapiens, but alone, naked and unadorned, a cinder-sprinkled, sootbesmeared, spider-legged, homo ridiculissimus *science here as a method is not attacked. for as such, scientific investigations have always triumphed over mystical aspirations, which to say the least, have been chaotic in the extreme. crowley is never tired of urging a scientific study or the conditions of illumination as the one hope of mastering the subject. periodically as the adepts soar above vulgar appreciation, and when vulgar understanding has, swine-like, trodden their pearls of wisdom back into the mud of its own sty, a great wave of materialism sweeps over the face of the globe. this system of thought, built on the illusive phantasmagoria of the mind, found in the west a master-mind to mo

he reader. pyrrhonic-zoroastrianism, pyrrhonic-mysticism, sceptical- transcendentalism, sceptical- theurgy, sceptical-energy, scientific- illuminism, or what you will; for in short it is the conscious communion with god on the part of an atheist, a transcending of reason by scepticism of the instrument, and the limitation of scepticism by direct consciousness of the absolute. to attain to such an illumination the mind of a huxley and the soul of a loyola must be united in one person. and this illumination must be as definite a phenomenon as orgasm, following which we find the material world, and its foundation the world of thought, as honestly set down to hallucination as a ghost would be. construct the temple in the place of the manger, on the site of the ruins of religion and philosophy

the only torch-bearers of truth; and through ignorance, joining ourselves to a particular body, hoist on high our spluttering brand of mundane tar, declaring we have discovered that light which moved on the face of the waters, before sun or moon or stars were created. we rank the great adepts with the madmen of god, whose miracles are mere imitations, whose powers are mere pretensions, and whose illumination is mere reflection; but what is it then these great beings imitate, pretend to, or reflect? here lies the dark question which no denial can disprove, no assertion comprehend, and which work alone through the alembic of our hearts can reveal and accomplish. the adepts it is this something, this light which every adept sets out to discover; for, whether in the dark night of the neophyte

the dark question which no denial can disprove, no assertion comprehend, and which work alone through the alembic of our hearts can reveal and accomplish. the adepts it is this something, this light which every adept sets out to discover; for, whether in the dark night of the neophyte, or the noonday brilliancy of the supreme magus, reason deserts us, and we at length are forced to seek a diviner illumination beyond those dark realms of rational understanding. crowley writes on this point, in geleusis, h as follows: not while reason is, as at present, the best guide known to men, not until humanity has developed a mental power of an entirely different kind. for, to the philosopher, it soon becomes apparent that reason is a weapon inadequate to the task. hume saw it, and became a sceptic in

sunlight; in the words of the qabalist, gto attain to the crown, h and those of the christ, gto be one with the father. h now a curious vista opens out before our gaze, and it is this; a man or woman to become an adept need neither possess great intellect, great genius, nor great knowledge, in fact, in many cases the more ignorant and crass have been the aspirants, the more speedy has been their illumination (christ the carpenter; for the less have they had to conquer, and the lower, and therefore less rational, have been their symbols. gmost others, especially hinduism and buddhism, lose themselves in metaphysical speculation only proper to those who are already adepts. h*1. ignorance or knowledge have nothing to do with illumination any more than pig has to do with chicago pork; yet as

had to conquer, and the lower, and therefore less rational, have been their symbols. gmost others, especially hinduism and buddhism, lose themselves in metaphysical speculation only proper to those who are already adepts. h*1. ignorance or knowledge have nothing to do with illumination any more than pig has to do with chicago pork; yet as there are standards of knowledge, so are there degrees of illumination; for there is not the slightest doubt that booth and robert evans stand on a much lower footing than a st. augustine or a paracelsus; yet nevertheless, boehme, who was only a shoemaker, ranks with them.*2. git is no doubt more difficult, h writes crowley, gto learn eparadise lost f by heart than ewe are seven, f but when you have done it, you are no better at figure skating. h*3. so a

THE TAROT OF C C ZAIN

figured by a blind man carrying bags on his left shoulder. he leans on a black staff and walks toward a fallen obelisk behind which a crocodile with open mouth awaits to devour him. above is an eclipse of the sun. the eclipse signifies that the spiritual light from within has been obscured by material interests; or it signifies that dark forces from the inner plane try to shut away the spiritual illumination which guides the neophyte. the bags over the left shoulder of the blind man indicate the material things of life he has spent his efforts acquiring; or it represents his ability to minister in physical ways to those in need. the staff of experience with good and evil is black, indicating that prudence is subservient to the demands of the senses; or that the demands for uplifting and p

THE ABYSS AND TABAET

is imperishable. sorcery and the adversary are an interconnected fire, both are from the earliest legends and myths of rebellion. as ahriman first entered the creation of the world as a serpent and toad, his words defined the very essence of all sorcery and magick, i will seduce all material life into disaffection to thee and affection to myself. initiation into the path of magick is that of the illumination of clay by the gods of the leviathanic path, when dreaming and desired spirit enter flesh and manifest their own journey upon the path of the dragon. in the circle of evocation does the devil embodied awaken, it is the mirror of the creation of the initiate. no matter of which name is the adversary invoked, the shadow encircles the body and soul to reveal the blackened fire of life it

THE SECRET RITUALS OF THE OTO

secret order every wise and spiritually enlightened person belongs by right of his or her nature: because they all, even if they are personally unknown to each other, are one in their purpose and object and they all work under the guidance of the one light of truth. into this sacred society no one can be admitted by another unless he has the power to enter it himself by virtue of his own interior illumination neither can anyone after he has once entered be expelled unless he should expel himself by becoming unfaithful to his principles and forget again the truths which he has learned by his own experience. all this is known to every enlightened person. but it is known only to few that there exists also an external, visible organization of such men and women, who having themselves found the

TYSON DONALD NEW MILLENNIUM MAGIC

d magus. extending the logic of a mercury-central system to the chakras, mercury must occupy the heart, which is the regulator of the emotions and activity, the mediator between the inner and outer worlds, between thought and feeling, between desire and action. the emanator of light, the sun, naturally falls on the crown chakra, which is the resplendent thousand-petaled lotus, source of spiritual illumination. saturn descends to the belly chakra to symbolize the process of breakdown and decay in the lower intestine. on the tree of life mercury accords well with the mediating and regulating nature of tiphareth. the beauty of tiphareth stems from its dynamic equipoise. this is its perfection. it does not create so much as balance. on the other hand, the sun is a good extension of the radiant

c. it does not result from a desire to keep magic within a small circle of the elect for selfish reasons. rather, it is a recognition of the inevitable. magic cannot be passed on in any other way than from individual to individual. the conveyance of magical power has two parts. the first and outward con- sists of the words, symbols and materials used in ritual. the other inner part is a spiritual illumination. magic is vitalized from the inside out. unless a spiritual awakening can be achieved, the material elements of magic are useless. illumina- tions of the spirit cannot be produced by institutional methods. this is why every magical school becomes ineffectual and usually fails not long after its founder dies. given the universal disrepute of magic and the difficulty in finding a compet

te- rial universe. it takes the form of a blindingly brilliant pearl or blue-white radiance, like the radiance of a star, but it is featureless and formless, suf- fusing the physical surroundings in which it is experienced. accompanying the light is a sense of awe, and often a fear so intense that the individual bathed in it may wish to hide, as adam and eve hid in the garden of eden. this is the illumination saul experienced as he journeyed to damascus "and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven: and he fell to earth. trembling and astonished (acts 9:3-6. this is the light christ was said to radiate at times "and his face did shine like the sun, and his raiment was white as the light (matthew 17:2. all true prophets have experienced the light, which is a universal pheno

inded magician will be able to summon powers enough, but these will be powers of evil whose underlying desire for the magician is not evolution but destruction. the basis of the evil force will be the same as the good, the unmanifest, but its color will be black, its odor foul, its taste repugnant and bitter, its touch slimy, and its visual aspect loathsome. it might be wondered how the source of illumination can also be the source of darkness. the answer is that the unmanifest is the source of all things. the light is the will of the unmanifest to change and experience itself through its emanations. the dark is the inertia that resists this will. within each man and woman is an innate sense of the good. by doing acts and thinking thoughts that harmonize with this inner sense, the light ca

eus took when bound to the pillar by zeus was a cross. the teutonic god woden, or odin, crucified himself on the eternal ash yggdrasill in order to peer into the mysteries of the timeless realm where magic is born. in other cultures the same mystical message is conveyed in slightly different forms. the sioux indians used to suspend their braves by their pectoral muscles so that they might receive illumination through suffering. in the mythology of the maya, the severed head of the sacrificed divine being hun-hunahpu, when placed in a tree, caused the tree to flower. one prominent western interpretation of the cross is endurance-to stand against time and change with a fixed purpose, unbroken and unbreakable. the germanic rune nauthiz (nyd, which means roughly "the will to endure' takes its

runcated stone cones used by the egyptians for altars are miniature versions of the pyramids of the aztecs and mayans. since the dawn of history works of magic have been performed on high places. altars and sacred groves can still be found on some hills in europe, and churches were often constructed on the elevated sites of older temples. mountains were revered as homes of the gods. those seeking illumination climbed to the tops of peaks. the dead were buried under raised mounds. all these diverse practices confirm an intuited grasp of the symbolic flow of forces along the sides of the truncated pyramid. though its use has been forgotten, its power has not diminished. the truncated pyramid may still be used for magic today. it is an excellent place of meditation, prayer, and even ritual wo

letely renouncing the com- mon western material mode of thinking and living. these hard-won personal keys of magic will belong to the magus alone and will have great power, but they will be wasted if the magus tries to share them with the larger world. in legend the norse god of magic, odin (the teutonic god woden) is said to have undergone this kind of personal sacrifice to achieve his spiritual illumination. in a beautiful and powerful excerpt from the havamal, an unknown bard takes on the voice of the god in order to sing of his trial and achievement: i trow that i hung on the windy tree, swing there nights all nine, gashed with a blade, bloodied for odin, myself a sacrifice to myself- knotted to that tree, no man knows whither the roots of it run. none gave me bread none gave me drink

TYSON DONALD SOUL FLIGHT

ed. at the inns are to be found food and drink, along with a bed for the night and a stall for your horse. the god of the road is a wandering minstrel and storyteller flamboyantly dressed in brightly colored clothes, who rides from one hostelry to another, earning his way by entertaining the other guests. 6. kano literal meaning: torch, beacon general sense: a guiding star, the object of a quest, illumination on the path, truth, revelations, a guide or teacher the rocks of the seacoast in kano are crystalline, and shot through with the many colors that pulse in the sky like the moving bands of a vast rainbow, illuminating the sparkling crests of the waves on the ocean. trees, grass, and other vegetation seems to glow from within as though the leaves were tiny panes of stained glass. the in

VOX SABBATUM

is rite, wherein the sabbatic goat is the glyph 18 see sabbat, witch and initiator illustration by elda isela ford, cover of book. 19 see the yatuk dinoih second edition by the present author. 20 the symbolic place of magickal practice, the crossroads are traditionally where rites were practiced in honor of hecate and other godforms via nocturna. vox sabbatum the witches sabbat 32 of wisdom, self-illumination, balance and the transformative quality leading to self-deification. the arabic aniza bedouin clan is perhaps a sound source of the baphomet or horned one in witchcraft. the aniza tribe was a very powerful and renown group of warriors who were both violent in war, and very kind to their women and children. the connection between the cult of the revellers goes back to abu el-atahiyya (

in war, and very kind to their women and children. the connection between the cult of the revellers goes back to abu el-atahiyya (748-c. 828, who was a respected writer and mystic writer. his disciples were called wise ones and adopted a goat as their tribal symbol. the goat had a torch between the horns which incidentally later became a symbol for the devil in spain. the torch simply represented illumination and wisdom, that the tribe (goat) was the head of wisdom. long afterabu el-atahiyya died some of his tribe migrated to spain. much of the illustrious past of the knights templar was that they worshipped a head, which was called baphomet. the name according to shah21 is a corruption of the arabic abufihamat which means father of understanding. in sufic terminology, ras el fahmat (head

WAITE ASPECTS OF MASONIC SYMBOLISM

olum" says- descendit ad inferos: that is "he descended into hell; and in the entranced condition of the pastos, the soul of the postulant was held or was caused to wander in certain spiritual realms. but in fine, it is said of christ- tertia die resurrexit "the third day he rose again from the dead" so also the adept of the greater mysteries rose from the pastos in the imputed glory of an inward illumination. the mystical fact there was a period not so long ago when these analogies were recognized and applied to place a fabulous construction upon the central doctrines of christian religion, just as there was a period when the solar mythology was adapted in the same direction. we have no call to consider these aberrations of a partially digested learning; but they had their excuses in thei

WEOR SAMAEL AUN ESOTERIC COURSE OF KABBLAH

nd what shall be, whose veil no mortal has lifted, when thou art beneath the irradiating stars of the nocturnal and profound sky of the desert, with purity of heart and in the flame of the serpent, we call upon thee! pray and meditate intensely. the divine mother teaches her children. this prayer must be performed while combining meditation with the state of slumber. then as in visions of dreams, illumination emerges; thus the divine mother approaches the devotee in order to instruct him in the great mysteries. la palabra juan se descompone as: i.e.o.u.a.n, el verbo (el drag n de sabidur a. realmente ella es la madre del verbo. y la mujer oficia en el altar de la bendita diosa madre del mundo. ahora, hermanos, orad mucho a vuestra divina madre kundalini, cuya venerable sacerdotisa es vuest

brahmacharya is that absurd sexual abstinence that serves only to produce filthy, nocturnal sexual pollutions with all of its fatal consequences. hatha yoga is just a matter of acrobatics that have the power of taking the student out of the superior worlds in order to enslave him in the physical world. we have never known of an acrobatic hatha yogi with internal illuminated powers. three rays of illumination of intimate selfrealization exist: the yogi, the mystic and the perfect matrimony. however the three rays inevitably have the need for sexual magic. anything that is not directed through sexual magic is a useless waste of time. we come out from eden through the doors of sex and only through those doors can we return to eden. eden is sex in itself. the seventh arcanum is represented by

ormal y los convierten en sus secuaces. enti ndase por personas de sexo normal a aquellos que no tienen conflicto sexual de ninguna especie. la sexualidad en personas de sexo normal, est en equilibrio perfecto con las esferas de pensamiento, sentimiento y voluntad. esas personas no abusan del sexo ni tienen aberraciones de ninguna especie. 67 the sphere of suprasexuality is the sphere of internal illumination. sexual enjoyment precedes the mystical ecstasy. sexual sensations are transmuted into sensations of ineffable ecstasy. the age of mystical ecstasy is always preceded by the age of sexual enjoyment. thus, the human life span of mystical ecstasy begins where the human life span of sexual enjoyment ends. after having attained the venusian initiation, in other words, after the adam chris

lts are covetous. those who go around here and there accumulating theories, seeking for powers, who are today in one school and tomorrow in another, are in fact, bottled up within the bottle of covetousness. the mind that is bottled up within covetousness is unstable. it goes from lodge to lodge, from school to school, from sect to sect, always suffering, always longing for powers, light, wisdom, illumination, etc, without ever achieving anything since what is unstable can never comprehend that which is stable, permanent and divine. only god comprehends himself, thus the mind bottled up within the bottle of covetousness is incapable of comprehending the things that are out of the bottle. covetous people want to bottle up god and that is why they go around from school to school, always sear

os mismos, eres imitatus, o sea el que otros han colocado en la senda del filo de la navaja. esfu rzate en llegar a adeptus, ste es le producto de sus propias obras, el que conquista la ciencia por s mismo, el hijo de su mismo trabajo. 140 primeval gnosis teaches three steps through which anyone who works in the flaming forge of vulcan has to pass through. these steps are as follows: purification illumination perfection it so happens that curious people who enter into our gnostic studies want immediate illumination, astral projections, clairvoyance, practical magic, etc, and when they do not achieve this, they immediately leave. no one can achieve illumination without having been previously purified. only those that have achieved purification and sanctity can enter into the hall of illumin

mpa eros y maestros. los candidatos permanec an en el grado de aprendices, siete a os y a n m s, s lo cuando ya los hierofantes estaban completamente seguros de la purificaci n y santidad del candidato, pod a entonces ste pasar a la segunda etapa. 141 the first faculty that the candidate develops is the one related with the degree of listener, the faculty of clairaudience (occult hearing. indeed, illumination begins only after seven years of apprenticeship. however, students believe that spiritual faculties are going to be immediately developed and when they realize that this subject matter is serious, they flee. this is the sad reality; this is why in life it is very rare to find someone who is prepared for adepthood. the crown of life the intimus is not the crown of life. the crown of li

WESTERN MANDALAS OF TRANSFORMATION SR AL

ose of working on aspects of the personality should also include the invocation of one's h. g. a. as regardie explains: the attainment is grounded upon a solid base, one not built on shifting sands that the merest breath of wind could overthrow; the knowledge and conversation (of the holy guardian angel) is rooted in the very spirit and body of the whole being, and no danger is there at all of an illumination obsessing him with a fanatical idea, or overthrowing the balance of his mind (1972, p202-03. when choosing the divine names to be placed on the talisman, the god-name is of utmost importance (this is distinguished from the angelic names and names of intelligences and spirits, which we will examine in more detail in later chapters) this is because the divine name, which corresponds to

(also rules air sign) water (rules scorpio, replacing mars) leo, aries, sagittarius, sunday cancer, taurus, monday, nighttime aries, capricorn, tuesday gemini, virgo, wednesday sagittarius, pisces, cancer, thursday taurus, libra, pisces, friday capricorn, aquarius, libra, saturday scorpio, aquarius, capricorn, nighttime figure 3-h sun: positive: leadership, power and self-confidence. harmony and illumination. mental alertness and creativity. open-hearted, loyal, equable, and compassionate. negative: arrogant, blaming, ego-oriented. need for confirmation and control. fearful. venus: positive: gentleness, aesthetic beauty, affection, emotional sensitivity, kindness, and love. reconciliation with others. joyful, expressive, nurturing. creativity. negative: self-indulgent, over-emotional, lus

limitation. jupiter: good fortune in general, advancement, health, prosperity, successful career, to acquire worldly honors, to preserve health, spiritual visions. mars: for critical and confident decisions, for empowerment to change; use to destroy unwanted influences, to banish enemies, in exorcisms; brings favor in quarrels. sun: promotes good health, abundance, peaceful environment, spiritual illumination, use to acquire mastery and supremacy, to obtain patronage, to recover lost property, to prevent war and promote friendship, harmonious relationships with superiors. venus: assists in matters of the heart, good for partnerships and social affairs, for anything to do with pleasure, the arts, traveling, relationships between younger people and women in general. mercury: aids in acquirin

WICCA WITCHCRAFT TODAY

fied, may be learned from their philosophy. for by the lustrations of the mysteries the soul becomes liberated and passes into a divine condition of being, hence disciplines willingly endured become of far greater utility for purification' says plato. he continues 'on entering the interior part of the temple, unmoved and guarded by the sacred rites, they genuinely receive into their bosoms divine illumination, and divested of their garments they participate of the divine nature' the same method takes place in the speculation of thales: see proclus on the theology of plato, vol. i, and ede anima ae daemona, stoboeus, dr. war-barton's trans 'the mind is affected and agitated in death, just as it is in initiation into the mysteries, and word answers to word, as well as thing to thing; for to

WICCA MAGICK OCCULT THREE GREEN BOOKS DRUIDISM

ks the truth must have one foot in the stirrup. turkish the eyes believe themselves, the ears believe others. egyptian the story is only half told when one side tells it. icelandic being a sufi is to put away what is in your head imagined truth, preconceptions, conditioning and to face what may happened to you. abu said. he uses statistics as a drunken man uses lamp-posts, for support rather than illumination. andrew lang. all great truths begin as blasphemies. george bernard shaw the sky is not less blue because the blind man does not see it. danish all say the lamb is good, but each likes a different way of cooking it. chinese don t deny the truth even for the sake of your friend. hungarian an old error has more friends than a new truth. german the greatest truths are the simplest; and s

WILLIAM WESCOTT THE CHALDEAN ORACLES OF ZOROASTER TRANSLATION

divine powers, to which nought but the highest theurgy can pretend "let the immortal depth of your soul lead you" says an oracle "but earnestly raise your eyes upwards" taylor comments upon this in the following beautiful passage "by the eyes are to be understood all the gnostic powers of the soul, for when 6 of 13 these are extended the soul becomes replete. with a more excellent life and divine illumination; and is, as it were, raised above itself" of the chald an magi it might be truly said that they "among dreams did first discriminate the truthful vision" for they were certainly endowed with a far reaching perception both mental and spiritual; attentive to images, and fired with mystic fervours, they mere something more than mere theorists, but were also practical exemplars of the phi

ording to the secret doctrine the sun we see is but the physical vehicle of a more transcendent splendour. some strong souls were able to reach up to the light by their own power "the mortal who approaches the fire shall have light from the divinity, and unto the persevering mortal the blessed immortals are swift" but what of those of a lesser stature? were they, by inability, precluded from such illumination "others" we read "even when asleep, he makes fruitful from his own strength" that is to say, some men acquire divine knowledge through communion with divinity in sleep. this idea has given rise to some of the most magnificent contributions to later literature; it has since been thoroughly elaborated by porphyry and synesius. the eleventh book of the metamorphoses of apuleius and the v

WOLFSON ELLIOT ALEF MEM TAU KABBALISTIC MUSINGS ON TIME TRUTH AND DEATH

ing.252 102 chapter two let me state emphatically that there are important and irreducible differences between the kabbalistic and sufi views on the nature of the moment and its visionary propensities. nonetheless, both discern an implicit danger in encountering the truly real that is always in and of the moment. as the twelfth-century persian visionary suhrawardi, the shaykh al-ishraq, master of illumination, put it, flashes of light come forth from the divine presence like a sudden lightningbolt that comes unexpectedly and swiftly departs. these flashes are called times, for time in its elemental form displays the quality of incisiveness, erupting like a knife that cuts the fabric of its sheath. it is for this reason, continues suhrawardi, that one says time is sharper than a sword. it i

ed. according to the passage from dov baer cited above, the messianic moment, rhetorically expressed in the rabbinic slogan king david shall live everlastingly (dawid melekh yisra el hai we-qayyam) and in the liturgical formula blessed be the name of the glory of his kingdom forever (barukh shem kevod malkhuto le olam wa ed, is characterized as the elevation of malkhut to ein sof, but also as the illumination of malkhut by ein sof, two figurative ways of describing her restoration to the position she occupied within the boundless prior to the primal act of divine contraction.290 time is thereby transformed since it no longer has a limit a philosophical idea communicated by the mythopoeic depiction of the seventh millenium as one elongated day, that is, the day beyond partition into the noc

as perpetually never-come-to-pass. time weaves its web of luminal darkness, concealing truth disclosed in the disclosure of untruth concealed. the play of antinomies characterizes both the inscripted erasure and the decoding thereof by the kabbalist, who comprehends that eternity is the elongation of time s rotating wheel, the curvilinear withholding of what is extended forward, instigated by the illumination of malkhut by ein sof and the consequent ascent of the former to the latter. again, to cite dov baer: the matter is as it is said eternity (1 chron 29:11) this is the construction of jerusalem304. for the construction of jerusalem in the future will be eternal in time [nishi bi-zeman] without any cessation at all, for the aspect of the kingship of david and the messiah in the future w

obfuscation of the ontological difference between being and non-being can be expressed as the impossibility of separating the apophatic and kataphatic perspectives: not to speak and to speak are one verbal (non)gesture. levinas depicted death in precisely these terms, though ostensibly without ontological referent. from my perspective we may lay aside this distinction, for what is crucial is the illumination of the kabbalistic symbolism by our staying attuned to the indecipherable quality of death as the confounding of the distinction between being and not-being. tau, the seal of truth, is concomitantly the mark of life and the mark of death in the words of rav, tau tihyeh tau tamut. the luminosity of death darkens the division that stands in the beginning and end of the ontic circuit, de

WORKBOOK FOR GRADE 0 VOID AND THE ABYSS

e taken strength, isolate and beautiful, angelic essence, azal'ucel, from which came into being cain i do invoke thee! south- devil-djinn of the burning desert sands and the sun, sortha'n-din- thy stave and fork unto the flame that is my soul shall be illuminated in this blackened light. shaitan the adversary, my soul enflamed! arogogoruabrao- thiaf! 5 east- lucifer revealed as azazel, bringer of illumination and love, who resides in shadow and light, cover and cloak my spirit with thy twelve wings, serpent skin covered from the shedding of the dragon, bring now forth the serpent essence of my soul! melek tau'us, beautiful spirit of fire, i summon thee forth! photeth north- set-heh, isolator and strengthening force of storms, that chaos which i have tempered in thy elegance of darkness. i

l ford with regard to 'an invocation to the holy guardian angel, the spirit of the adversary who resides in darkness and light, azal'ucel, the system employed is one of summoning up the angelic and daemonic spirit within the self- the "true will" by means of a mask of luciferian witchcraft. the very methods themselves are contained in the calling of the four directions- each a component of higher illumination of self; which is combined with the bestial/demonic with the angelic. this is the center of balance which was often deemed necessary in the workings of abramelin magick; which issues control over daemonic forces within and beyond the self. azal'ucel is a sigillic word formula of azazel and lucifer to combind the ancient middle eastern with the western idea of what the bringer of light

to create divinity. in the sethian witchcraft current the sorcerer becomes as set him/herself, thus in the circle the first of witchblood unto the path. upon the hour of nooninvocation of the djinn of fire ya! zat-i-shaitan! o ring of flame, scorching sun of the sun s height scorpion soul, who arises as the sun at noon sekak sekak, iasokilam i speak now unto the sun, from the fires of growth and illumination that in your pride and knowledge of self may i become as i summon your essence in this noontide hour, to the scorpion flame al-saiphaz, al-ruzam, at the point of the crossroads, when the sun is high i do speak thy words of power zazas, zazas, nasatanada zazas zrozo zoas nanomiala hekau zrazza sabai infernum i shall transcend and ascend above all things, myself may only strengthen in t

gh! so this promethean flame be lit before me! meditate upon the sigil of choice and its meaning. keep a detailed diary and journal. it may be suggested that you will undertake this working in the exploration of the various aspects of lucifer as it has appeared throughout history. the primary focus should be on the bringer of light, the initiator to the highest states of spiritual development and illumination. the islamic lore of azazel known as iblis may be the foundation of the study, from which this legend partially emerged. task #6 creation of ones own alphabet of desire, photocopied and sent to succubus publising. an example of a successful occurrence with the alphabet. examples of how this alphabet works for the individual. the alphabet of desire is the language of the sorcerer, this

desire is the language of the sorcerer, this can be made of symbols and words which represent something to the magician, and may be altered and changed according to the will. read pages 19 through 20 of sabbatic sorcery. task #7 the initiate will seek mastery over the astral plane- partially by waking astral projection or dreaming astral projection, at some instances with solitary karezza or the illumination of the fire serpent. suggested book to read astral dynamics, the use of the herb salvia divinorum is also suggested use. the body of light and body of shadow are explained below. 15 the body of light luzifer by fidus..developed by meditation, yoga and creative imagination. you should sit 16 on a pillow on the floor of your chamber (or outdoors, slowly gain complete control over your b

ess of being and how this current of the algol pentagram may come into being in the body of the clay touched by the blacksmith of the forge, cain. focus on the essence of ahriman and perform often invocations of the darkness, that which you create you vampyric body from..mediation on the lower octave of saturn may be done so as the body of shadow visualized as the self- a violet light of daemonic illumination. the shadow is the essential initiatic form, one half of the adversary. you may perform the invocation of the adversary ritual at noon and midnight, focusing on the desert and the cold winds of the north. the shadow may be shape shifted, grown and developed by dreaming and mediation. the sorcerer may visualize forms of lycanthropic transformation to gain mastery over this essential ar

ZALEWSKI GOLDEN DAWN ENOCHIAN MAGIC OCR

bridge with four supports. i stayed briefly, gave my apologies and left" sphere group's vision of the letter 'b "this has to do with 73' for it is the controller of the rivers, the smaller rivers, not the huge masses which are apparently a combination 'b' is the water of life, the guardian of life. it is the water on the material plane, for without water man cannot live '13' is light, the sign of illumination. above it stand the double arches, which represent a city. to it came the illuminati. it also signifies presence. through its archways none but the chosen ones may pass. it is the entrance to the city where there is no exit" i have taken the liberty of amalgamating two different visions of the letter 'b' in the sphere group workings. i was simply astounded at the symbols of the archwa

ZALEWSKI SECRET INNER ORDER RITUALS OF THE GOLDEN DAWN OCR

asure mayest seek out and compare together, considering within thyself if they be sufficient to allure thee" the point of this, however, is that examination of the contents does not reveal the 37 reasons, nor do the hebrew letters representing that number form any word which might seem to be the secret meaning; but by temurah, two pregnant words are shown forth: thus lhb=30+5+2=flame, lux, light. illumination and lgd=30+3+4="for the society" or army. there is another reference to paracelsus in the fama which is of curious interest. it runs "although he was not of our fraternity, yet nevertheless ha th he diligently read over book m, whereby his sharp ingenium was exalted" now paracelsus was taught by johann trithemius of spanhiem, abbot of wurtzburg, and solomon trismosin. he also travelle

ast with arms extended in the opening sign of the grade. celebrant i have entered, 0 merciful father, behind the veil of the tabernacle. i have seen the glorious sun of tiphereth. but i know that there is another splendour, another light, another and more glorious sun. 0 after all the radiance of the natural world, after the golden dawn and the noonday splendour, give us thine own light, the true illumination that is within, even the sun of thy truth, the inexpressible splendour of thy presence, and the glory of thy perfect union. the celebrant returns to his throne and remains standing. celebrant fratres et sorores, i declare that the word is* and that its meaning is the veil of the tabernacle. he gives the closing sign. celebrant in and by that word, and in accordance with the mystic sig

Return to Occult Library Index



Related Matches
adam adept adversary age ages air altar ancient angel angels angelic aspirant astral azazel balance bina black brotherhood buddha candle candles chaos christ christian church circle communication conscious consciousness cosmic creation creator cross crown darkness dead death degree degrees deity desires disciple discipleship divine divinity earth east ego egypt egyptian energy energies esoteric eternal evil existence eye fallen father fire five force forces form forms france genius glamour gnostic gnosis god gods golden guardian heart heaven hierarchy holy human humanity illumination illusion initiate initiation intellect intelligence intellectual interior intuition invoke invocation kabbalah kether king kingdom knowledge lamp living lodge lord lucifer luciferian lucis magic magick magical manifestation material matter meditation mental mercury michael mind modern moon mother mysteries mystery mysterious mystic mystical mystics natural nature north occult order pentagram people perception physical plane planetary positive power powers psychic psychology purification re reality red religion religious revelation rite ritual sacred satan school sea secret sefirot sephiroth serpent set seven shadow shaitan society solar soul souls south sphere spirit spiritual spirituality star state states stone sun supreme sword symbol symbols symbolic symbolism taurus teaching temple three tradition tree truth unfoldment union universal universe vessels water west white wisdom witches witchcraft world worlds worship yoga zohar


http://www.hollywoodinsiders.net
MWLibCreator Ver.2 By:Michael Wynn